patch 8.2.4293: Vim9: when copying a list it gets type list<any>

Problem:    Vim9: when copying a list it gets type list<any> even when the
            original list did not have a type.
Solution:   Only set the type when the original list has a type. (closes #9692)

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 # So if a pull request only touches javascript files, only these owners
 # will be requested to review.
 
+runtime/autoload/freebasic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/autoload/getscript.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/autoload/netrw.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim	@cecamp
@@ -111,6 +112,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/pbtxt.vim		@lakshayg
 runtime/ftplugin/pdf.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1.vim		@heaths
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1xml.vim		@heaths
+runtime/ftplugin/qb64.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/routeros.vim		@zainin
 runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/sass.vim		@tpope
@@ -126,6 +128,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/typescript.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/typescriptreact.vim	@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/xml.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/indent/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/bst.vim			@tpope
 runtime/indent/cdl.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/indent/clojure.vim		@axvr
@@ -140,6 +143,7 @@ runtime/indent/elm.vim			@andys8
 runtime/indent/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
 runtime/indent/eterm.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/framescript.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/indent/freebasic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
 runtime/indent/haml.vim			@tpope
 runtime/indent/idlang.vim		@dkearns
@@ -154,6 +158,7 @@ runtime/indent/occam.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/postscr.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/prolog.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/ps1.vim			@heaths
+runtime/indent/qb64.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/indent/readline.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/ruby.vim			@AndrewRadev @dkearns
 runtime/indent/sass.vim			@tpope
@@ -239,6 +244,7 @@ runtime/syntax/prolog.vim		@XVilka
 runtime/syntax/ps1.vim			@heaths
 runtime/syntax/ps1xml.vim		@heaths
 runtime/syntax/psl.vim			@danielkho
+runtime/syntax/qb64.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/rc.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/routeros.vim		@zainin
 runtime/syntax/rpcgen.vim		@cecamp

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -64,23 +64,29 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Install packages
         run: |
-          sudo apt update && sudo apt install -y \
-            autoconf \
-            lcov \
+          PKGS=( \
             gettext \
-            libcanberra-dev \
-            libperl-dev \
-            python-dev \
-            python3-dev \
-            liblua5.3-dev \
-            lua5.3 \
-            ruby-dev \
-            tcl-dev \
-            cscope \
             libgtk2.0-dev \
             desktop-file-utils \
             libtool-bin \
-            libsodium-dev
+          )
+          if ${{ matrix.features == 'huge' }}; then
+            PKGS+=( \
+              autoconf \
+              lcov \
+              libcanberra-dev \
+              libperl-dev \
+              python-dev \
+              python3-dev \
+              liblua5.3-dev \
+              lua5.3 \
+              ruby-dev \
+              tcl-dev \
+              cscope \
+              libsodium-dev \
+            )
+          fi
+          sudo apt update && sudo apt install -y "${PKGS[@]}"
 
       - name: Install clang-13
         if: matrix.compiler == 'clang'
@@ -92,6 +98,7 @@ jobs:
           sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-13 100
           sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-13
           sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-13 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-13 100
 
       - name: Set up environment
         run: |
@@ -119,7 +126,6 @@ jobs:
             ;;
           esac
 
-          CFLAGS=""
           if ${{ matrix.coverage == true }}; then
             CFLAGS="$CFLAGS --coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH"
             echo "LDFLAGS=--coverage"
@@ -218,45 +224,51 @@ jobs:
           do_test() { sg audio "sg $(id -gn) '$*'"; }
           do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
 
-      #      - name: Coveralls
-      #        if: matrix.coverage && success() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
-      #        env:
-      #          COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
-      #          COVERALLS_PARALLEL: true
-      #          TRAVIS_JOB_ID: ${{ github.run_id }}
-      #        run: |
-      #          sudo apt-get install -y python3-setuptools python3-wheel
-      #          sudo -H pip3 install pip -U
-      #          # needed for https support for coveralls building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
-      #          CC=gcc pip3 install --user cpp-coveralls pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
-      #          ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
+      # - name: Coveralls
+      #   if: matrix.coverage && success() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
+      #   env:
+      #     COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
+      #     COVERALLS_PARALLEL: true
+      #     TRAVIS_JOB_ID: ${{ github.run_id }}
+      #   run: |
+      #     sudo apt-get install -y python3-setuptools python3-wheel
+      #     sudo -H pip3 install pip -U
+      #     # needed for https support for coveralls building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
+      #     CC=gcc pip3 install --user cpp-coveralls pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1
+      #     ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
 
-      - name: Codecov
+      - name: Generate gcov files
         if: matrix.coverage && success()
         run: |
           cd "${SRCDIR}"
-          bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash) -F "${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}"
+          find . -type f -name '*.gcno' -exec gcov -pb {} + || true
+
+      - name: Codecov
+        if: matrix.coverage && success()
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v2
+        with:
+          flags: ${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}
 
       - name: ASan logs
         if: contains(matrix.extra, 'asan') && !cancelled()
         run: |
           for f in $(grep -lR '#[[:digit:]]* *0x[[:digit:]a-fA-F]*' "${LOG_DIR}"); do
-            asan_symbolize-13 -l "$f"
+            asan_symbolize -l "$f"
             false # in order to fail a job
           done
 
-  #  coveralls:
-  #    runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
+  # coveralls:
+  #   runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
   #
-  #    needs: linux
-  #    if: always() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
+  #   needs: linux
+  #   if: always() && github.event_name != 'pull_request'
   #
-  #    steps:
-  #      - name: Parallel finished
-  #        env:
-  #          COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
-  #        run: |
-  #          curl -k "https://coveralls.io/webhook?repo_token=${COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN}" -d "payload[build_num]=${GITHUB_RUN_ID}&payload[status]=done"
+  #   steps:
+  #     - name: Parallel finished
+  #       env:
+  #         COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN }}
+  #       run: |
+  #         curl -k "https://coveralls.io/webhook?repo_token=${COVERALLS_REPO_TOKEN}" -d "payload[build_num]=${GITHUB_RUN_ID}&payload[status]=done"
 
   macos:
     runs-on: macos-latest
@@ -277,6 +289,7 @@ jobs:
       - uses: actions/checkout@v2
 
       - name: Install packages
+        if: matrix.features == 'huge'
         env:
           HOMEBREW_NO_AUTO_UPDATE: 1
         run: |
@@ -459,17 +472,15 @@ jobs:
         run: |
           call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
           cd src
-          :: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
-          sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
           if "${{ matrix.features }}"=="HUGE" (
-            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
+            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc.mak ^
               FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
               GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes ^
               DYNAMIC_LUA=yes LUA=%LUA_DIR% ^
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=%PYTHON_DIR% ^
               DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=%PYTHON3_DIR%
           ) else (
-            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc2.mak ^
+            nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc.mak ^
               FEATURES=${{ matrix.features }} ^
               GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes VIMDLL=yes
           )
@@ -519,16 +530,18 @@ jobs:
           call "%VCVARSALL%" ${{ matrix.vcarch }}
           cd src
           echo.
-          echo %COL_GREEN%vim version:%COL_RESET%
+          echo ::group::%COL_GREEN%Vim version:%COL_RESET%
           .\vim --version || exit 1
+          echo ::endgroup::
 
           echo %COL_GREEN%Start testing vim in background.%COL_RESET%
           start cmd /c "cd ..\src2\testdir & nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim > nul & echo done>done.txt"
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Test gvim:%COL_RESET%
+          echo ::group::%COL_GREEN%Test gvim:%COL_RESET%
           cd testdir
           nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim || exit 1
           cd ..
+          echo ::endgroup::
 
           echo %COL_GREEN%Wait for vim tests to finish.%COL_RESET%
           cd ..\src2\testdir
@@ -541,10 +554,11 @@ jobs:
           set timeout=1
           :exitloop
 
-          echo %COL_GREEN%Test results of vim:%COL_RESET%
+          echo ::group::%COL_GREEN%Test results of vim:%COL_RESET%
           if exist messages type messages
           nmake -nologo -f Make_dos.mak report VIMPROG=..\..\src\vim || exit 1
           if "%timeout%"=="1" (
             echo %COL_RED%Timed out.%COL_RESET%
             exit 1
           )
+          echo ::endgroup::

Filelist

@@ -113,6 +113,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/nbdebug.h \
 		src/netbeans.c \
 		src/normal.c \
+		src/nv_cmdidxs.h \
+		src/nv_cmds.h \
 		src/ops.c \
 		src/option.c \
 		src/option.h \
@@ -443,6 +445,8 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/configure \
 		src/configure.ac \
 		src/create_cmdidxs.vim \
+		src/create_nvcmdidxs.c \
+		src/create_nvcmdidxs.vim \
 		src/gui_at_fs.c \
 		src/gui_at_sb.c \
 		src/gui_at_sb.h \
@@ -497,7 +501,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 SRC_DOS_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_xim.c \
 		src/if_cscope.c \
-		src/if_cscope.h \
 		src/if_lua.c \
 		src/if_mzsch.c \
 		src/if_mzsch.h \
@@ -544,18 +547,14 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		tools/rename.bat \
 		src/bigvim.bat \
 		src/bigvim64.bat \
-		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/msvc2008.bat \
 		src/msvc2010.bat \
 		src/msvc2015.bat \
 		src/msys32.bat \
 		src/msys64.bat \
-		src/dimm.idl \
 		src/dlldata.c \
 		src/dosinst.c \
 		src/dosinst.h \
-		src/glbl_ime.cpp \
-		src/glbl_ime.h \
 		src/gui_dwrite.cpp \
 		src/gui_dwrite.h \
 		src/gui_w32.c \
@@ -664,10 +663,7 @@ SRC_HAIKU =	\
 # source files for the Mac (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/INSTALLmac.txt \
-		src/dehqx.py \
-		src/os_mac_rsrc/*.icns \
 		src/os_mac.h \
-		src/os_mac.rsr.hqx \
 		src/os_mac_conv.c \
 		src/os_macosx.m \
 		src/proto/os_mac_conv.pro \
@@ -705,7 +701,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_QNX) \
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
 		README_os390.txt \
-		src/infplist.xml \
 		src/link.390 \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \

ci/appveyor.bat

@@ -5,11 +5,9 @@ setlocal ENABLEDELAYEDEXPANSION
 cd %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%
 
 cd src
-:: Filter out the progress bar from the build log
-sed -e "s/@<<$/@<< | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
 
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
-nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
     OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no ^
     FEATURES=%FEATURE%
 if not exist vim.exe (
@@ -21,13 +19,13 @@ if not exist vim.exe (
 :: GUI needs to be last, so that testing works
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit GUI Version"
 if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
+    nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
         OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no POSTSCRIPT=yes ^
         PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 ^
         PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 ^
         FEATURES=%FEATURE%
 ) ELSE (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
+    nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
         OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no ^
         FEATURES=%FEATURE%
 )

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ vim9script noclear
 # Language:     C
 # Maintainer:   Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 #		Rewritten in Vim9 script by github user lacygoill
-# Last Change:  2021 Dec 27
+# Last Change:  2022 Jan 31
 
 var prepended: string
 var grepCache: dict<list<dict<any>>>
 
 # This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
-def ccomplete#Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
+export def Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
   if findstart
     # Locate the start of the item, including ".", "->" and "[...]".
     var line: string = getline('.')
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ def ccomplete#Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
               || !v['static']
               || bufnr('%') == bufnr(v['filename']))
 
-    res = extendnew(res, tags->map((_, v: dict<any>) => Tag2item(v)))
+    res = res->extend(tags->map((_, v: dict<any>) => Tag2item(v)))
   endif
 
   if len(res) == 0
@@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ def ccomplete#Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
     for i: number in len(diclist)->range()
       # New ctags has the "typeref" field.  Patched version has "typename".
       if diclist[i]->has_key('typename')
-        res = extendnew(res, diclist[i]['typename']->StructMembers(items[1 :], true))
+        res = res->extend(diclist[i]['typename']->StructMembers(items[1 :], true))
       elseif diclist[i]->has_key('typeref')
-        res = extendnew(res, diclist[i]['typeref']->StructMembers(items[1 :], true))
+        res = res->extend(diclist[i]['typeref']->StructMembers(items[1 :], true))
       endif
 
       # For a variable use the command, which must be a search pattern that
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ def ccomplete#Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
         var line: string = diclist[i]['cmd']
         if line[: 1] == '/^'
           var col: number = line->charidx(match(line, '\<' .. items[0] .. '\>'))
-          res = extendnew(res, line[2 : col - 1]->Nextitem(items[1 :], 0, true))
+          res = res->extend(line[2 : col - 1]->Nextitem(items[1 :], 0, true))
         endif
       endif
     endfor
@@ -256,11 +256,10 @@ def ccomplete#Complete(findstart: bool, abase: string): any # {{{1
 enddef
 
 def GetAddition( # {{{1
-  line: string,
-  match: string,
-  memarg: list<dict<any>>,
-  bracket: bool
-): string
+    line: string,
+    match: string,
+    memarg: list<dict<any>>,
+    bracket: bool): string
   # Guess if the item is an array.
   if bracket && match(line, match .. '\s*\[') > 0
     return '['
@@ -403,10 +402,9 @@ def Tagline2item(val: dict<any>, brackets: string): dict<string> # {{{1
 enddef
 
 def Tagcmd2extra( # {{{1
-  cmd: string,
-  name: string,
-  fname: string
-): string
+    cmd: string,
+    name: string,
+    fname: string): string
 # Turn a command from a tag line to something that is useful in the menu
   var x: string
   if cmd =~ '^/^'
@@ -427,11 +425,10 @@ def Tagcmd2extra( # {{{1
 enddef
 
 def Nextitem( # {{{1
-  lead: string,
-  items: list<string>,
-  depth: number,
-  all: bool
-): list<dict<string>>
+    lead: string,
+    items: list<string>,
+    depth: number,
+    all: bool): list<dict<string>>
 # Find composing type in "lead" and match items[0] with it.
 # Repeat this recursively for items[1], if it's there.
 # When resolving typedefs "depth" is used to avoid infinite recursion.
@@ -473,11 +470,11 @@ def Nextitem( # {{{1
 
       # New ctags has the "typeref" field.  Patched version has "typename".
       if item->has_key('typeref')
-        res = extendnew(res, item['typeref']->StructMembers(items, all))
+        res = res->extend(item['typeref']->StructMembers(items, all))
         continue
       endif
       if item->has_key('typename')
-        res = extendnew(res, item['typename']->StructMembers(items, all))
+        res = res->extend(item['typename']->StructMembers(items, all))
         continue
       endif
 
@@ -511,11 +508,11 @@ def Nextitem( # {{{1
               endif
             endfor
             if name != ''
-              res = extendnew(res, StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] .. ':' .. name, items, all))
+              res = res->extend(StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] .. ':' .. name, items, all))
             endif
           elseif depth < 10
             # Could be "typedef other_T some_T".
-            res = extendnew(res, cmdtokens[0]->Nextitem(items, depth + 1, all))
+            res = res->extend(cmdtokens[0]->Nextitem(items, depth + 1, all))
           endif
         endif
       endif
@@ -529,10 +526,9 @@ def Nextitem( # {{{1
 enddef
 
 def StructMembers( # {{{1
-  atypename: string,
-  items: list<string>,
-  all: bool
-): list<dict<string>>
+    atypename: string,
+    items: list<string>,
+    all: bool): list<dict<string>>
 
 # Search for members of structure "typename" in tags files.
 # Return a list with resulting matches.
@@ -641,10 +637,9 @@ def StructMembers( # {{{1
 enddef
 
 def SearchMembers( # {{{1
-  matches: list<dict<any>>,
-  items: list<string>,
-  all: bool
-): list<dict<string>>
+    matches: list<dict<any>>,
+    items: list<string>,
+    all: bool): list<dict<string>>
 
 # For matching members, find matches for following items.
 # When "all" is true find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any member.
@@ -674,7 +669,7 @@ def SearchMembers( # {{{1
     endif
 
     if typename != ''
-      res = extendnew(res, StructMembers(typename, items, all))
+      res = res->extend(StructMembers(typename, items, all))
     else
       # Use the search command (the declaration itself).
       var sb: number = line->match('\t\zs/^')
@@ -683,7 +678,7 @@ def SearchMembers( # {{{1
         var e: number = line
           ->charidx(match(line, '\<' .. matches[i]['match'] .. '\>', sb))
         if e > 0
-          res = extendnew(res, line[s : e - 1]->Nextitem(items, 0, all))
+          res = res->extend(line[s : e - 1]->Nextitem(items, 0, all))
         endif
       endif
     endif

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2021 Dec 17
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 31
 
 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -67,13 +67,32 @@ func dist#ft#FTasmsyntax()
   endif
 endfunc
 
-" Check if one of the first five lines contains "VB_Name".  In that case it is
-" probably a Visual Basic file.  Otherwise it's assumed to be "alt" filetype.
-func dist#ft#FTVB(alt)
-  if getline(1).getline(2).getline(3).getline(4).getline(5) =~? 'VB_Name\|Begin VB\.\(Form\|MDIForm\|UserControl\)'
+let s:ft_visual_basic_content = '\cVB_Name\|Begin VB\.\(Form\|MDIForm\|UserControl\)'
+
+" See FTfrm() for Visual Basic form file detection
+func dist#ft#FTbas()
+  if exists("g:filetype_bas")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_bas
+    return
+  endif
+
+  " most frequent FreeBASIC-specific keywords in distro files
+  let fb_keywords = '\c^\s*\%(extern\|var\|enum\|private\|scope\|union\|byref\|operator\|constructor\|delete\|namespace\|public\|property\|with\|destructor\|using\)\>\%(\s*[:=(]\)\@!'
+  let fb_preproc  = '\c^\s*\%(#\a\+\|option\s\+\%(byval\|dynamic\|escape\|\%(no\)\=gosub\|nokeyword\|private\|static\)\>\)'
+  let fb_comment  = "^\\s*/'"
+  " OPTION EXPLICIT, without the leading underscore, is common to many dialects
+  let qb64_preproc = '\c^\s*\%($\a\+\|option\s\+\%(_explicit\|_\=explicitarray\)\>\)'
+
+  let lines = getline(1, min([line("$"), 100]))
+
+  if match(lines, fb_preproc) > -1 || match(lines, fb_comment) > -1 || match(lines, fb_keywords) > -1
+    setf freebasic
+  elseif match(lines, qb64_preproc) > -1
+    setf qb64
+  elseif match(lines, s:ft_visual_basic_content) > -1
     setf vb
   else
-    exe "setf " . a:alt
+    setf basic
   endif
 endfunc
 
@@ -219,6 +238,21 @@ func dist#ft#FTe()
   endif
 endfunc
 
+func dist#ft#FTfrm()
+  if exists("g:filetype_frm")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_frm
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let lines = getline(1, min([line("$"), 5]))
+
+  if match(lines, s:ft_visual_basic_content) > -1
+    setf vb
+  else
+    setf form
+  endif
+endfunc
+
 " Distinguish between Forth and F#.
 " Provided by Doug Kearns.
 func dist#ft#FTfs()
@@ -829,6 +863,38 @@ func dist#ft#Dep3patch()
   endfor
 endfunc
 
+" This function checks the first 15 lines for appearance of 'FoamFile'
+" and then 'object' in a following line.
+" In that case, it's probably an OpenFOAM file
+func dist#ft#FTfoam()
+    let ffile = 0
+    let lnum = 1
+    while lnum <= 15
+      if getline(lnum) =~# '^FoamFile'
+	let ffile = 1
+      elseif ffile == 1 && getline(lnum) =~# '^\s*object'
+	setf foam
+	return
+      endif
+      let lnum = lnum + 1
+    endwhile
+endfunc
+
+" Determine if a *.tf file is TF mud client or terraform
+func dist#ft#FTtf()
+  let numberOfLines = line('$')
+  for i in range(1, numberOfLines)
+    let currentLine = trim(getline(i))
+    let firstCharacter = currentLine[0]
+    if firstCharacter !=? ";" && firstCharacter !=? "/" && firstCharacter !=? ""
+      setf terraform
+      return
+    endif
+  endfor
+  setf tf
+endfunc
+
+
 " Restore 'cpoptions'
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/autoload/freebasic.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	FreeBASIC
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2021 Mar 16
+
+" Dialects can be one of fb, qb, fblite, or deprecated
+" Precedence is forcelang > #lang > lang
+function! freebasic#GetDialect() abort
+  if exists("g:freebasic_forcelang")
+    return g:freebasic_forcelang
+  endif
+
+  if exists("g:freebasic_lang")
+    let dialect = g:freebasic_lang
+  else
+    let dialect = "fb"
+  endif
+
+  " override with #lang directive or metacommand
+
+  let skip = "has('syntax_items') && synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name') =~ 'Comment$'"
+  let pat = '\c^\s*\%(#\s*lang\s\+\|''\s*$lang\s*:\s*\)"\([^"]*\)"'
+
+  let save_cursor = getcurpos()
+  call cursor(1, 1)
+  let lnum = search(pat, 'n', '', '', skip)
+  call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+
+  if lnum
+    let word = matchlist(getline(lnum), pat)[1]
+    if word =~? '\%(fb\|deprecated\|fblite\|qb\)'
+      let dialect = word
+    else
+      echomsg "freebasic#GetDialect: Invalid lang, found '" .. word .. "' at line " .. lnum .. " " .. getline(lnum)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return dialect
+endfunction
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet fdm=marker:

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 20
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 2. Defining autocommands				*autocmd-define*
 
 							*:au* *:autocmd*
-:au[tocmd] [group] {event} {pat} [++once] [++nested] {cmd}
+:au[tocmd] [group] {event} {aupat} [++once] [++nested] {cmd}
 			Add {cmd} to the list of commands that Vim will
 			execute automatically on {event} for a file matching
-			{pat} |autocmd-patterns|.
+			{aupat} |autocmd-patterns|.
 			Here {event} cannot be "*".  *E1155*
 			Note: A quote character is seen as argument to the
 			:autocmd and won't start a comment.
@@ -145,19 +145,19 @@ prompt.  When one command outputs two messages this can happen anyway.
 ==============================================================================
 3. Removing autocommands				*autocmd-remove*
 
-:au[tocmd]! [group] {event} {pat} [++once] [++nested] {cmd}
+:au[tocmd]! [group] {event} {aupat} [++once] [++nested] {cmd}
 			Remove all autocommands associated with {event} and
-			{pat}, and add the command {cmd}.
+			{aupat}, and add the command {cmd}.
 			See |autocmd-once| for [++once].
 			See |autocmd-nested| for [++nested].
 
-:au[tocmd]! [group] {event} {pat}
+:au[tocmd]! [group] {event} {aupat}
 			Remove all autocommands associated with {event} and
-			{pat}.
+			{aupat}.
 
-:au[tocmd]! [group] * {pat}
-			Remove all autocommands associated with {pat} for all
-			events.
+:au[tocmd]! [group] * {aupat}
+			Remove all autocommands associated with {aupat} for
+			all events.
 
 :au[tocmd]! [group] {event}
 			Remove ALL autocommands for {event}.
@@ -177,12 +177,12 @@ with ":augroup"); otherwise, Vim uses the group defined with [group].
 ==============================================================================
 4. Listing autocommands					*autocmd-list*
 
-:au[tocmd] [group] {event} {pat}
+:au[tocmd] [group] {event} {aupat}
 			Show the autocommands associated with {event} and
-			{pat}.
+			{aupat}.
 
-:au[tocmd] [group] * {pat}
-			Show the autocommands associated with {pat} for all
+:au[tocmd] [group] * {aupat}
+			Show the autocommands associated with {aupat} for all
 			events.
 
 :au[tocmd] [group] {event}
@@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				Not triggered when |quote_| is used nor when
 				called recursively.
 				It is not allowed to change the buffer text,
-				see |textlock|.
+				see |textlock|. *E1064*
 				{only when compiled with the +eval feature}
 
 							*User*
@@ -1311,16 +1311,16 @@ WinNew				When a new window was created.  Not done for
 				Before a WinEnter event.
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*
+6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{aupat}*
 
-The {pat} argument can be a comma separated list.  This works as if the
-command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
+The {aupat} argument of `:autocmd` can be a comma separated list.  This works as
+if the command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
 	:autocmd BufRead *.txt,*.info set et
 Is equivalent to: >
 	:autocmd BufRead *.txt set et
 	:autocmd BufRead *.info set et
 
-The file pattern {pat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
+The file pattern {aupat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
 two ways:
 1. When there is no '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against only
    the tail part of the file name (without its leading directory path).

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 28
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -641,10 +641,7 @@ test_feedinput({string})	none	add key sequence to input buffer
 test_garbagecollect_now()	none	free memory right now for testing
 test_garbagecollect_soon()	none	free memory soon for testing
 test_getvalue({string})		any	get value of an internal variable
-test_gui_drop_files({list}, {row}, {col}, {mods})
-				none	drop a list of files in a window
-test_gui_mouse_event({button}, {row}, {col}, {repeated}, {mods})
-				none	add a mouse event to the input buffer
+test_gui_event({event}, {args})	bool	generate a GUI event for testing
 test_ignore_error({expr})	none	ignore a specific error
 test_null_blob()		Blob	null value for testing
 test_null_channel()		Channel	null value for testing
@@ -657,8 +654,6 @@ test_null_string()		String	null value for testing
 test_option_not_set({name})	none	reset flag indicating option was set
 test_override({expr}, {val})	none	test with Vim internal overrides
 test_refcount({expr})		Number	get the reference count of {expr}
-test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})
-				none	scroll in the GUI for testing
 test_setmouse({row}, {col})	none	set the mouse position for testing
 test_settime({expr})		none	set current time for testing
 test_srand_seed([seed])		none	set seed for testing srand()
@@ -695,6 +690,8 @@ win_gettype([{nr}])		String	type of window {nr}
 win_gotoid({expr})		Number	go to window with ID {expr}
 win_id2tabwin({expr})		List	get tab and window nr from window ID
 win_id2win({expr})		Number	get window nr from window ID
+win_move_separator({nr})	Number	move window vertical separator
+win_move_statusline({nr})	Number	move window status line
 win_screenpos({nr})		List	get screen position of window {nr}
 win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])
 				Number	move window {nr} to split of {target}
@@ -2080,6 +2077,22 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 		For checking if a file exists use |filereadable()|.
 
 		The {expr} argument is a string, which contains one of these:
+			varname		internal variable (see
+			dict.key	|internal-variables|).  Also works
+			list[i]		for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
+			import.Func	entries, |List| items, imported
+					items,etc.
+					Does not work for local variables in a
+					compiled `:def` function.
+					Beware that evaluating an index may
+					cause an error message for an invalid
+					expression.  E.g.: >
+					   :let l = [1, 2, 3]
+					   :echo exists("l[5]")
+<					   0 >
+					   :echo exists("l[xx]")
+<					   E121: Undefined variable: xx
+					   0
 			&option-name	Vim option (only checks if it exists,
 					not if it really works)
 			+option-name	Vim option that works.
@@ -2094,21 +2107,6 @@ exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 			?funcname	built-in function that could be
 					implemented; to be used to check if
 					"funcname" is valid
-			varname		internal variable (see
-					|internal-variables|).  Also works
-					for |curly-braces-names|, |Dictionary|
-					entries, |List| items, etc.
-					Does not work for local variables in a
-					compiled `:def` function.
-					Beware that evaluating an index may
-					cause an error message for an invalid
-					expression.  E.g.: >
-					   :let l = [1, 2, 3]
-					   :echo exists("l[5]")
-<					   0 >
-					   :echo exists("l[xx]")
-<					   E121: Undefined variable: xx
-					   0
 			:cmdname	Ex command: built-in command, user
 					command or command modifier |:command|.
 					Returns:
@@ -2392,6 +2390,9 @@ feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 			Note that if you manage to call feedkeys() while
 			executing commands, thus calling it recursively, then
 			all typeahead will be consumed by the last call.
+		'c'	Remove any script context when executing, so that
+			legacy script syntax applies, "s:var" does not work,
+			etc.
 		'!'	When used with 'x' will not end Insert mode. Can be
 			used in a test when a timer is set to exit Insert mode
 			a little later.  Useful for testing CursorHoldI.
@@ -2435,7 +2436,7 @@ filter({expr1}, {expr2})				*filter()*
 		For each item in {expr1} evaluate {expr2} and when the result
 		is zero or false remove the item from the |List| or
 		|Dictionary|.  Similarly for each byte in a |Blob| and each
-		charactor in a |String|.
+		character in a |String|.
 
 		{expr2} must be a |string| or |Funcref|.
 
@@ -2466,7 +2467,9 @@ filter({expr1}, {expr2})				*filter()*
 			  return a:idx % 2 == 1
 			endfunc
 			call filter(mylist, function('Odd'))
-<		It is shorter when using a |lambda|: >
+<		It is shorter when using a |lambda|.  In |Vim9| syntax: >
+			call filter(myList, (idx, val) => idx * val <= 42)
+<		In legacy script syntax: >
 			call filter(myList, {idx, val -> idx * val <= 42})
 <		If you do not use "val" you can leave it out: >
 			call filter(myList, {idx -> idx % 2 == 1})
@@ -2528,7 +2531,7 @@ flatten({list} [, {maxdepth}])					*flatten()*
 		The {list} is changed in place, use |flattennew()| if you do
 		not want that.
 		In Vim9 script flatten() cannot be used, you must always use
-		|flattennew()|.
+		|flattennew()|. *E1158*
 								*E900*
 		{maxdepth} means how deep in nested lists changes are made.
 		{list} is not modified when {maxdepth} is 0.
@@ -2744,8 +2747,10 @@ funcref({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
 		function {name} is redefined later.
 
 		Unlike |function()|, {name} must be an existing user function.
-		Also for autoloaded functions. {name} cannot be a builtin
-		function.
+		It only works for an autoloaded function if it has already
+		been loaded (to avoid mistakenly loading the autoload script
+		when only intending to use the function name, use |function()|
+		instead). {name} cannot be a builtin function.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetFuncname()->funcref([arg])
@@ -2873,7 +2878,7 @@ get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])
 		Preferably used as a |method|: >
 			mydict->get(key)
 get({func}, {what})
-		Get an item with from Funcref {func}.  Possible values for
+		Get item {what} from Funcref {func}.  Possible values for
 		{what} are:
 			"name"	The function name
 			"func"	The function
@@ -4738,7 +4743,7 @@ js_encode({expr})					*js_encode()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetObject()->js_encode()
 
-json_decode({string})					*json_decode()*
+json_decode({string})				*json_decode()* *E491*
 		This parses a JSON formatted string and returns the equivalent
 		in Vim values.  See |json_encode()| for the relation between
 		JSON and Vim values.
@@ -5238,6 +5243,8 @@ maparg({name} [, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])			*maparg()*
 				     (|mapmode-ic|)
 		  "sid"	     The script local ID, used for <sid> mappings
 			     (|<SID>|).
+		  "scriptversion"  The version of the script.  999999 for
+		  		   |Vim9| script.
 		  "lnum"     The line number in "sid", zero if unknown.
 		  "nowait"   Do not wait for other, longer mappings.
 			     (|:map-<nowait>|).
@@ -5380,7 +5387,7 @@ match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])			*match()*
 			GetText()->match('word')
 			GetList()->match('word')
 <
-				*matchadd()* *E798* *E799* *E801* *E957*
+				*matchadd()* *E290* *E798* *E799* *E801* *E957*
 matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
 		Defines a pattern to be highlighted in the current window (a
 		"match").  It will be highlighted with {group}.  Returns an
@@ -6385,8 +6392,8 @@ readdir({directory} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])			*readdir()*
 		  readdir(dirname, {n -> n =~ '.txt$'})
 <		To skip hidden and backup files: >
 		  readdir(dirname, {n -> n !~ '^\.\|\~$'})
-
-<		The optional {dict} argument allows for further custom
+<								*E857*
+		The optional {dict} argument allows for further custom
 		values. Currently this is used to specify if and how sorting
 		should be performed. The dict can have the following members:
 
@@ -6520,7 +6527,7 @@ reduce({object}, {func} [, {initial}])			*reduce()* *E998*
 		{func} is called for every item in {object}, which can be a
 		|String|, |List| or a |Blob|.  {func} is called with two
 		arguments: the result so far and current item.  After
-		processing all items the result is returned.
+		processing all items the result is returned. *E1132*
 
 		{initial} is the initial result.  When omitted, the first item
 		in {object} is used and {func} is first called for the second
@@ -7379,7 +7386,7 @@ setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
 		   setcellwidths([[0xad, 0xad, 1],
 				\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2]])
 
-<					*E1109* *E1110* *E1111* *E1112* *E1113*
+<				*E1109* *E1110* *E1111* *E1112* *E1113* *E1114*
 		The {list} argument is a list of lists with each three
 		numbers. These three numbers are [low, high, width].  "low"
 		and "high" can be the same, in which case this refers to one
@@ -8130,7 +8137,8 @@ sound_playfile({path} [, {callback}])
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetSoundPath()->sound_playfile()
 
-<		{only available when compiled with the |+sound| feature}
+<		There is no error *E538* , but  can listen to 538.nl.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+sound| feature}
 
 
 sound_stop({id})					*sound_stop()*
@@ -9486,7 +9494,6 @@ win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])		*win_execute()*
 			call win_execute(winid, 'set syntax=python')
 <		Doing the same with `setwinvar()` would not trigger
 		autocommands and not actually show syntax highlighting.
-
 							*E994*
 		Not all commands are allowed in popup windows.
 		When window {id} does not exist then no error is given and
@@ -9562,6 +9569,35 @@ win_id2win({expr})					*win_id2win()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinid()->win_id2win()
 
+win_move_separator({nr}, {offset})			*win_move_separator()*
+		Move window {nr}'s vertical separator (i.e., the right border)
+		by {offset} columns, as if being dragged by the mouse. {nr}
+		can be a window number or |window-ID|. A positive {offset}
+		moves right and a negative {offset} moves left. Moving a
+		window's vertical separator will change the width of the
+		window and the width of other windows adjacent to the vertical
+		separator. The magnitude of movement may be smaller than
+		specified (e.g., as a consequence of maintaining
+		'winminwidth'). Returns TRUE if the window can be found and
+		FALSE otherwise.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetWinnr()->win_move_separator(offset)
+
+win_move_statusline({nr}, {offset})			*win_move_statusline()*
+		Move window {nr}'s status line (i.e., the bottom border) by
+		{offset} rows, as if being dragged by the mouse. {nr} can be a
+		window number or |window-ID|. A positive {offset} moves down
+		and a negative {offset} moves up. Moving a window's status
+		line will change the height of the window and the height of
+		other windows adjacent to the status line. The magnitude of
+		movement may be smaller than specified (e.g., as a consequence
+		of maintaining 'winminheight'). Returns TRUE if the window can
+		be found and FALSE otherwise.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetWinnr()->win_move_statusline(offset)
+
 win_screenpos({nr})					*win_screenpos()*
 		Return the screen position of window {nr} as a list with two
 		numbers: [row, col].  The first window always has position

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 29
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1176,10 +1176,13 @@ register.  With blockwise selection it also depends on the size of the block
 and whether the corners are on an existing character.  (Implementation detail:
 it actually works by first putting the register after the selection and then
 deleting the selection.)
-The previously selected text is put in the unnamed register.  If you want to
-put the same text into a Visual selection several times you need to use
+With 'p' the previously selected text is put in the unnamed register.  This is
+useful if you want to put that text somewhere else.  But you cannot repeat the
+same change.
+With 'P' the unnamed register is not changed, you can repeat the same change.
+But the deleted text cannot be used.  If you do need it you can use 'p' with
 another register.  E.g., yank the text to copy, Visually select the text to
-replace and use "0p .  You can repeat this as many times as you like, the
+replace and use "0p .  You can repeat this as many times as you like, and the
 unnamed register will be changed each time.
 
 When you use a blockwise Visual mode command and yank only a single line into

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 26
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -748,7 +748,8 @@ Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 
 Each may be followed (several times) by '+' or '-' and an optional number.
 This number is added or subtracted from the preceding line number.  If the
-number is omitted, 1 is used.
+number is omitted, 1 is used.  If there is nothing before the '+' or '-' then
+the current line is used.
 
 The "/" and "?" after {pattern} are required to separate the pattern from
 anything that follows.
@@ -778,7 +779,7 @@ Some commands allow for a count after the command.  This count is used as the
 number of lines to be used, starting with the line given in the last line
 specifier (the default is the cursor line).  The commands that accept a count
 are the ones that use a range but do not have a file name argument (because
-a file name can also be a number).
+a file name can also be a number).  The count cannot be negative.
 
 Examples: >
 	:s/x/X/g 5	substitute 'x' by 'X' in the current line and four
@@ -949,6 +950,7 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   and "script {file-name}[{lnum}]" for a script line, and
 		   ".." in between items.  E.g.:
 		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
+		   If there is no call stack you get error *E489* .
 							*:<slnum>* *<slnum>*
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 		   line number.  *E842*

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 May 24
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -335,8 +335,9 @@ After setting this variable, reload the syntax script: >
 
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*
 
-The 'diffexpr' option can be set to use something else than the standard
-"diff" program to compare two files and find the differences. *E959*
+The 'diffexpr' option can be set to use something else than the internal diff
+support or the standard "diff" program to compare two files and find the
+differences. *E959*
 
 When 'diffexpr' is empty, Vim uses this command to find the differences
 between file1 and file2: >
@@ -369,7 +370,7 @@ format mentioned.  These variables are set to the file names used:
 
 	v:fname_in		original file
 	v:fname_new		new version of the same file
-	v:fname_out		resulting diff file
+	v:fname_out		where to write the resulting diff file
 
 Additionally, 'diffexpr' should take care of "icase" and "iwhite" in the
 'diffopt' option.  'diffexpr' cannot change the value of 'lines' and
@@ -402,7 +403,9 @@ If the 'diffexpr' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
 with the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
 		set diffexpr=s:MyDiffExpr()
 		set diffexpr=<SID>SomeDiffExpr()
-<
+Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
+option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
 						*E810* *E97*
 Vim will do a test if the diff output looks alright.  If it doesn't, you will
 get an error message.  Possible causes:
@@ -458,5 +461,8 @@ If the 'patchexpr' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced
 with the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
 		set patchexpr=s:MyPatchExpr()
 		set patchexpr=<SID>SomePatchExpr()
-<
+Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
+option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 27
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ This also works for most other systems, with the restriction that the
 backticks must be around the whole item.  It is not possible to have text
 directly before the first or just after the last backtick.
 
-							*`=*
+						*`=* *E1083*
 You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of as an
 external command, by putting an equal sign right after the first backtick,
 e.g.: >
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ Note: When the 'write' option is off, you are not able to write any file.
 
 							*:w* *:write*
 					*E502* *E503* *E504* *E505*
-					*E512* *E514* *E667* *E796* *E949*
+					*E512* *E514* *E667* *E949*
 :w[rite] [++opt]	Write the whole buffer to the current file.  This is
 			the normal way to save changes to a file.  It fails
 			when the 'readonly' option is set or when there is
@@ -1388,7 +1388,8 @@ becomes the current directory for that window.  Windows where the |:lcd|
 command has not been used stick to the global or tab-local current directory.
 When jumping to another window the current directory is changed to the last
 specified local current directory.  If none was specified, the global or
-tab-local current directory is used.
+tab-local current directory is used.  When creating a new window it inherits
+the local directory of the current window.
 
 When a |:tcd| command has been used for a tab page, the specified directory
 becomes the current directory for the current tab page and the current window.
@@ -1770,7 +1771,7 @@ There are three different types of searching:
 	/u/user_x/work/include
 	/u/user_x/include
 
-<   Note: If your 'path' setting includes an non-existing directory, Vim will
+<   Note: If your 'path' setting includes a non-existing directory, Vim will
    skip the non-existing directory, but continues searching in the parent of
    the non-existing directory if upwards searching is used.  E.g. when
    searching "../include" and that doesn't exist, and upward searching is

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 28
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
 Expression evaluation			*expression* *expr* *E15* *eval*
-
+							*E1002*
 Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 
 Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time.  If this has been
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ done, the features in this document are not available.  See |+eval| and
 |no-eval-feature|.
 
 This file is mainly about the backwards compatible (legacy) Vim script.  For
-specifics of Vim9 script, which executes much faster, supports type checking
-and much more, see |vim9.txt|.  Where the syntax or semantics differ a remark
-is given.
+specifics of Vim9 script, which can execute much faster, supports type
+checking and much more, see |vim9.txt|.  Where the syntax or semantics differ
+a remark is given.
 
 1.  Variables			|variables|
     1.1 Variable types
@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ Profiling is documented at |profiling|.
 1. Variables						*variables*
 
 1.1 Variable types ~
-						*E712* *E896* *E897* *E899*
+					*E712* *E896* *E897* *E899* *E1098*
+					*E1107* *E1135* *E1138*
 There are ten types of variables:
 
 							*Number* *Integer*
@@ -53,7 +54,7 @@ Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number|
 		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177  0o177 0b1011
 
 Float		A floating point number. |floating-point-format| *Float*
-		{only when compiled with the |+float| feature}
+		{only when compiled with the |+float| feature} *E1076*
 		Examples: 123.456  1.15e-6  -1.1e3
 
 String		A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes).
@@ -162,8 +163,8 @@ non-empty String, then the value is considered to be TRUE.
 Note that " " and "0" are also non-empty strings, thus considered to be TRUE.
 A List, Dictionary or Float is not a Number or String, thus evaluate to FALSE.
 
-		*E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731* *E908* *E910* *E913*
-		*E974* *E975* *E976*
+		*E611* *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731* *E908* *E910*
+		*E913* *E974* *E975* *E976*
 |List|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel| and |Blob| types are not
 automatically converted.
 
@@ -172,7 +173,7 @@ When mixing Number and Float the Number is converted to Float.  Otherwise
 there is no automatic conversion of Float.  You can use str2float() for String
 to Float, printf() for Float to String and float2nr() for Float to Number.
 
-			*E891* *E892* *E893* *E894* *E907* *E911* *E914*
+			*E362* *E891* *E892* *E893* *E894* *E907* *E911* *E914*
 When expecting a Float a Number can also be used, but nothing else.
 
 						*no-type-checking*
@@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ You will not get an error if you try to change the type of a variable.
 
 
 1.2 Function references ~
-						*Funcref* *E695* *E718*
+					*Funcref* *E695* *E718* *E1086*
 A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function, the |funcref()|
 function or created with the lambda expression |expr-lambda|.  It can be used
 in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
@@ -835,7 +836,7 @@ In legacy script it is possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Expression syntax					*expression-syntax*
-
+							*E1143*
 Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
 
 |expr1|	expr2
@@ -916,6 +917,9 @@ Example: >
 
 All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
 
+Expression nesting is limited to 1000 levels deep (300 when build with MSVC)
+to avoid running out of stack and crashing. *E1169*
+
 
 expr1				*expr1* *trinary* *falsy-operator* *??* *E109*
 -----
@@ -1030,7 +1034,7 @@ is |true| or |false|.
 			*expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?*  *expr->=?*
 			*expr-<?*  *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
 			*expr-is* *expr-isnot* *expr-is#* *expr-isnot#*
-			*expr-is?* *expr-isnot?*
+			*expr-is?* *expr-isnot?* *E1072*
 		use 'ignorecase'    match case	   ignore case ~
 equal			==		==#		==?
 not equal		!=		!=#		!=?
@@ -1071,7 +1075,7 @@ To compare Funcrefs to see if they refer to the same function, ignoring bound
 Dictionary and arguments, use |get()| to get the function name: >
 	if get(Part1, 'name') == get(Part2, 'name')
 	   " Part1 and Part2 refer to the same function
-
+<							*E1037*
 Using "is" or "isnot" with a |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob| checks whether
 the expressions are referring to the same |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|
 instance.  A copy of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When
@@ -1123,7 +1127,7 @@ can be matched like an ordinary character.  Examples:
 	"foo\nbar" =~ "\\n"	evaluates to 0
 
 
-expr5 and expr6						*expr5* *expr6*
+expr5 and expr6				*expr5* *expr6* *E1036* *E1051*
 ---------------
 expr6 + expr6   Number addition, |List| or |Blob| concatenation	*expr-+*
 expr6 - expr6   Number subtraction				*expr--*
@@ -1182,7 +1186,7 @@ When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0.
 
 None of these work for |Funcref|s.
 
-".", ".." and "%" do not work for Float. *E804*
+".", ".." and "%" do not work for Float. *E804* *E1035*
 
 
 expr7							*expr7*
@@ -1229,7 +1233,7 @@ in any order.  E.g., these are all possible:
 Evaluation is always from left to right.
 
 expr9[expr1]		item of String or |List|	*expr-[]* *E111*
-							*E909* *subscript*
+						*E909* *subscript* *E1062*
 In legacy Vim script:
 If expr9 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
 expr1'th single byte from expr9.  expr9 is used as a String (a number is
@@ -1339,14 +1343,14 @@ Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation.  To avoid confusion
 always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
 
 
-expr9(expr1, ...)	|Funcref| function call
+expr9(expr1, ...)	|Funcref| function call  	*E1085*
 
 When expr9 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
 
 
 expr9->name([args])	method call			*method* *->*
 expr9->{lambda}([args])
-							*E276*
+							*E260* *E276*
 For methods that are also available as global functions this is the same as: >
 	name(expr9 [, args])
 There can also be methods specifically for the type of "expr9".
@@ -1364,7 +1368,16 @@ Is equivalent to: >
 	(-1.234)->string()
 And NOT: >
 	-(1.234->string())
-<
+
+What comes after "->" can be a name, a simple expression (not containing any
+parenthesis), or any expression in parenthesis: >
+	base->name(args)
+	base->some.name(args)
+	base->alist[idx](args)
+	base->(getFuncRef())(args)
+Note that in the last call the base is passed to the function resulting from
+"(getFuncRef())", inserted before "args".
+
 							*E274*
 "->name(" must not contain white space.  There can be white space before the
 "->" and after the "(", thus you can split the lines like this: >
@@ -1568,7 +1581,7 @@ The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $shell
 variable (if your shell supports it).
 
 
-internal variable					*expr-variable*
+internal variable			*expr-variable* *E1015* *E1089*
 -----------------
 variable		internal variable
 See below |internal-variables|.
@@ -1582,7 +1595,7 @@ See below |functions|.
 
 lambda expression				*expr-lambda* *lambda*
 -----------------
-{args -> expr1}		legacy lambda expression
+{args -> expr1}		legacy lambda expression 		*E451*
 (args) => expr1		|Vim9| lambda expression
 
 A lambda expression creates a new unnamed function which returns the result of
@@ -1656,13 +1669,13 @@ for a lambda expression, you can find what it is with the following command: >
 See also: |numbered-function|
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Internal variable				*internal-variables* *E461*
+3. Internal variable			*internal-variables* *E461* *E1001*
 
 An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'.  But it
-cannot start with a digit.  In legacy script it also possible to use curly
+cannot start with a digit.  In legacy script it is also possible to use curly
 braces, see |curly-braces-names|.
 
-In legacy script ann internal variable is created with the ":let" command
+In legacy script an internal variable is created with the ":let" command
 |:let|.  An internal variable is explicitly destroyed with the ":unlet"
 command |:unlet|.
 Using a name that is not an internal variable or refers to a variable that has
@@ -1814,7 +1827,7 @@ variables for each buffer.  Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
 
 
 PREDEFINED VIM VARIABLES			*vim-variable* *v:var* *v:*
-								*E963*
+							*E963* *E1063*
 Some variables can be set by the user, but the type cannot be changed.
 
 					*v:argv* *argv-variable*
@@ -2162,7 +2175,8 @@ v:lnum		Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr|, 'formatexpr' and
 		|sandbox|.
 
 						*v:maxcol* *maxcol-variable*
-v:maxcol	Maximum line length.
+v:maxcol	Maximum line length.  Depending on where it is used it can be
+		screen columns, characters or bytes.
 
 					*v:mouse_win* *mouse_win-variable*
 v:mouse_win	Window number for a mouse click obtained with |getchar()|.
@@ -2573,7 +2587,7 @@ functions.
 In |Vim9| script functions are local to the script by default, prefix "g:" to
 define a global function.
 
-					*:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
+				*:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123* *E454*
 :fu[nction]		List all functions and their arguments.
 
 :fu[nction] {name}	List function {name}.
@@ -2699,7 +2713,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			command, use line breaks instead of |:bar|: >
 				:exe "func Foo()\necho 'foo'\nendfunc"
 <
-				*:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131* *E933*
+				*:delf* *:delfunction* *E131* *E933* *E1084*
 :delf[unction][!] {name}
 			Delete function {name}.
 			{name} can also be a |Dictionary| entry that is a
@@ -2716,8 +2730,11 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
 			When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
 			the number 0 is returned.
-			Note that there is no check for unreachable lines,
-			thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return".
+			In a :def function *E1095* is given if unreachable
+			code follows after the `:return`.
+			In legacy script there is no check for unreachable
+			lines, thus there is no warning if commands follow
+			`:return`.
 
 			If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
 			matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
@@ -2736,7 +2753,7 @@ may optionally be following.  In the function the extra arguments can be used
 as "a:1", "a:2", etc.  "a:0" is set to the number of extra arguments (which
 can be 0).  "a:000" is set to a |List| that contains these arguments.  Note
 that "a:1" is the same as "a:000[0]".
-								*E742*
+							*E742* *E1090*
 The a: scope and the variables in it cannot be changed, they are fixed.
 However, if a composite type is used, such as |List| or |Dictionary| , you can
 change their contents.  Thus you can pass a |List| to a function and have the
@@ -2829,7 +2846,7 @@ This function can then be called with: >
   :  echo div
   :endif
 <
-						*:cal* *:call* *E107* *E117*
+						*:cal* *:call* *E107*
 :[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments])
 		Call a function.  The name of the function and its arguments
 		are as specified with `:function`.  Up to 20 arguments can be
@@ -2873,6 +2890,12 @@ This function can then be called with: >
 	:4,8call GetDict().method()
 <		Here GetDict() gets the range but method() does not.
 
+								*E117*
+When a function cannot be found the error "E117: Unknown function" will be
+given.  If the function was using an autoload path or an autoload import and
+the script is a |Vim9| script, this may also be caused by the function not
+being exported.
+
 								*E132*
 The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
 option.
@@ -2972,6 +2995,9 @@ Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
 other and vice versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
 Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
 
+In |Vim9| script you will get error *E1263* if you use a function name with a
+"#" character when not in an autoload script.
+
 Hint: If you distribute a bunch of scripts you can pack them together with the
 |vimball| utility.  Also read the user manual |distribute-script|.
 
@@ -3035,7 +3061,7 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 			from the {expr}.  If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it
 			is created.
 
-:let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1}			*E689*
+:let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1}			*E689* *E1141*
 			Set a list item to the result of the expression
 			{expr1}.  {var-name} must refer to a list and {idx}
 			must be a valid index in that list.  For nested list
@@ -3058,8 +3084,8 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 			When the selected range of items is partly past the
 			end of the list, items will be added.
 
-			*:let+=* *:let-=* *:letstar=*
-			*:let/=* *:let%=* *:let.=* *:let..=* *E734* *E985*
+			*:let+=* *:let-=* *:letstar=* *:let/=*  *:let%=*
+			*:let.=* *:let..=* *E734* *E985* *E1019*
 :let {var} += {expr1}	Like ":let {var} = {var} + {expr1}".
 :let {var} -= {expr1}	Like ":let {var} = {var} - {expr1}".
 :let {var} *= {expr1}	Like ":let {var} = {var} * {expr1}".
@@ -3142,7 +3168,7 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 :let &g:{option-name} -= {expr1}
 			Like above, but only set the global value of an option
 			(if there is one).  Works like |:setglobal|.
-
+								*E1093*
 :let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1}		*:let-unpack* *E687* *E688*
 			{expr1} must evaluate to a |List|.  The first item in
 			the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
@@ -3183,7 +3209,7 @@ declarations and assignments do not use a command.  |vim9-declaration|
 			|List| item.
 
 						*:let=<<* *:let-heredoc*
-						*E990* *E991* *E172* *E221*
+					*E990* *E991* *E172* *E221* *E1145*
 :let {var-name} =<< [trim] {endmarker}
 text...
 text...
@@ -3262,7 +3288,7 @@ text...
 				*	Funcref
 			This does not work in Vim9 script. |vim9-declaration|
 
-:unl[et][!] {name} ...				*:unlet* *:unl* *E108* *E795*
+:unl[et][!] {name} ...			*:unlet* *:unl* *E108* *E795* *E1081*
 			Remove the internal variable {name}.  Several variable
 			names can be given, they are all removed.  The name
 			may also be a |List| or |Dictionary| item.
@@ -3288,7 +3314,7 @@ text...
 			If the system does not support deleting an environment
 			variable, it is made empty.
 
-						*:cons* *:const*
+						*:cons* *:const* *E1018*
 :cons[t] {var-name} = {expr1}
 :cons[t] [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1}
 :cons[t] [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
@@ -3336,7 +3362,7 @@ text...
 				:lockvar v
 				:let v = 'asdf'	  " fails!
 				:unlet v	  " works
-<							*E741* *E940*
+<			*E741* *E940* *E1118* *E1119* *E1120* *E1121* *E1122*
 			If you try to change a locked variable you get an
 			error message: "E741: Value is locked: {name}".
 			If you try to lock or unlock a built-in variable you
@@ -3479,7 +3505,7 @@ text...
 			|Blob| does not affect the iteration.
 
 :for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
-:endfo[r]
+:endfo[r]							*E1140*
 			Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
 			a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
 			{var2}, etc.  Example: >
@@ -3508,7 +3534,8 @@ text...
 			all nested ":try"s inside the loop.  The outermost
 			":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
 
-:try				*:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602*
+:try						*:try* *:endt* *:endtry*
+						*E600* *E601* *E602* *E1032*
 :endt[ry]		Change the error handling for the commands between
 			":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
 			executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
@@ -3544,7 +3571,8 @@ text...
 		try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
 		try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
 <
-					*:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
+					*:cat* *:catch*
+					*E603* *E604* *E605* *E654* *E1033*
 :cat[ch] /{pattern}/	The following commands until the next |:catch|,
 			|:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
 			|:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
@@ -3565,7 +3593,7 @@ text...
 			Another character can be used instead of / around the
 			{pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
 			meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
-			{pattern}.
+			{pattern}. *E1067*
 			Information about the exception is available in
 			|v:exception|.  Also see |throw-variables|.
 			NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
@@ -3580,7 +3608,7 @@ text...
 			|:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
 			interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
 
-							*:th* *:throw* *E608*
+						*:th* *:throw* *E608* *E1129*
 :th[row] {expr1}	The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
 			If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
 			first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
@@ -4946,7 +4974,7 @@ When the |+eval| feature is available the command is skipped because of the
 silently ignored, and the command is executed.
 
 ==============================================================================
-12. The sandbox					*eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
+12. The sandbox					*eval-sandbox* *sandbox*
 
 The 'foldexpr', 'formatexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and
 'foldtext' options may be evaluated in a sandbox.  This means that you are
@@ -4954,7 +4982,7 @@ protected from these expressions having nasty side effects.  This gives some
 safety for when these options are set from a modeline.  It is also used when
 the command from a tags file is executed and for CTRL-R = in the command line.
 The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command.
-
+								*E48*
 These items are not allowed in the sandbox:
 	- changing the buffer text
 	- defining or changing mapping, autocommands, user commands

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 30
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -133,14 +133,15 @@ shell script: "#!/bin/csh".
 argument was used.
 
 							*filetype-overrule*
-When the same extension is used for two filetypes, Vim tries to guess what
-kind of file it is.  This doesn't always work.  A number of global variables
-can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
+When the same extension is used for multiple filetypes, Vim tries to guess
+what kind of file it is.  This doesn't always work.  A number of global
+variables can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 
 	file name	variable ~
 	*.asa		g:filetype_asa	|ft-aspvbs-syntax| |ft-aspperl-syntax|
 	*.asm		g:asmsyntax	|ft-asm-syntax|
 	*.asp		g:filetype_asp	|ft-aspvbs-syntax| |ft-aspperl-syntax|
+	*.bas		g:filetype_bas	|ft-basic-syntax|
 	*.fs		g:filetype_fs   |ft-forth-syntax|
 	*.i		g:filetype_i	|ft-progress-syntax|
 	*.inc		g:filetype_inc

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jul 13
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -511,7 +511,10 @@ Note the use of backslashes to avoid some characters to be interpreted by the
     :endfunction
 
 Evaluating 'foldtext' is done in the |sandbox|.  The current window is set to
-the window that displays the line.  Errors are ignored.
+the window that displays the line.  The context is set to the script where the
+option was last set.
+
+Errors are ignored.  For debugging set the 'debug' option to "throw".
 
 The default value is |foldtext()|.  This returns a reasonable text for most
 types of folding.  If you don't like it, you can specify your own 'foldtext'

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 13
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ command: >
 			dialog.  {only when compiled with |+GUI_GTK|}
 
 					*:helpt* *:helptags*
-				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
+				*E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E154* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
 			Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
 			When {dir} is ALL then all "doc" directories in

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ suggested use.)
 ==============================================================================
 2. Cscope related commands				*cscope-commands*
 
-		*:cscope* *:cs* *:scs* *:scscope* *E259* *E262* *E561* *E560*
+		*:cscope* *:cs* *:scs* *:scscope* *E259* *E262* *E560* *E561*
 All cscope commands are accessed through suboptions to the cscope commands.
 	`:cscope` or `:cs` is the main command
 	`:scscope` or `:scs` does the same and splits the window

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -103,8 +103,7 @@ Here are some things you can try: >
   :perldo $_ = reverse($_);1
   :perl VIM::Msg("hello")
   :perl $line = $curbuf->Get(42)
-<
-							*E299*
+<							*E299*
 Executing Perl commands in the |sandbox| is limited.  ":perldo" will not be
 possible at all.  ":perl" will be evaluated in the Safe environment, if
 possible.

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 May 27
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ The Tcl Interface to Vim				*tcl* *Tcl* *TCL*
 8. Examples				|tcl-examples|
 9. Dynamic loading			|tcl-dynamic|
 
-*E280*
 {only available when Vim was compiled with the |+tcl| feature}
 
+							*E280*
 WARNING: There are probably still some bugs.  Please send bug reports,
 comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -778,6 +778,15 @@ You can set the indent for the first line after <script> and <style>
       "auto"	auto indent (same indent as the blocktag)
       "inc"	auto indent + one indent step
 
+You can set the indent for attributes after an open <tag line: >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_attribute = 1
+<
+      VALUE	MEANING ~
+      1		auto indent, one indent step more than <tag
+      2		auto indent, two indent steps (default)
+      > 2	auto indent, more indent steps
+
 Many tags increase the indent for what follows per default (see "Add Indent
 Tags" in the script).  You can add further tags with: >
 
@@ -879,7 +888,7 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 							*PHP_outdentphpescape*
 To indent PHP escape tags as the surrounding non-PHP code (only affects the
 PHP escape tags): >
-:let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
+    :let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
 -------------
 
 							*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
@@ -1206,7 +1215,7 @@ comments will be indented according to the correctly indented code.
 
 
 VIM							*ft-vim-indent*
-
+							*g:vim_indent_cont*
 For indenting Vim scripts there is one variable that specifies the amount of
 indent for a continuation line, a line that starts with a backslash: >
 

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Aug 31
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -937,7 +937,9 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 				   before the highlighted area
 |v_J|		J		2  join the highlighted lines
 |v_K|		K		   run 'keywordprg' on the highlighted area
-|v_O|		O		   Move horizontally to other corner of area.
+|v_O|		O		   move horizontally to other corner of area
+|v_P|		P		   replace highlighted area with register
+				   contents; unnamed register is unchanged
 		Q		   does not start Ex mode
 |v_R|		R		2  delete the highlighted lines and start
 				   insert
@@ -1000,6 +1002,8 @@ tag		command	      note action in Visual mode	~
 |v_i{|		i{		   same as iB
 |v_i}|		i}		   same as iB
 |v_o|		o		   move cursor to other corner of area
+|v_p|		p		   replace highlighted area with register
+				   contents; deleted text in unnamed register
 |v_r|		r		2  replace highlighted area with a character
 |v_s|		s		2  delete highlighted area and start insert
 |v_u|		u		2  make highlighted area lowercase

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ space is preferred).  Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
 
 For an example, imagine the 'thesaurus' file has a line like this: >
 	angry furious mad enraged
-<Placing the cursor after the letters "ang" and typing CTRL-X CTRL-T would
+Placing the cursor after the letters "ang" and typing CTRL-X CTRL-T would
 complete the word "angry"; subsequent presses would change the word to
 "furious", "mad" etc.
 
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/629#issuecomment-443293282
 Unpack thesaurus_pkg.zip, put the thesaurus.txt file somewhere, e.g.
 ~/.vim/thesaurus/english.txt, and the 'thesaurus' option to this file name.
 
-					
+
 Completing keywords with 'thesaurusfunc'		*compl-thesaurusfunc*
 
 If the 'thesaurusfunc' option is set, then the user specified function is

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 24
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 
 Key mapping, abbreviations and user-defined commands.
 
-This subject is introduced in sections |05.3|, |24.7| and |40.1| of the user
+This subject is introduced in sections |05.4|, |24.7| and |40.1| of the user
 manual.
 
 1. Key mapping			|key-mapping|
@@ -97,8 +97,7 @@ modes.
 			map command applies.  The mapping may remain defined
 			for other modes where it applies.
 			It also works when {lhs} matches the {rhs} of a
-			mapping. This is for when when an abbreviation
-			applied.
+			mapping. This is for when an abbreviation applied.
 			Note: Trailing spaces are included in the {lhs}.  This
 			unmap does NOT work: >
 				:map @@ foo
@@ -271,7 +270,7 @@ input. Example: >
 	endfunc
 	nnoremap <expr> <F3> <SID>OpenPopup()
 
-Also, keep in mind that the expression may be evaluated when looking for
+Keep in mind that the expression may be evaluated when looking for
 typeahead, before the previous command has been executed.  For example: >
 	func StoreColumn()
 	  let g:column = col('.')
@@ -285,6 +284,10 @@ This can be solved by inserting <Ignore> before the character that is
 expression-mapped: >
 	nmap ! f!<Ignore>x
 
+When defining a mapping in a |Vim9| script, the expression will be evaluated
+in the context of that script.  This means that script-local items can be
+accessed in the expression.
+
 Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
 obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
 For this reason the following is blocked:
@@ -343,9 +346,24 @@ Example of using <Cmd> halfway Insert mode: >
 Unlike <expr> mappings, there are no special restrictions on the <Cmd>
 command: it is executed as if an (unrestricted) |autocommand| was invoked.
 
+						*<ScriptCmd>*
+<ScriptCmd> is like <Cmd> but sets the context to the script the mapping was
+defined in, for the duration of the command execution.  This is especially
+useful for |Vim9| script.  It also works to access an import, which is useful
+in a plugin using an autoload script: >
+	vim9script
+	import autoload 'implementation.vim' as impl
+	nnoremap <F4> <ScriptCmd>impl.DoTheWork()<CR>
+
+No matter where <F4> is typed, the "impl" import will be found in the script
+context of where the mapping was defined.  And since it's an autoload import,
+the "implementation.vim" script will only be loaded once <F4> is typed, not
+when the mapping is defined.
+
 Note:
-- Because <Cmd> avoids mode-changes it does not trigger |CmdlineEnter| and
-  |CmdlineLeave| events, because no user interaction is expected.
+- Because <Cmd> and <ScriptCmd> avoid mode-changes it does not trigger
+  |CmdlineEnter| and |CmdlineLeave| events, because no user interaction is
+  expected.
 - For the same reason, |keycodes| like <C-R><C-W> are interpreted as plain,
   unmapped keys.
 - The command is not echo'ed, no need for <silent>.
@@ -357,12 +375,13 @@ Note:
   Visual mode.  Use |:smap| to handle Select mode differently.
 
 							*E1255* *E1136*
-<Cmd> commands must terminate, that is, they must be followed by <CR> in the
-{rhs} of the mapping definition.  |Command-line| mode is never entered.
+<Cmd> and <ScriptCmd> commands must terminate, that is, they must be followed
+by <CR> in the {rhs} of the mapping definition.  |Command-line| mode is never
+entered.
 
 							*E1137*
-<Cmd> commands can have only normal characters and cannot contain special
-characters like function keys.
+<Cmd> and <ScriptCmd> commands can have only normal characters and cannot
+contain special characters like function keys.
 
 
 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
@@ -1392,7 +1411,7 @@ scripts.
 
 							*:command-verbose*
 When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a command will also display where it was
-last defined. Example: >
+last defined and any completion argument. Example: >
 
     :verbose command TOhtml
 <	Name	    Args Range Complete  Definition ~
@@ -1511,6 +1530,8 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=custom,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 	-complete=customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 
+If you specify completion while there is nothing to complete (-nargs=0, the
+default) then you get error *E1208* .
 Note: That some completion methods might expand environment variables.
 
 

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Oct 04
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -862,8 +862,8 @@ Use the RPM or port for your system.
     window specific to the input method.
 
 
-USING XIM			*multibyte-input* *E284* *E286* *E287* *E288*
-				*E285* *E289*
+USING XIM			*multibyte-input* *E284* *E285* *E286* *E287*
+					*E288* *E289*
 
 Note that Display and Input are independent.  It is possible to see your
 language even though you have no input method for it.  But when your Display
@@ -955,32 +955,11 @@ replace mode.
 The options 'iminsert', 'imsearch' and 'imcmdline' can be used to choose
 the different input methods or disable them temporarily.
 
-WHAT IS IME
-    IME is a part of East asian version Windows.  That helps you to input
-    multibyte character.  English and other language version Windows does not
-    have any IME.  (Also there is no need usually.) But there is one that
-    called Microsoft Global IME.  Global IME is a part of Internet Explorer
-    4.0 or above.  You can get more information about Global IME, at below
-    URL.
-
-WHAT IS GLOBAL IME					*global-ime*
-    Global IME makes capability to input Chinese, Japanese, and Korean text
-    into Vim buffer on any language version of Windows 98, Windows 95, and
-    Windows NT 4.0.
-    On Windows 2000 and XP it should work as well (without downloading).  On
-    Windows 2000 Professional, Global IME is built in, and the Input Locales
-    can be added through Control Panel/Regional Options/Input Locales.
-    Please see below URL for detail of Global IME.  You can also find various
-    language version of Global IME at same place.
-
-    - Global IME detailed information.
-	http://search.microsoft.com/results.aspx?q=global+ime
-
-    - Active Input Method Manager (Global IME)
+On Windows 9x and Windows NT 4.0 there was *global-ime* , but this is no
+longer supported.  You can still find documentation for Active Input Method
+Manager (Global IME) here:
 	http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa741221(v=VS.85).aspx
 
-    Support for Global IME is an experimental feature.
-
 NOTE: For IME to work you must make sure the input locales of your language
 are added to your system.  The exact location of this depends on the version
 of Windows you use.  For example, on my Windows 2000 box:

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 13
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ maintains the messages or the translations.  You can use this to contact the
 maintainer when you spot a mistake.
 
 If you want to find help on a specific (error) message, use the ID at the
-start of the message.  For example, to get help on the message: >
+start of the message.  For example, to get help on the message:
 
-	E72: Close error on swap file
+	E72: Close error on swap file ~
 
-or (translated): >
+or (translated):
 
-	E72: Errore durante chiusura swap file
+	E72: Errore durante chiusura swap file ~
 
 Use: >
 
@@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ If you are lazy, it also works without the shift key: >
 
 	:help e72
 
+The number in this ID has no meaning.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Error messages				*error-messages* *errors*
 
@@ -76,116 +78,116 @@ See `:messages` above.
 LIST OF MESSAGES
 			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
-			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292*  >
-  Add to read buffer
-  makemap: Illegal mode
-  Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback
-  Hangul automata ERROR
-  block was not locked
-  Didn't get block nr {N}?
-  ml_upd_block0(): Didn't get block 0??
-  pointer block id wrong {N}
-  Updated too many blocks?
-  get_varp ERROR
-  u_undo: line numbers wrong
-  undo list corrupt
-  undo line missing
-  ml_get: cannot find line {N}
-  cannot find line {N}
-  line number out of range: {N} past the end
-  line count wrong in block {N}
-  Internal error
-  Internal error: {function}
-  fatal error in cs_manage_matches
-  Invalid count for del_bytes(): {N}
+			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292* 
+  Add to read buffer ~
+  makemap: Illegal mode ~
+  Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback ~
+  block was not locked ~
+  Didn't get block nr {N}? ~
+  ml_upd_block0(): Didn't get block 0?? ~
+  pointer block id wrong {N} ~
+  Updated too many blocks? ~
+  get_varp ERROR ~
+  u_undo: line numbers wrong ~
+  undo list corrupt ~
+  undo line missing ~
+  ml_get: cannot find line {N} in buffer {nr} {name} ~
+  line number out of range: {N} past the end ~
+  line count wrong in block {N} ~
+  Internal error: lalloc(0, ) ~
+  Internal error: {function} ~
+  Internal error in regexp ~
+  fatal error in cs_manage_matches ~
+  Invalid count for del_bytes(): {N} ~
 
 This is an internal error.  If you can reproduce it, please send in a bug
 report. |bugs|
 
->
-  ATTENTION
-  Found a swap file by the name ...
+
+  ATTENTION ~
+  Found a swap file by the name ... ~
 
 See |ATTENTION|.
 
-							*E92*  >
-  Buffer {N} not found
+							*E92* 
+  Buffer {N} not found ~
 
 The buffer you requested does not exist.  This can also happen when you have
 wiped out a buffer which contains a mark or is referenced in another way.
 |:bwipeout|
 
-							*E95*  >
-  Buffer with this name already exists
+							*E95* 
+  Buffer with this name already exists ~
 
-You cannot have two buffers with the same name.
+You cannot have two buffers with exactly the same name.  This includes the
+path leading to the file.
 
-							*E72*  >
-  Close error on swap file
+							*E72* 
+  Close error on swap file ~
 
 The |swap-file|, that is used to keep a copy of the edited text, could not be
 closed properly.  Mostly harmless.
 
-							*E169*  >
-  Command too recursive
+							*E169* 
+  Command too recursive ~
 
 This happens when an Ex command executes an Ex command that executes an Ex
 command, etc.  The limit is 200 or the value of 'maxfuncdepth', whatever is
 larger.  When it's more there probably is an endless loop.  Probably a
 |:execute| or |:source| command is involved.
 
-							*E254*  >
-  Cannot allocate color {name}
+							*E254* 
+  Cannot allocate color {name} ~
 
 The color name {name} is unknown.  See |gui-colors| for a list of colors that
 are available on most systems.
 
-							*E1244*  >
-  Bad color string: {str}
+							*E1244* 
+  Bad color string: {str} ~
 
 The provided color did not conform to the pattern #rrggbb
 
-							*E458*  >
-  Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect
+							*E458* 
+  Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect ~
 
 This means that there are not enough colors available for Vim.  It will still
 run, but some of the colors will not appear in the specified color.  Try
 stopping other applications that use many colors, or start them after starting
 gvim.
 Browsers are known to consume a lot of colors.  You can avoid this with
-netscape by telling it to use its own colormap: >
-	netscape -install
-Or tell it to limit to a certain number of colors (64 should work well): >
-	netscape -ncols 64
-This can also be done with a line in your Xdefaults file: >
-	Netscape*installColormap: Yes
-or >
-	Netscape*maxImageColors:  64
-<
-							*E79*  >
-  Cannot expand wildcards
+netscape by telling it to use its own colormap:
+	netscape -install ~
+Or tell it to limit to a certain number of colors (64 should work well):
+	netscape -ncols 64 ~
+This can also be done with a line in your Xdefaults file:
+	Netscape*installColormap: Yes ~
+or
+	Netscape*maxImageColors:  64 ~
+
+							*E79* 
+  Cannot expand wildcards ~
 
 A filename contains a strange combination of characters, which causes Vim to
 attempt expanding wildcards but this fails.  This does NOT mean that no
 matching file names could be found, but that the pattern was illegal.
 
-							*E459*  >
-  Cannot go back to previous directory
+							*E459* 
+  Cannot go back to previous directory ~
 
 While expanding a file name, Vim failed to go back to the previously used
 directory.  All file names being used may be invalid now!  You need to have
 execute permission on the current directory.
 
-							*E190* *E212*  >
-  Cannot open "{filename}" for writing
-  Can't open file for writing
+							*E190* *E212* 
+  Cannot open "{filename}" for writing ~
+  Can't open file for writing ~
 
 For some reason the file you are writing to cannot be created or overwritten.
 The reason could be that you do not have permission to write in the directory
 or the file name is not valid.
 
-							*E166*  >
-  Can't open linked file for writing
+							*E166* 
+  Can't open linked file for writing ~
 
 You are trying to write to a file which can't be overwritten, and the file is
 a link (either a hard link or a symbolic link).  Writing might still be
@@ -196,20 +198,20 @@ place.  If you really want to write the file under this name, you have to
 manually delete the link or the file, or change the permissions so that Vim
 can overwrite.
 
-							*E46*  >
-  Cannot change read-only variable "{name}"
+							*E46* 
+  Cannot change read-only variable "{name}" ~
 
 You are trying to assign a value to an argument of a function |a:var| or a Vim
 internal variable |v:var| which is read-only.
 
-							*E90*  >
-  Cannot unload last buffer
+							*E90* 
+  Cannot unload last buffer ~
 
 Vim always requires one buffer to be loaded, otherwise there would be nothing
 to display in the window.
 
-							*E40*  >
-  Can't open errorfile <filename>
+							*E40* 
+  Can't open errorfile <filename> ~
 
 When using the ":make" or ":grep" commands: The file used to save the error
 messages or grep output cannot be opened.  This can have several causes:
@@ -221,8 +223,8 @@ messages or grep output cannot be opened.  This can have several causes:
 - The 'grepprg' or 'makeprg' could not be executed.  This cannot always be
   detected (especially on MS-Windows).  Check your $PATH.
 
- >
-  Can't open file C:\TEMP\VIoD243.TMP
+ 
+  Can't open file C:\TEMP\VIoD243.TMP ~
 
 On MS-Windows, this message appears when the output of an external command was
 to be read, but the command didn't run successfully.  This can be caused by
@@ -230,21 +232,21 @@ many things.  Check the 'shell', 'shellquote', 'shellxquote', 'shellslash' and
 related options.  It might also be that the external command was not found,
 there is no different error message for that.
 
-							*E12*  >
-  Command not allowed from exrc/vimrc in current dir or tag search
+							*E12* 
+  Command not allowed from exrc/vimrc in current dir or tag search ~
 
 Some commands are not allowed for security reasons.  These commands mostly
 come from a .exrc or .vimrc file in the current directory, or from a tags
 file.  Also see 'secure'.
 
-							*E74*  >
-  Command too complex
+							*E74* 
+  Command too complex ~
 
 A mapping resulted in a very long command string.  Could be caused by a
 mapping that indirectly calls itself.
 
->
-  CONVERSION ERROR
+
+  CONVERSION ERROR ~
 
 When writing a file and the text "CONVERSION ERROR" appears, this means that
 some bits were lost when converting text from the internally used UTF-8 to the
@@ -256,51 +258,51 @@ If there is a backup file, when 'writebackup' or 'backup' is set, it will not
 be deleted, so you can move it back into place if you want to discard the
 changes.
 
-							*E302*  >
-  Could not rename swap file
+							*E302* 
+  Could not rename swap file ~
 
 When the file name changes, Vim tries to rename the |swap-file| as well.
 This failed and the old swap file is now still used.  Mostly harmless.
 
-							*E43* *E44*  >
-  Damaged match string
-  Corrupted regexp program
+							*E43* *E44* 
+  Damaged match string ~
+  Corrupted regexp program ~
 
 Something inside Vim went wrong and resulted in a corrupted regexp.  If you
 know how to reproduce this problem, please report it. |bugs|
 
-							*E208* *E209* *E210*  >
-  Error writing to "{filename}"
-  Error closing "{filename}"
-  Error reading "{filename}"
+							*E208* *E209* *E210* 
+  Error writing to "{filename}" ~
+  Error closing "{filename}" ~
+  Error reading "{filename}" ~
 
 This occurs when Vim is trying to rename a file, but a simple change of file
 name doesn't work.  Then the file will be copied, but somehow this failed.
 The result may be that both the original file and the destination file exist
 and the destination file may be incomplete.
 
->
-  Vim: Error reading input, exiting...
+
+  Vim: Error reading input, exiting... ~
 
 This occurs when Vim cannot read typed characters while input is required.
 Vim got stuck, the only thing it can do is exit.  This can happen when both
 stdin and stderr are redirected and executing a script that doesn't exit Vim.
 
-							*E47*  >
-  Error while reading errorfile
+							*E47* 
+  Error while reading errorfile ~
 
 Reading the error file was not possible.  This is NOT caused by an error
 message that was not recognized.
 
-							*E80*  >
-  Error while writing
+							*E80* 
+  Error while writing ~
 
 Writing a file was not completed successfully.  The file is probably
 incomplete.
 
-							*E13* *E189*  >
-  File exists (add ! to override)
-  "{filename}" exists (add ! to override)
+							*E13* *E189* 
+  File exists (add ! to override) ~
+  "{filename}" exists (add ! to override) ~
 
 You are protected from accidentally overwriting a file.  When you want to
 write anyway, use the same command, but add a "!" just after the command.
@@ -309,8 +311,8 @@ Example: >
 changes to: >
 	:w! /tmp/test
 <
-							*E768*  >
-  Swap file exists: {filename} (:silent! overrides)
+							*E768* 
+  Swap file exists: {filename} (:silent! overrides) ~
 
 You are protected from overwriting a file that is being edited by Vim.  This
 happens when you use ":w! filename" and a swapfile is found.
@@ -322,115 +324,115 @@ happens when you use ":w! filename" and a swapfile is found.
 < The special command is needed, since you already added the ! for overwriting
   an existing file.
 
-							*E139*  >
-  File is loaded in another buffer
+							*E139* 
+  File is loaded in another buffer ~
 
 You are trying to write a file under a name which is also used in another
 buffer.  This would result in two versions of the same file.
 
-							*E142*  >
-  File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option
+							*E142* 
+  File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option ~
 
 The 'write' option is off.  This makes all commands that try to write a file
 generate this message.  This could be caused by a |-m| commandline argument.
 You can switch the 'write' option on with ":set write".
 
-							*E25*  >
-  GUI cannot be used: Not enabled at compile time
+							*E25* 
+  GUI cannot be used: Not enabled at compile time ~
 
 You are running a version of Vim that doesn't include the GUI code.  Therefore
 "gvim" and ":gui" don't work.
 
-							*E49*  >
-  Invalid scroll size
+							*E49* 
+  Invalid scroll size ~
 
 This is caused by setting an invalid value for the 'scroll', 'scrolljump' or
 'scrolloff' options.
 
-							*E17*  >
-  "{filename}" is a directory
+							*E17* 
+  "{filename}" is a directory ~
 
 You tried to write a file with the name of a directory.  This is not possible.
 You probably need to append a file name.
 
-							*E19*  >
-  Mark has invalid line number
+							*E19* 
+  Mark has invalid line number ~
 
 You are using a mark that has a line number that doesn't exist.  This can
 happen when you have a mark in another file, and some other program has
 deleted lines from it.
 
-							*E219* *E220*  >
-  Missing {.
-  Missing }.
+							*E219* *E220* 
+  Missing {. ~
+  Missing }. ~
 
 Using a {} construct in a file name, but there is a { without a matching } or
 the other way around.  It should be used like this: {foo,bar}.  This matches
 "foo" and "bar".
 
-							*E315*  >
-  ml_get: invalid lnum: {number}
+							*E315* 
+  ml_get: invalid lnum: {number} ~
 
 This is an internal Vim error.  Please try to find out how it can be
 reproduced, and submit a bug report |bugreport.vim|.
 
-							*E173*  >
-  {number} more files to edit
+							*E173* 
+  {number} more files to edit ~
 
 You are trying to exit, while the last item in the argument list has not been
 edited.  This protects you from accidentally exiting when you still have more
 files to work on.  See |argument-list|.  If you do want to exit, just do it
 again and it will work.
 
-							*E23* *E194*  >
-  No alternate file
-  No alternate file name to substitute for '#'
+							*E23* *E194* 
+  No alternate file ~
+  No alternate file name to substitute for '#' ~
 
 The alternate file is not defined yet.  See |alternate-file|.
 
-							*E32*  >
-  No file name
+							*E32* 
+  No file name ~
 
 The current buffer has no name.  To write it, use ":w fname".  Or give the
 buffer a name with ":file fname".
 
-							*E141*  >
-  No file name for buffer {number}
+							*E141* 
+  No file name for buffer {number} ~
 
 One of the buffers that was changed does not have a file name.  Therefore it
 cannot be written.  You need to give the buffer a file name: >
 	:buffer {number}
 	:file {filename}
 <
-							*E33*  >
-  No previous substitute regular expression
+							*E33* 
+  No previous substitute regular expression ~
 
 When using the '~' character in a pattern, it is replaced with the previously
 used pattern in a ":substitute" command.  This fails when no such command has
 been used yet.  See |/~|.  This also happens when using ":s/pat/%/", where the
 "%" stands for the previous substitute string.
 
-							*E35*  >
-  No previous regular expression
+							*E35* 
+  No previous regular expression ~
 
 When using an empty search pattern, the previous search pattern is used.  But
 that is not possible if there was no previous search.
 
-							*E24*  >
-  No such abbreviation
+							*E24* 
+  No such abbreviation ~
 
 You have used an ":unabbreviate" command with an argument which is not an
 existing abbreviation.  All variations of this command give the same message:
 ":cunabbrev", ":iunabbrev", etc.  Check for trailing white space.
 
->
-  /dev/dsp: No such file or directory
+
+  /dev/dsp: No such file or directory ~
 
 Only given for GTK GUI with Gnome support.  Gnome tries to use the audio
 device and it isn't present.  You can ignore this error.
 
-							*E31*  >
-  No such mapping
+							*E31*
+  No such mapping ~
 
 You have used an ":unmap" command with an argument which is not an existing
 mapping.  All variations of this command give the same message: ":cunmap",
@@ -439,9 +441,9 @@ mapping.  All variations of this command give the same message: ":cunmap",
 - If the mapping is buffer-local you need to use ":unmap <buffer>".
   |:map-<buffer>|
 
-							*E37* *E89*  >
-  No write since last change (add ! to override)
-  No write since last change for buffer {N} (add ! to override)
+							*E37* *E89* 
+  No write since last change (add ! to override) ~
+  No write since last change for buffer {N} (add ! to override) ~
 
 You are trying to |abandon| a file that has changes.  Vim protects you from
 losing your work.  You can either write the changed file with ":w", or, if you
@@ -451,8 +453,8 @@ adding a '!' character just after the command you used.  Example: >
 changes to: >
 	:e! other_file
 <
-							*E162*  >
-  No write since last change for buffer "{name}"
+							*E162* 
+  No write since last change for buffer "{name}" ~
 
 This appears when you try to exit Vim while some buffers are changed.  You
 will either have to write the changed buffer (with |:w|), or use a command to
@@ -460,23 +462,23 @@ abandon the buffer forcefully, e.g., with ":qa!".  Careful, make sure you
 don't throw away changes you really want to keep.  You might have forgotten
 about a buffer, especially when 'hidden' is set.
 
->
-  [No write since last change]
+
+  [No write since last change] ~
 
 This appears when executing a shell command while at least one buffer was
 changed.  To avoid the message reset the 'warn' option.
 
-							*E38*  >
-  Null argument
+							*E38* 
+  Null argument ~
 
 Something inside Vim went wrong and resulted in a NULL pointer.  If you know
 how to reproduce this problem, please report it. |bugs|
 
-						*E41* *E82* *E83* *E342*  >
-  Out of memory!
-  Out of memory!  (allocating {number} bytes)
-  Cannot allocate any buffer, exiting...
-  Cannot allocate buffer, using other one...
+						*E41* *E82* *E83* *E342* 
+  Out of memory! ~
+  Out of memory!  (allocating {number} bytes) ~
+  Cannot allocate any buffer, exiting... ~
+  Cannot allocate buffer, using other one... ~
 
 Oh, oh.  You must have been doing something complicated, or some other program
 is consuming your memory.  Be careful!  Vim is not completely prepared for an
@@ -494,16 +496,16 @@ in memory, you can reduce that with these options:
   helps for a change that affects all lines.
 - 'undoreload' Set to zero to disable.
 
-							*E339*  >
-  Pattern too long
+							*E339* 
+  Pattern too long ~
 
 This happens on systems with 16 bit ints: The compiled regexp pattern is
 longer than about 65000 characters.  Try using a shorter pattern.
 It also happens when the offset of a rule doesn't fit in the space available.
 Try simplifying the pattern.
 
-							*E45*  >
-  'readonly' option is set (add ! to override)
+							*E45* 
+  'readonly' option is set (add ! to override) ~
 
 You are trying to write a file that was marked as read-only.  To write the
 file anyway, either reset the 'readonly' option, or add a '!' character just
@@ -512,18 +514,18 @@ after the command you used.  Example: >
 changes to: >
 	:w!
 <
-							*E294* *E295* *E301*  >
-  Read error in swap file
-  Seek error in swap file read
-  Oops, lost the swap file!!!
+							*E294* *E295* *E301* 
+  Read error in swap file ~
+  Seek error in swap file read ~
+  Oops, lost the swap file!!! ~
 
 Vim tried to read text from the |swap-file|, but something went wrong.  The
 text in the related buffer may now be corrupted!  Check carefully before you
 write a buffer.  You may want to write it in another file and check for
 differences.
 
-							*E192*  >
-  Recursive use of :normal too deep
+							*E192* 
+  Recursive use of :normal too deep ~
 
 You are using a ":normal" command, whose argument again uses a ":normal"
 command in a recursive way.  This is restricted to 'maxmapdepth' levels.  This
@@ -531,16 +533,16 @@ example illustrates how to get this message: >
 	:map gq :normal gq<CR>
 If you type "gq", it will execute this mapping, which will call "gq" again.
 
-							*E22*  >
-  Scripts nested too deep
+							*E22* 
+  Scripts nested too deep ~
 
-Scripts can be read with the "-s" command-line argument and with the ":source"
-command.  The script can then again read another script.  This can continue
-for about 14 levels.  When more nesting is done, Vim assumes that there is a
-recursive loop somewhere and stops with this error message.
+Scripts can be read with the "-s" command-line argument and with the
+`:source!` command.  The script can then again read another script.  This can
+continue for about 14 levels.  When more nesting is done, Vim assumes that
+there is a recursive loop and stops with this error message.
 
-							*E319*  >
-  Sorry, the command is not available in this version
+							*E319* 
+  Sorry, the command is not available in this version ~
 
 You have used a command that is not present in the version of Vim you are
 using.  When compiling Vim, many different features can be enabled or
@@ -548,8 +550,8 @@ disabled.  This depends on how big Vim has chosen to be and the operating
 system.  See |+feature-list| for when which feature is available.  The
 |:version| command shows which feature Vim was compiled with.
 
-							*E300*  >
-  Swap file already exists (symlink attack?)
+							*E300* 
+  Swap file already exists (symlink attack?) ~
 
 This message appears when Vim is trying to open a swap file and finds it
 already exists or finds a symbolic link in its place.  This shouldn't happen,
@@ -558,8 +560,8 @@ opened the same file at exactly the same moment (very unlikely) or someone is
 attempting a symlink attack (could happen when editing a file in /tmp or when
 'directory' starts with "/tmp", which is a bad choice).
 
-							*E432*  >
-  Tags file not sorted: {file name}
+							*E432* 
+  Tags file not sorted: {file name} ~
 
 Vim (and Vi) expect tags files to be sorted in ASCII order.  Binary searching
 can then be used, which is a lot faster than a linear search.  If your tags
@@ -568,21 +570,21 @@ This message is only given when Vim detects a problem when searching for a
 tag.  Sometimes this message is not given, even though the tags file is not
 properly sorted.
 
-							*E424*  >
-  Too many different highlighting attributes in use
+							*E424* 
+  Too many different highlighting attributes in use ~
 
 Vim can only handle about 223 different kinds of highlighting.  If you run
 into this limit, you have used too many |:highlight| commands with different
 arguments.  A ":highlight link" is not counted.
 
-							*E77*  >
-  Too many file names
+							*E77* 
+  Too many file names ~
 
 When expanding file names, more than one match was found.  Only one match is
 allowed for the command that was used.
 
-							*E303*  >
-  Unable to open swap file for "{filename}", recovery impossible
+							*E303* 
+  Unable to open swap file for "{filename}", recovery impossible ~
 
 Vim was not able to create a swap file.  You can still edit the file, but if
 Vim unexpectedly exits the changes will be lost.  And Vim may consume a lot of
@@ -590,25 +592,25 @@ memory when editing a big file.  You may want to change the 'directory' option
 to avoid this error.  This error is not given when 'directory' is empty.  See
 |swap-file|.
 
-							*E140*  >
-  Use ! to write partial buffer
+							*E140* 
+  Use ! to write partial buffer ~
 
 When using a range to write part of a buffer, it is unusual to overwrite the
 original file.  It is probably a mistake (e.g., when Visual mode was active
 when using ":w"), therefore Vim requires using a !  after the command, e.g.:
 ":3,10w!".
->
 
-  Warning: Cannot convert string "<Key>Escape,_Key_Cancel" to type
-  VirtualBinding
+
+  Warning: Cannot convert string "<Key>Escape,_Key_Cancel" to type ~
+  VirtualBinding ~
 
 Messages like this appear when starting up.  This is not a Vim problem, your
 X11 configuration is wrong.  You can find a hint on how to solve this here:
 http://groups.yahoo.com/group/solarisonintel/message/12179.
 [this URL is no longer valid]
 
-							*W10*  >
-  Warning: Changing a readonly file
+							*W10* 
+  Warning: Changing a readonly file ~
 
 The file is read-only and you are making a change to it anyway.  You can use
 the |FileChangedRO| autocommand event to avoid this message (the autocommand
@@ -616,15 +618,15 @@ must reset the 'readonly' option).  See 'modifiable' to completely disallow
 making changes to a file.
 This message is only given for the first change after 'readonly' has been set.
 
-							*W13*  >
-  Warning: File "{filename}" has been created after editing started
+							*W13* 
+  Warning: File "{filename}" has been created after editing started ~
 
 You are editing a file in Vim when it didn't exist, but it does exist now.
 You will have to decide if you want to keep the version in Vim or the newly
 created file.  This message is not given when 'buftype' is not empty.
 
-							*W11*  >
-  Warning: File "{filename}" has changed since editing started
+							*W11* 
+  Warning: File "{filename}" has changed since editing started ~
 
 The file which you have started editing has got another timestamp and the
 contents changed (more precisely: When reading the file again with the current
@@ -647,15 +649,15 @@ starts.  It can be fixed in one of these ways:
 If you get W11 all the time, you may need to disable "Acronis Active
 Protection" or register Vim as a trusted service/application.
 
-							*W12*  >
-  Warning: File "{filename}" has changed and the buffer was changed in Vim as well
+							*W12* 
+  Warning: File "{filename}" has changed and the buffer was changed in Vim as well ~
 
 Like the above, and the buffer for the file was changed in this Vim as well.
 You will have to decide if you want to keep the version in this Vim or the one
 on disk.  This message is not given when 'buftype' is not empty.
 
-							*W16*  >
-  Warning: Mode of file "{filename}" has changed since editing started
+							*W16* 
+  Warning: Mode of file "{filename}" has changed since editing started ~
 
 When the timestamp for a buffer was changed and the contents are still the
 same but the mode (permissions) have changed.  This usually occurs when
@@ -663,37 +665,37 @@ checking out a file from a version control system, which causes the read-only
 bit to be reset.  It should be safe to reload the file.  Set 'autoread' to
 automatically reload the file.
 
-							*E211*  >
-  File "{filename}" no longer available
+							*E211* 
+  File "{filename}" no longer available ~
 
 The file which you have started editing has disappeared, or is no longer
 accessible.  Make sure you write the buffer somewhere to avoid losing
 changes.  This message is not given when 'buftype' is not empty.
 
-							*W14*  >
-  Warning: List of file names overflow
+							*W14* 
+  Warning: List of file names overflow ~
 
 You must be using an awful lot of buffers.  It's now possible that two buffers
 have the same number, which causes various problems.  You might want to exit
 Vim and restart it.
 
-							*E931*  >
-  Buffer cannot be registered
+							*E931* 
+  Buffer cannot be registered ~
 
 Out of memory or a duplicate buffer number.  May happen after W14.  Looking up
 a buffer will not always work, better restart Vim.
 
-							*E296* *E297*  >
-  Seek error in swap file write
-  Write error in swap file
+							*E296* *E297* 
+  Seek error in swap file write ~
+  Write error in swap file ~
 
 This mostly happens when the disk is full.  Vim could not write text into the
 |swap-file|.  It's not directly harmful, but when Vim unexpectedly exits some
 text may be lost without recovery being possible.  Vim might run out of memory
 when this problem persists.
 
-						*connection-refused*  >
-  Xlib: connection to "<machine-name:0.0" refused by server
+						*connection-refused* 
+  Xlib: connection to "<machine-name:0.0" refused by server ~
 
 This happens when Vim tries to connect to the X server, but the X server does
 not allow a connection.  The connection to the X server is needed to be able
@@ -701,54 +703,56 @@ to restore the title and for the xterm clipboard support.  Unfortunately this
 error message cannot be avoided, except by disabling the |+xterm_clipboard|
 and |+X11| features.
 
-							*E10*  >
-  \\ should be followed by /, ? or &
+							*E10* 
+  \\ should be followed by /, ? or & ~
 
 A command line started with a backslash or the range of a command contained a
 backslash in a wrong place.  This is often caused by command-line continuation
 being disabled.  Remove the 'C' flag from the 'cpoptions' option to enable it.
 Or use ":set nocp".
 
-							*E471*  >
-  Argument required
+							*E471* 
+  Argument required ~
 
 This happens when an Ex command with mandatory argument(s) was executed, but
 no argument has been specified.
 
-							*E474* *E475* *E983*  >
-  Invalid argument
-  Invalid argument: {arg}
-  Duplicate argument: {arg}
+							*E474* *E475* *E983* 
+  Invalid argument ~
+  Invalid argument: {arg} ~
+  Duplicate argument: {arg} ~
 
 An Ex command or function has been executed, but an invalid argument has been
 specified.
 
-							*E488*  >
-  Trailing characters
+							*E488* 
+  Trailing characters ~
+  Trailing characters: {text} ~
 
 An argument has been added to an Ex command that does not permit one.
+Or the argument has invalid characters and has not been recognized.
 
-							*E477* *E478*  >
-  No ! allowed
-  Don't panic!
+							*E477* *E478* 
+  No ! allowed ~
+  Don't panic! ~
 
 You have added a "!" after an Ex command that doesn't permit one.
 
-							*E481*  >
-  No range allowed
+							*E481* 
+  No range allowed ~
 
 A range was specified for an Ex command that doesn't permit one.  See
 |cmdline-ranges|.
 
-							*E482* *E483*  >
-  Can't create file {filename}
-  Can't get temp file name
+							*E482* *E483* 
+  Can't create file {filename} ~
+  Can't get temp file name ~
 
 Vim cannot create a temporary file.
 
-							*E484* *E485*  >
-  Can't open file {filename}
-  Can't read file {filename}
+							*E484* *E485* 
+  Can't open file {filename} ~
+  Can't read file {filename} ~
 
 Vim cannot read a temporary file.  Especially on Windows, this can be caused
 by wrong escaping of special characters for cmd.exe; the approach was
@@ -756,8 +760,8 @@ changed with patch 7.3.443.  Try using |shellescape()| for all shell arguments
 given to |system()|, or explicitly add escaping with ^.  Also see
 'shellxquote' and 'shellxescape'.
 
-							*E464*  >
-  Ambiguous use of user-defined command
+							*E464* 
+  Ambiguous use of user-defined command ~
 
 There are two user-defined commands with a common name prefix, and you used
 Command-line completion to execute one of them. |user-cmd-ambiguous|
@@ -766,23 +770,22 @@ Example: >
 	:command MyCommand2 echo "two"
 	:MyCommand
 <
-							*E492*  >
-  Not an editor command
+							*E492* 
+  Not an editor command ~
 
 You tried to execute a command that is neither an Ex command nor
 a user-defined command.
 
-							*E943*  >
-  Command table needs to be updated, run 'make cmdidxs'
+							*E943* 
+  Command table needs to be updated, run 'make cmdidxs' ~
 
 This can only happen when changing the source code, when adding a command in
 src/ex_cmds.h.  The lookup table then needs to be updated, by running: >
 	make cmdidxs
 <
-						*E928* *E889* *E839*  >
-  E928: String required
-  E889: Number required
-  E839: Bool required
+						*E928* *E889* 
+  E928: String required ~
+  E889: Number required ~
 
 These happen when a value or expression is used that does not have the
 expected type.
@@ -795,7 +798,7 @@ This is an (incomplete) overview of various messages that Vim gives:
 			*hit-enter* *press-enter* *hit-return*
 			*press-return* *hit-enter-prompt*
 
-  Press ENTER or type command to continue
+  Press ENTER or type command to continue ~
 
 This message is given when there is something on the screen for you to read,
 and the screen is about to be redrawn:
@@ -839,9 +842,9 @@ Also see 'mouse'.  The hit-enter message is highlighted with the |hl-Question|
 group.
 
 
-						*more-prompt* *pager*  >
-  -- More --
-  -- More -- SPACE/d/j: screen/page/line down, b/u/k: up, q: quit
+						*more-prompt* *pager* 
+  -- More -- ~
+  -- More -- SPACE/d/j: screen/page/line down, b/u/k: up, q: quit ~
 
 This message is given when the screen is filled with messages.  It is only
 given when the 'more' option is on.  It is highlighted with the |hl-MoreMsg|

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 26
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ When a key code is not set, it's like it does not exist.  Trying to get its
 value will result in an error: >
 	:set t_kb=
 	:set t_kb
-	E846: Key code not set: t_kb
+<	E846: Key code not set: t_kb ~
 
 The t_xx options cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 security reasons.
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ value to the local value, it doesn't switch back to using the global value
 This will make the local value of 'path' empty, so that the global value is
 used.  Thus it does the same as: >
 	:setlocal path=
-Note: In the future more global options can be made global-local.  Using
+Note: In the future more global options can be made |global-local|.  Using
 ":setlocal" on a global option might work differently then.
 
 
@@ -877,11 +877,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	Write the contents of the file, if it has been modified, on each
 	`:next`, `:rewind`, `:last`, `:first`, `:previous`, `:stop`,
-	`:suspend`, `:tag, `:!`, ``:make`, CTRL-] and CTRL-^ command; and when
-	a :buffer, CTRL-O, CTRL-I, '{A-Z0-9}, or `{A-Z0-9} command takes one
+	`:suspend`, `:tag`, `:!`, `:make`, CTRL-] and CTRL-^ command; and when
+	a `:buffer`, CTRL-O, CTRL-I, '{A-Z0-9}, or `{A-Z0-9} command takes one
 	to another file.
 	A buffer is not written if it becomes hidden, e.g. when 'bufhidden' is
-	set to "hide" and `:next` is used
+	set to "hide" and `:next` is used.
 	Note that for some commands the 'autowrite' option is not used, see
 	'autowriteall' for that.
 	Some buffers will not be written, specifically when 'buftype' is
@@ -1229,7 +1229,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
 		set bexpr=s:MyBalloonExpr()
 		set bexpr=<SID>SomeBalloonExpr()
-<
+<	Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
+	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
@@ -1370,6 +1372,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    text should normally be narrower. This prevents
 			    text indented almost to the right window border
 			    occupying lot of vertical space when broken.
+			    (default: 20)
 		shift:{n}   After applying 'breakindent', the wrapped line's
 			    beginning will be shifted by the given number of
 			    characters.  It permits dynamic French paragraph
@@ -1555,8 +1558,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	preferred, because it is much faster.
 	'charconvert' is not used when reading stdin |--|, because there is no
 	file to convert from.  You will have to save the text in a file first.
-	The expression must return zero or an empty string for success,
-	non-zero for failure.
+	The expression must return zero, false or an empty string for success,
+	non-zero or true for failure.
 	The possible encoding names encountered are in 'encoding'.
 	Additionally, names given in 'fileencodings' and 'fileencoding' are
 	used.
@@ -1580,9 +1583,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that v:fname_in and v:fname_out will never be the same.
 	Note that v:charconvert_from and v:charconvert_to may be different
 	from 'encoding'.  Vim internally uses UTF-8 instead of UCS-2 or UCS-4.
+
 	Encryption is not done by Vim when using 'charconvert'.  If you want
 	to encrypt the file after conversion, 'charconvert' should take care
 	of this.
+
+	If the 'charconvert' expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is
+	replaced with the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
+		set charconvert=s:MyConvert()
+		set charconvert=<SID>SomeConvert()
+<	Otherwise the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
+	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -3438,7 +3450,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			or |+eval| features}
 	The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr".  It is evaluated
-	for each line to obtain its fold level.  See |fold-expr|.
+	for each line to obtain its fold level.  The context is set to the
+	script where 'foldexpr' was set, script-local items can be accessed.
+	See |fold-expr| for the usage.
 
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
@@ -3572,7 +3586,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			feature}
 	An expression which is used to specify the text displayed for a closed
-	fold.  See |fold-foldtext|.
+	fold.  The context is set to the script where 'foldexpr' was set,
+	script-local items can be accessed.  See |fold-foldtext| for the
+	usage.
 
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
@@ -3615,7 +3631,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
 		set formatexpr=s:MyFormatExpr()
 		set formatexpr=<SID>SomeFormatExpr()
-<
+<	Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
+	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
 	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
@@ -4462,7 +4480,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
 		set includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr(v:fname)
 		set includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr(v:fname)
-<
+<	Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
+	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
@@ -4536,11 +4556,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The expression is evaluated with |v:lnum| set to the line number for
 	which the indent is to be computed.  The cursor is also in this line
 	when the expression is evaluated (but it may be moved around).
+
 	If the expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced with
 	the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
 		set indentexpr=s:MyIndentExpr()
 		set indentexpr=<SID>SomeIndentExpr()
-<
+<	Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
+	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
 	The expression must return the number of spaces worth of indent.  It
 	can return "-1" to keep the current indent (this means 'autoindent' is
 	used for the indent).
@@ -5684,7 +5707,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    *'opendevice'* *'odev'* *'noopendevice'* *'noodev'*
 'opendevice' 'odev'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{only for MS-Windows}
+			{only for MS-Windows}  *E796*
 	Enable reading and writing from devices.  This may get Vim stuck on a
 	device that can be opened but doesn't actually do the I/O.  Therefore
 	it is off by default.
@@ -6684,6 +6707,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Don't include both "curdir" and "sesdir".
 	When neither "curdir" nor "sesdir" is included, file names are stored
 	with absolute paths.
+	If you leave out "options" many things won't work well after restoring
+	the session.
 	"slash" and "unix" are useful on Windows when sharing session files
 	with Unix.  The Unix version of Vim cannot source dos format scripts,
 	but the Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
@@ -7347,6 +7372,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			suggestions is never more than the value of 'lines'
 			minus two.
 
+	timeout:{millisec}   Limit the time searching for suggestions to
+			{millisec} milli seconds.  Applies to the following
+			methods.  When omitted the limit is 5000. When
+			negative there is no limit.  {only works when built
+			with the +reltime feature}
+
 	file:{filename} Read file {filename}, which must have two columns,
 			separated by a slash.  The first column contains the
 			bad word, the second column the suggested good word.
@@ -7755,10 +7786,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'tabstop' 'ts'		number	(default 8)
 			local to buffer
 	Number of spaces that a <Tab> in the file counts for.  Also see
-	|:retab| command, and 'softtabstop' option.
+	the |:retab| command, and the 'softtabstop' option.
 
 	Note: Setting 'tabstop' to any other value than 8 can make your file
-	appear wrong in many places (e.g., when printing it).
+	appear wrong in many places, e.g., when printing it.
+	The value must be more than 0 and less than 10000.
 
 	There are four main ways to use tabs in Vim:
 	1. Always keep 'tabstop' at 8, set 'softtabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to 4
@@ -8126,7 +8158,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	another default.  Backticks cannot be used in this option for security
 	reasons.
 
-						*'thesaurusfunc'* *tsrfu'*
+						*'thesaurusfunc'* *'tsrfu'*
 'thesaurusfunc' 'tsrfu'	string	(default: empty)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|

runtime/doc/os_dos.txt

@@ -342,12 +342,12 @@ PowerShell Execution Policy settings.
 See |option-backslash| about including spaces in 'shellcmdflag' when using
 multiple flags.
 
-The 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir' option values re-encode the UTF-16le output
+The 'shellpipe' and 'shellredir' option values re-encode the UTF-16LE output
 from PowerShell Desktop to your currently configured console codepage.  The
 output can be forced into a different encoding by changing "default" to one of
 the following:
 
-	unicode		 - UTF-16le (default output from PowerShell 5.1)
+	unicode		 - UTF-16LE (default output from PowerShell 5.1)
 	bigendianunicode - UTF-16
 	utf8		 - UTF-8
 	utf7		 - UTF-7 (no BOM)
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ the following:
 	default		 - System's active code page (typically ANSI)
 	oem		 - System's current OEM code page
 
-Note The abovce multi-byte Unicode encodings include a leading BOM unless
+Note The above multi-byte Unicode encodings include a leading BOM unless
 otherwise indicated.
 
 By default PowerShell Core's output is UTF-8 encoded without a BOM.  If you
@@ -365,10 +365,10 @@ want to force the output of PowerShell Core into a different encoding then set
 encoding is one of the following:
 
 	ascii		 - 7-bit ASCII character set
-	bigendianunicode - UTF-16be
-	bigendianutf32	 - UTF-32be
+	bigendianunicode - UTF-16BE
+	bigendianutf32	 - UTF-32BE
 	oem		 - System's current OEM code page
-	unicode		 - UTF-16le
+	unicode		 - UTF-16LE
 	utf7		 - UTF-7
 	utf8		 - UTF-8
 	utf8BOM		 - UTF-8, with BOM

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Jul 16
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ the pattern.
 ==============================================================================
 2. The definition of a pattern		*search-pattern* *pattern* *[pattern]*
 					*regular-expression* *regexp* *Pattern*
-					*E76* *E383* *E476*
+					*E383* *E476*
 
 For starters, read chapter 27 of the user manual |usr_27.txt|.
 
@@ -929,9 +929,9 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 \%23l	Matches in a specific line.
 \%<23l	Matches above a specific line (lower line number).
 \%>23l	Matches below a specific line (higher line number).
-\%.l    Matches at the cursor line.
-\%<.l   Matches above the cursor line.
-\%>.l   Matches below the cursor line.
+\%.l	Matches at the cursor line.
+\%<.l	Matches above the cursor line.
+\%>.l	Matches below the cursor line.
 	These six can be used to match specific lines in a buffer.  The "23"
 	can be any line number.  The first line is 1.
 	WARNING: When inserting or deleting lines Vim does not automatically
@@ -950,9 +950,9 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 \%23c	Matches in a specific column.
 \%<23c	Matches before a specific column.
 \%>23c	Matches after a specific column.
-\%.c    Matches at the cursor column.
-\%<.c   Matches before the cursor column.
-\%>.c   Matches after the cursor column.
+\%.c	Matches at the cursor column.
+\%<.c	Matches before the cursor column.
+\%>.c	Matches after the cursor column.
 	These six can be used to match specific columns in a buffer or string.
 	The "23" can be any column number.  The first column is 1.  Actually,
 	the column is the byte number (thus it's not exactly right for
@@ -976,9 +976,9 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 \%23v	Matches in a specific virtual column.
 \%<23v	Matches before a specific virtual column.
 \%>23v	Matches after a specific virtual column.
-\%.v    Matches at the current virtual column.
-\%<.v   Matches before the current virtual column.
-\%>.v   Matches after the current virtual column.
+\%.v	Matches at the current virtual column.
+\%<.v	Matches before the current virtual column.
+\%>.v	Matches after the current virtual column.
 	These six can be used to match specific virtual columns in a buffer or
 	string.  When not matching with a buffer in a window, the option
 	values of the current window are used (e.g., 'tabstop').
@@ -1070,6 +1070,8 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 
 \(\)	A pattern enclosed by escaped parentheses.	*/\(* */\(\)* */\)*
 	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.
+	There can only be ten of these.  You can use "\%(" to add more, but
+	not counting it as a sub-expression.
 	*E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873*
 
 \1      Matches the same string that was matched by	*/\1* *E65*
@@ -1092,7 +1094,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 \x	A backslash followed by a single character, with no special meaning,
 	is reserved for future expansions
 
-[]	(with 'nomagic': \[])		*/[]* */\[]* */\_[]* */collection*
+[]	(with 'nomagic': \[])		*/[]* */\[]* */\_[]* */collection* *E76*
 \_[]
 	A collection.  This is a sequence of characters enclosed in square
 	brackets.  It matches any single character in the collection.
@@ -1488,5 +1490,4 @@ the matching positions and the fuzzy match scores.
 The "f" flag of `:vimgrep` enables fuzzy matching.
 
 
-
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 29
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ A popup window has a window-ID like other windows, but behaves differently.
 The size can be up to the whole Vim window and it overlaps other windows.
 Popup windows can also overlap each other.  The "zindex" property specifies
 what goes on top of what.
-
+							*E366*
 The popup window contains a buffer, and that buffer is always associated with
 the popup window.  The window cannot be in Normal, Visual or Insert mode, it
 does not get keyboard focus.  You can use functions like `setbufline()` to
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
 
 
 popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
-		Open a popup window showing {what}, which is either:
+		Open a popup window showing {what}, which is either: *E450*
 		- a buffer number
 		- a string
 		- a list of strings

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Oct 04
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -178,7 +178,9 @@ If the expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced with the
 script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
 		set printexpr=s:MyPrintFile()
 		set printexpr=<SID>SomePrintFile()
-<
+Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script where the
+option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+
 This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for security
 reasons.
 

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 03
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			[!] is not used.  It works like ":qall!" |:qall|,
 			except that Vim returns a non-zero exit code.
 
-							*:cf* *:cfile*
+							*:cf* *:cfi* *:cfile*
 :cf[ile][!] [errorfile]	Read the error file and jump to the first error.
 			This is done automatically when Vim is started with
 			the -q option.  You can use this command when you

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 27
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 <
 
 :scriptv[ersion] {version}		*:scriptv* *:scriptversion*
-								*E999* *E984*
+							*E999* *E984* *E1040*
 			Specify the version of Vim for the lines that follow
 			in the same file.  Only applies at the toplevel of
 			sourced scripts, not inside functions.
@@ -367,8 +367,8 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 
 :vim9s[cript] [noclear]				*:vim9s* *:vim9script*
 			Marks a script file as containing |Vim9-script|
-			commands.  Also see |vim9-namespace|.
-			Must be the first command in the file.
+			commands.  Also see |vim9-namespace|. *E1038*
+			Must be the first command in the file. *E1039*
 			For [noclear] see |vim9-reload|.
 			Without the |+eval| feature this changes the syntax
 			for some commands.
@@ -377,8 +377,11 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 
 						*:scr* *:scriptnames*
 :scr[iptnames]		List all sourced script names, in the order they were
-			first sourced.  The number is used for the script ID
-			|<SID>|.
+			first encountered.  The number is used for the script
+			ID |<SID>|.
+			For a script that was used with `import autoload` but
+			was not actually sourced yet an "A" is shown after the
+			script ID.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
 			feature}
 

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 May 08
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -256,6 +256,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Interfaces, such as Python, Ruby and Lua, are also disabled,
 		since they could be used to execute shell commands.  Perl uses
 		the Safe module.
+		For Unix restricted mode is used when the last part of $SHELL
+		is "nologin" or "false".
 		Note that the user may still find a loophole to execute a
 		shell command, it has only been made difficult.
 
@@ -268,8 +270,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		started if possible.
 
 							*-e*
--e		Start Vim in Ex mode |Q|.  Only makes a difference when the
-		executable is not called "ex".
+-e		Start Vim in Ex mode, see |Ex-mode|.  Only makes a difference
+		when the executable is not called "ex".
 
 							*-E*
 -E		Start Vim in improved Ex mode |gQ|.  Only makes a difference
@@ -560,6 +562,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		":source!".  When the "scriptout" file already exists, new
 		characters are appended.  See also |complex-repeat|.
 		{scriptout} cannot start with a digit.
+		If you want to record what is typed in a human readable for
+		you can use |ch_logfile()|, It adds "raw key input" lines.
 
 							*-W*
 -W {scriptout}	Like -w, but do not append, overwrite an existing file.

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -956,12 +956,16 @@ the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
 
 BASIC			*basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
 
-Both Visual Basic and "normal" basic use the extension ".bas".	To detect
+Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas".	To detect
 which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
 five lines of the file.  If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
 otherwise "vb".  Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
 Basic.
 
+If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
+example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
+   :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
+
 
 C							*c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
 
@@ -1442,7 +1446,7 @@ add the following line to your startup file: >
 
 	:let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
 
-Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension.  If the filetype is 
+Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension.  If the filetype is
 specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
 file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
 filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
@@ -1473,7 +1477,7 @@ The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
 
 	*.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
 
-Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is 
+Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
 specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
 file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
 filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -1162,6 +1162,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'ts'	options.txt	/*'ts'*
 'tsl'	options.txt	/*'tsl'*
 'tsr'	options.txt	/*'tsr'*
+'tsrfu'	options.txt	/*'tsrfu'*
 'ttimeout'	options.txt	/*'ttimeout'*
 'ttimeoutlen'	options.txt	/*'ttimeoutlen'*
 'ttm'	options.txt	/*'ttm'*
@@ -1418,6 +1419,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +user_commands	various.txt	/*+user_commands*
 +vartabs	various.txt	/*+vartabs*
 +vertsplit	various.txt	/*+vertsplit*
++vim9script	various.txt	/*+vim9script*
 +viminfo	various.txt	/*+viminfo*
 +virtualedit	various.txt	/*+virtualedit*
 +visual	various.txt	/*+visual*
@@ -2244,6 +2246,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :cexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:cexpr*
 :cf	quickfix.txt	/*:cf*
 :cfdo	quickfix.txt	/*:cfdo*
+:cfi	quickfix.txt	/*:cfi*
 :cfile	quickfix.txt	/*:cfile*
 :cfir	quickfix.txt	/*:cfir*
 :cfirst	quickfix.txt	/*:cfirst*
@@ -2566,6 +2569,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :imenu	gui.txt	/*:imenu*
 :imp	vim9.txt	/*:imp*
 :import	vim9.txt	/*:import*
+:import-as	vim9.txt	/*:import-as*
 :import-cycle	vim9.txt	/*:import-cycle*
 :in	insert.txt	/*:in*
 :index	index.txt	/*:index*
@@ -3646,6 +3650,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <S-xF4>	term.txt	/*<S-xF4>*
 <SID>	map.txt	/*<SID>*
 <SNR>	map.txt	/*<SNR>*
+<ScriptCmd>	map.txt	/*<ScriptCmd>*
 <ScrollWheelDown>	scroll.txt	/*<ScrollWheelDown>*
 <ScrollWheelLeft>	scroll.txt	/*<ScrollWheelLeft>*
 <ScrollWheelRight>	scroll.txt	/*<ScrollWheelRight>*
@@ -3946,36 +3951,159 @@ DirChanged	autocmd.txt	/*DirChanged*
 E	motion.txt	/*E*
 E10	message.txt	/*E10*
 E100	diff.txt	/*E100*
+E1001	eval.txt	/*E1001*
+E1002	eval.txt	/*E1002*
+E1003	vim9.txt	/*E1003*
+E1004	vim9.txt	/*E1004*
+E1005	vim9.txt	/*E1005*
+E1006	vim9.txt	/*E1006*
+E1007	vim9.txt	/*E1007*
+E1008	vim9.txt	/*E1008*
+E1009	vim9.txt	/*E1009*
 E101	diff.txt	/*E101*
+E1010	vim9.txt	/*E1010*
+E1011	vim9.txt	/*E1011*
+E1012	vim9.txt	/*E1012*
+E1013	vim9.txt	/*E1013*
+E1014	vim9.txt	/*E1014*
+E1015	eval.txt	/*E1015*
+E1016	vim9.txt	/*E1016*
+E1017	vim9.txt	/*E1017*
+E1018	eval.txt	/*E1018*
+E1019	eval.txt	/*E1019*
 E102	diff.txt	/*E102*
+E1020	vim9.txt	/*E1020*
+E1021	vim9.txt	/*E1021*
+E1022	vim9.txt	/*E1022*
 E1023	vim9.txt	/*E1023*
 E1024	vim9.txt	/*E1024*
+E1025	vim9.txt	/*E1025*
+E1026	vim9.txt	/*E1026*
+E1027	vim9.txt	/*E1027*
+E1028	vim9.txt	/*E1028*
+E1029	vim9.txt	/*E1029*
 E103	diff.txt	/*E103*
+E1030	vim9.txt	/*E1030*
+E1031	vim9.txt	/*E1031*
+E1032	eval.txt	/*E1032*
+E1033	eval.txt	/*E1033*
+E1034	vim9.txt	/*E1034*
+E1035	eval.txt	/*E1035*
+E1036	eval.txt	/*E1036*
+E1037	eval.txt	/*E1037*
+E1038	repeat.txt	/*E1038*
+E1039	repeat.txt	/*E1039*
 E104	digraph.txt	/*E104*
+E1040	repeat.txt	/*E1040*
+E1041	vim9.txt	/*E1041*
 E1042	vim9.txt	/*E1042*
+E1043	vim9.txt	/*E1043*
+E1044	vim9.txt	/*E1044*
+E1047	vim9.txt	/*E1047*
+E1048	vim9.txt	/*E1048*
+E1049	vim9.txt	/*E1049*
 E105	mbyte.txt	/*E105*
 E1050	vim9.txt	/*E1050*
+E1051	eval.txt	/*E1051*
+E1052	vim9.txt	/*E1052*
+E1053	vim9.txt	/*E1053*
+E1054	vim9.txt	/*E1054*
+E1055	vim9.txt	/*E1055*
+E1056	vim9.txt	/*E1056*
+E1057	vim9.txt	/*E1057*
+E1058	vim9.txt	/*E1058*
+E1059	vim9.txt	/*E1059*
+E1060	vim9.txt	/*E1060*
+E1061	vim9.txt	/*E1061*
+E1062	eval.txt	/*E1062*
+E1063	eval.txt	/*E1063*
+E1064	autocmd.txt	/*E1064*
+E1066	vim9.txt	/*E1066*
+E1067	eval.txt	/*E1067*
+E1068	vim9.txt	/*E1068*
+E1069	vim9.txt	/*E1069*
 E107	eval.txt	/*E107*
+E1071	vim9.txt	/*E1071*
+E1072	eval.txt	/*E1072*
+E1073	vim9.txt	/*E1073*
+E1074	vim9.txt	/*E1074*
+E1075	vim9.txt	/*E1075*
+E1076	eval.txt	/*E1076*
+E1077	vim9.txt	/*E1077*
 E108	eval.txt	/*E108*
+E1081	eval.txt	/*E1081*
+E1083	editing.txt	/*E1083*
+E1084	eval.txt	/*E1084*
+E1085	eval.txt	/*E1085*
+E1086	eval.txt	/*E1086*
+E1087	vim9.txt	/*E1087*
+E1089	eval.txt	/*E1089*
 E109	eval.txt	/*E109*
+E1090	eval.txt	/*E1090*
 E1091	vim9.txt	/*E1091*
+E1093	eval.txt	/*E1093*
 E1094	vim9.txt	/*E1094*
+E1095	eval.txt	/*E1095*
+E1096	vim9.txt	/*E1096*
+E1097	vim9.txt	/*E1097*
+E1098	eval.txt	/*E1098*
+E1099	vim9.txt	/*E1099*
 E11	cmdline.txt	/*E11*
 E110	eval.txt	/*E110*
+E1100	vim9.txt	/*E1100*
+E1101	vim9.txt	/*E1101*
+E1102	vim9.txt	/*E1102*
+E1103	vim9.txt	/*E1103*
+E1104	vim9.txt	/*E1104*
+E1105	vim9.txt	/*E1105*
+E1106	vim9.txt	/*E1106*
+E1107	eval.txt	/*E1107*
+E1108	vim9.txt	/*E1108*
 E1109	builtin.txt	/*E1109*
 E111	eval.txt	/*E111*
 E1110	builtin.txt	/*E1110*
 E1111	builtin.txt	/*E1111*
 E1112	builtin.txt	/*E1112*
 E1113	builtin.txt	/*E1113*
+E1114	builtin.txt	/*E1114*
+E1115	testing.txt	/*E1115*
+E1116	testing.txt	/*E1116*
+E1117	vim9.txt	/*E1117*
+E1118	eval.txt	/*E1118*
+E1119	eval.txt	/*E1119*
 E112	eval.txt	/*E112*
+E1120	eval.txt	/*E1120*
+E1121	eval.txt	/*E1121*
+E1122	eval.txt	/*E1122*
+E1123	vim9.txt	/*E1123*
+E1124	vim9.txt	/*E1124*
+E1125	vim9.txt	/*E1125*
+E1126	vim9.txt	/*E1126*
+E1127	vim9.txt	/*E1127*
+E1128	vim9.txt	/*E1128*
+E1129	eval.txt	/*E1129*
 E113	eval.txt	/*E113*
+E1130	vim9.txt	/*E1130*
+E1131	vim9.txt	/*E1131*
+E1132	builtin.txt	/*E1132*
+E1133	vim9.txt	/*E1133*
+E1134	vim9.txt	/*E1134*
+E1135	eval.txt	/*E1135*
 E1136	map.txt	/*E1136*
 E1137	map.txt	/*E1137*
+E1138	eval.txt	/*E1138*
+E1139	vim9.txt	/*E1139*
 E114	eval.txt	/*E114*
+E1140	eval.txt	/*E1140*
+E1141	eval.txt	/*E1141*
+E1143	eval.txt	/*E1143*
+E1144	vim9.txt	/*E1144*
+E1145	eval.txt	/*E1145*
 E115	eval.txt	/*E115*
 E1155	autocmd.txt	/*E1155*
+E1158	builtin.txt	/*E1158*
 E116	eval.txt	/*E116*
+E1169	eval.txt	/*E1169*
 E117	eval.txt	/*E117*
 E118	eval.txt	/*E118*
 E1187	starting.txt	/*E1187*
@@ -3993,6 +4121,7 @@ E120	eval.txt	/*E120*
 E1200	options.txt	/*E1200*
 E1201	options.txt	/*E1201*
 E1205	builtin.txt	/*E1205*
+E1208	map.txt	/*E1208*
 E121	eval.txt	/*E121*
 E1214	builtin.txt	/*E1214*
 E122	eval.txt	/*E122*
@@ -4009,11 +4138,11 @@ E1245	cmdline.txt	/*E1245*
 E125	eval.txt	/*E125*
 E1255	map.txt	/*E1255*
 E126	eval.txt	/*E126*
+E1263	eval.txt	/*E1263*
 E127	eval.txt	/*E127*
 E128	eval.txt	/*E128*
 E129	eval.txt	/*E129*
 E13	message.txt	/*E13*
-E130	eval.txt	/*E130*
 E131	eval.txt	/*E131*
 E132	eval.txt	/*E132*
 E133	eval.txt	/*E133*
@@ -4153,6 +4282,7 @@ E257	if_cscop.txt	/*E257*
 E258	remote.txt	/*E258*
 E259	if_cscop.txt	/*E259*
 E26	rileft.txt	/*E26*
+E260	eval.txt	/*E260*
 E261	if_cscop.txt	/*E261*
 E262	if_cscop.txt	/*E262*
 E263	if_pyth.txt	/*E263*
@@ -4183,6 +4313,7 @@ E287	mbyte.txt	/*E287*
 E288	mbyte.txt	/*E288*
 E289	mbyte.txt	/*E289*
 E29	change.txt	/*E29*
+E290	builtin.txt	/*E290*
 E292	message.txt	/*E292*
 E293	message.txt	/*E293*
 E294	message.txt	/*E294*
@@ -4258,9 +4389,11 @@ E358	options.txt	/*E358*
 E359	term.txt	/*E359*
 E36	windows.txt	/*E36*
 E360	various.txt	/*E360*
+E362	eval.txt	/*E362*
 E363	options.txt	/*E363*
 E364	builtin.txt	/*E364*
 E365	print.txt	/*E365*
+E366	popup.txt	/*E366*
 E367	autocmd.txt	/*E367*
 E368	builtin.txt	/*E368*
 E369	pattern.txt	/*E369*
@@ -4352,8 +4485,11 @@ E447	editing.txt	/*E447*
 E448	various.txt	/*E448*
 E449	builtin.txt	/*E449*
 E45	message.txt	/*E45*
+E450	popup.txt	/*E450*
+E451	eval.txt	/*E451*
 E452	eval.txt	/*E452*
 E453	syntax.txt	/*E453*
+E454	eval.txt	/*E454*
 E455	print.txt	/*E455*
 E456	print.txt	/*E456*
 E457	print.txt	/*E457*
@@ -4391,8 +4527,10 @@ E485	message.txt	/*E485*
 E486	pattern.txt	/*E486*
 E487	options.txt	/*E487*
 E488	message.txt	/*E488*
+E489	cmdline.txt	/*E489*
 E49	message.txt	/*E49*
 E490	fold.txt	/*E490*
+E491	builtin.txt	/*E491*
 E492	message.txt	/*E492*
 E493	cmdline.txt	/*E493*
 E494	editing.txt	/*E494*
@@ -4443,6 +4581,7 @@ E534	options.txt	/*E534*
 E535	options.txt	/*E535*
 E536	options.txt	/*E536*
 E537	options.txt	/*E537*
+E538	builtin.txt	/*E538*
 E539	options.txt	/*E539*
 E54	pattern.txt	/*E54*
 E540	options.txt	/*E540*
@@ -4518,6 +4657,7 @@ E608	eval.txt	/*E608*
 E609	if_cscop.txt	/*E609*
 E61	pattern.txt	/*E61*
 E610	editing.txt	/*E610*
+E611	eval.txt	/*E611*
 E612	sign.txt	/*E612*
 E613	print.txt	/*E613*
 E614	editing.txt	/*E614*
@@ -4563,6 +4703,7 @@ E65	pattern.txt	/*E65*
 E650	netbeans.txt	/*E650*
 E651	netbeans.txt	/*E651*
 E652	netbeans.txt	/*E652*
+E654	eval.txt	/*E654*
 E655	builtin.txt	/*E655*
 E656	netbeans.txt	/*E656*
 E657	netbeans.txt	/*E657*
@@ -4716,7 +4857,7 @@ E792	gui.txt	/*E792*
 E793	diff.txt	/*E793*
 E794	eval.txt	/*E794*
 E795	eval.txt	/*E795*
-E796	editing.txt	/*E796*
+E796	options.txt	/*E796*
 E797	spell.txt	/*E797*
 E798	builtin.txt	/*E798*
 E799	builtin.txt	/*E799*
@@ -4763,7 +4904,6 @@ E835	options.txt	/*E835*
 E836	if_pyth.txt	/*E836*
 E837	if_pyth.txt	/*E837*
 E838	netbeans.txt	/*E838*
-E839	message.txt	/*E839*
 E84	windows.txt	/*E84*
 E840	insert.txt	/*E840*
 E841	map.txt	/*E841*
@@ -4782,6 +4922,8 @@ E852	gui_x11.txt	/*E852*
 E853	eval.txt	/*E853*
 E854	options.txt	/*E854*
 E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
+E856	testing.txt	/*E856*
+E857	builtin.txt	/*E857*
 E858	builtin.txt	/*E858*
 E859	builtin.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
@@ -7010,6 +7152,7 @@ g:tex_subscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_subscripts*
 g:tex_superscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_superscripts*
 g:tex_verbspell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_verbspell*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
+g:vim_indent_cont	indent.txt	/*g:vim_indent_cont*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
 g:vimball_mkdir	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_mkdir*
 g:vimsyn_embed	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_embed*
@@ -7937,6 +8080,7 @@ matchstrpos()	builtin.txt	/*matchstrpos()*
 matlab-indent	indent.txt	/*matlab-indent*
 matlab-indenting	indent.txt	/*matlab-indenting*
 max()	builtin.txt	/*max()*
+maxcol-variable	eval.txt	/*maxcol-variable*
 mbyte-IME	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-IME*
 mbyte-XIM	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-XIM*
 mbyte-combining	mbyte.txt	/*mbyte-combining*
@@ -9774,8 +9918,7 @@ test_feedinput()	testing.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
 test_garbagecollect_now()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
 test_garbagecollect_soon()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
 test_getvalue()	testing.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
-test_gui_drop_files()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_drop_files()*
-test_gui_mouse_event()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_mouse_event()*
+test_gui_event()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_event()*
 test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
 test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
 test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
@@ -9870,7 +10013,6 @@ try-echoerr	eval.txt	/*try-echoerr*
 try-finally	eval.txt	/*try-finally*
 try-nested	eval.txt	/*try-nested*
 try-nesting	eval.txt	/*try-nesting*
-tsrfu'	options.txt	/*tsrfu'*
 tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 twice	if_cscop.txt	/*twice*
 two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
@@ -10005,6 +10147,7 @@ v:key	eval.txt	/*v:key*
 v:lang	eval.txt	/*v:lang*
 v:lc_time	eval.txt	/*v:lc_time*
 v:lnum	eval.txt	/*v:lnum*
+v:maxcol	eval.txt	/*v:maxcol*
 v:mouse_col	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_col*
 v:mouse_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_lnum*
 v:mouse_win	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_win*
@@ -10082,6 +10225,7 @@ v_CTRL-C	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-C*
 v_CTRL-G	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-G*
 v_CTRL-H	change.txt	/*v_CTRL-H*
 v_CTRL-O	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-O*
+v_CTRL-R	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-R*
 v_CTRL-V	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-V*
 v_CTRL-X	change.txt	/*v_CTRL-X*
 v_CTRL-Z	starting.txt	/*v_CTRL-Z*
@@ -10264,6 +10408,7 @@ vim.w	if_lua.txt	/*vim.w*
 vim7	version7.txt	/*vim7*
 vim8	version8.txt	/*vim8*
 vim9	vim9.txt	/*vim9*
+vim9-autoload	vim9.txt	/*vim9-autoload*
 vim9-boolean	vim9.txt	/*vim9-boolean*
 vim9-classes	vim9.txt	/*vim9-classes*
 vim9-const	vim9.txt	/*vim9-const*
@@ -10421,6 +10566,8 @@ win_gettype()	builtin.txt	/*win_gettype()*
 win_gotoid()	builtin.txt	/*win_gotoid()*
 win_id2tabwin()	builtin.txt	/*win_id2tabwin()*
 win_id2win()	builtin.txt	/*win_id2win()*
+win_move_separator()	builtin.txt	/*win_move_separator()*
+win_move_statusline()	builtin.txt	/*win_move_statusline()*
 win_screenpos()	builtin.txt	/*win_screenpos()*
 win_splitmove()	builtin.txt	/*win_splitmove()*
 winbufnr()	builtin.txt	/*winbufnr()*
@@ -10603,6 +10750,7 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {Visual}	intro.txt	/*{Visual}*
 {address}	cmdline.txt	/*{address}*
 {arglist}	editing.txt	/*{arglist}*
+{aupat}	autocmd.txt	/*{aupat}*
 {bufname}	windows.txt	/*{bufname}*
 {char1-char2}	intro.txt	/*{char1-char2}*
 {event}	autocmd.txt	/*{event}*
@@ -10612,7 +10760,6 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {motion}	intro.txt	/*{motion}*
 {move-around}	visual.txt	/*{move-around}*
 {offset}	pattern.txt	/*{offset}*
-{pat}	autocmd.txt	/*{pat}*
 {register}	change.txt	/*{register}*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 21
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ If the result is "1" you have it.
       Stepping through code			|termdebug-stepping|
       Inspecting variables			|termdebug-variables|
       Other commands				|termdebug-commands|
+      Events					|termdebug-events|
       Prompt mode				|termdebug-prompt|
       Communication				|termdebug-communication|
       Customizing				|termdebug-customizing|
@@ -1177,7 +1178,7 @@ gdb window	A terminal window in which "gdb vim" is executed.  Here you
 program window	A terminal window for the executed program.  When "run" is
 		used in gdb the program I/O will happen in this window, so
 		that it does not interfere with controlling gdb.  The buffer
-		name is "gdb program".
+		name is "debugged program".
 
 The current window is used to show the source code.  When gdb pauses the
 source file location will be displayed, if possible.  A sign is used to

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 11
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -82,46 +82,95 @@ test_getvalue({name})					*test_getvalue()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetName()->test_getvalue()
 <
-						*test_gui_drop_files()*
-test_gui_drop_files({list}, {row}, {col}, {mods})
-		Drop one or more files in {list} in the window at {row}, {col}.
-		This function only works when the GUI is running and the
-		|drop_file| feature is present.
+						*test_gui_event()*
+test_gui_event({event}, {args})
+		Generate a GUI {event} with arguments {args} for testing Vim
+		functionality. This function works only when the GUI is
+		running.
 
-		The supported values for {mods} are:
-			0x4	Shift
-			0x8	Alt
-			0x10	Ctrl
-		The files are added to the |argument-list| and the first file
-		in {list} is edited in the window.  See |drag-n-drop| for more
-		information.
+		{event} is a String and the supported values are:
+		    "dropfiles"	drop one or more files in a window.
+		    "findrepl"  search and replace text
+		    "mouse"	mouse button click event.
+		    "tabline"	select a tab page by mouse click.
+		    "tabmenu"	select a tabline menu entry.
 
-						*test_gui_mouse_event()*
-test_gui_mouse_event({button}, {row}, {col}, {multiclick}, {modifiers})
-		Inject a mouse button click event.  This function only works
-		when the GUI is running.
-		The supported values for {button} are:
-			0	right mouse button
-			1	middle mouse button
-			2	left mouse button
-			3	mouse button release
-			4	scroll wheel down
-			5	scroll wheel up
-			6	scroll wheel left
-			7	scroll wheel right
-		{row} and {col} specify the location of the mouse click. The
-		first row of the Vim window is 1 and the last row is 'lines'.
-		The maximum value of {col} is 'columns'.
-		To inject a multiclick event, set {multiclick} to 1.
-		The supported values for {modifiers} are:
-			4	shift is pressed
-			8	alt is pressed
-			16	ctrl is pressed
-		After injecting the mouse event you probably should call
+		{args} is a Dict and contains the arguments for the event.
+
+		"dropfiles":
+		  Drop one or more files in a specified window.  The supported
+		  items in {args} are:
+		    files:	List of file names
+		    row:	window row number
+		    col:	window column number
+		    modifiers:	key modifiers. The supported values are:
+				    0x4	Shift
+				    0x8	Alt
+				   0x10	Ctrl
+		  The files are added to the |argument-list| and the first
+		  file in {files} is edited in the window.  See |drag-n-drop|
+		  for more information.  This event works only when the
+		  |drop_file| feature is present.
+
+		"findrepl":
+		  Perform a search and replace of text.  The supported items
+		  in {args} are:
+		    find_text:	string to find.
+		    repl_text:	replacement string
+		    flags:	flags controlling the find/replace. Supported
+				values are:
+				    1	search next string (find dialog)
+				    2	search next string (replace dialog)
+				    3	replace string once
+				    4	replace all matches
+				    8	match whole words only
+				   16	match case
+		    forward:	set to 1 for forward search.
+
+		"mouse":
+		  Inject a mouse button click event.  The supported items in
+		  {args} are:
+		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
+				    0	right mouse button
+				    1	middle mouse button
+				    2	left mouse button
+				    3	mouse button release
+				    4	scroll wheel down
+				    5	scroll wheel up
+				    6	scroll wheel left
+				    7	scroll wheel right
+		    row:	mouse click row number.  The first row of the
+				Vim window is 1 and the last row is 'lines'.
+		    col:	mouse click column number.  The maximum value
+				of {col} is 'columns'.
+		    multiclick:	set to 1 to inject a multiclick mouse event.
+		    modifiers:	key modifiers.  The supported values are:
+				    4	shift is pressed
+				    8	alt is pressed
+				   16	ctrl is pressed
+
+		"tabline":
+		  Inject a mouse click event on the tabline to select a
+		  tabpage. The supported items in {args} are:
+		    tabnr:	tab page number
+
+		"tabmenu":
+		  Inject an event to select a tabline menu entry. The
+		  supported items in {args} are:
+		    tabnr:	tab page number
+		    item: 	tab page menu item number. 1 for the first
+				menu item, 2 for the second item and so on.
+
+		After injecting the GUI events you probably should call
 		|feedkeys()| to have them processed, e.g.: >
 			call feedkeys("y", 'Lx!')
+<
+		Returns TRUE if the event is successfully added, FALSE if
+		there is a failure.
 
-
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetEvent()->test_gui_event({args})
+<
 test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 		Ignore any error containing {expr}.  A normal message is given
 		instead.
@@ -188,24 +237,28 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 		to run tests. Only to be used for testing Vim!
 		The override is enabled when {val} is non-zero and removed
 		when {val} is zero.
-		Current supported values for name are:
+		Current supported values for {name} are:
 
-		name	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
-		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
-		redraw_flag  ignore the RedrawingDisabled flag
+		{name}	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
+		autoload     `import autoload` will load the script right
+			     away, not postponed until an item is used
 		char_avail   disable the char_avail() function
-		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
 		nfa_fail     makes the NFA regexp engine fail to force a
 			     fallback to the old engine
 		no_query_mouse  do not query the mouse position for "dec"
 				terminals
 		no_wait_return	set the "no_wait_return" flag.  Not restored
 				with "ALL".
-		ui_delay     time in msec to use in ui_delay(); overrules a
-			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages
+		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
+		redraw_flag  ignore the RedrawingDisabled flag
+		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
 		term_props   reset all terminal properties when the version
 			     string is detected
+		ui_delay     time in msec to use in ui_delay(); overrules a
+			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages
 		uptime 	     overrules sysinfo.uptime
+		vterm_title  setting the window title by a job running in a
+			     terminal window
 		ALL	     clear all overrides ({val} is not used)
 
 		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
@@ -348,7 +401,7 @@ assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
 		NOT produce an error or when {error} is not found in the
 		error message.  Also see |assert-return|.
-
+							*E856*
 		When {error} is a string it must be found literally in the
 		first reported error. Most often this will be the error code,
 		including the colon, e.g. "E123:". >
@@ -368,12 +421,12 @@ assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg} [, {lnum} [, {context}]]]])
 <
 		If {msg} is empty then it is not used.  Do this to get the
 		default message when passing the {lnum} argument.
-
+							*E1115*
 		When {lnum} is present and not negative, and the {error}
 		argument is present and matches, then this is compared with
 		the line number at which the error was reported. That can be
 		the line number in a function or in a script.
-
+							*E1116*
 		When {context} is present it is used as a pattern and matched
 		against the context (script name or function name) where
 		{lnum} is located in.

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 30
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,15 +38,28 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+Cannot use command modifier for "import 'name.vim' as vim9"
+
+range() returns list<number>, but it's OK if map() changes the type.
+#9665  Change internal_func_ret_type() to return current and declared type?
+
+When making a copy of a list or dict, do not keep the type? #9644
+    With deepcopy() all, with copy() this still fails:
+    var l: list<list<number>> = [[1], [2]]
+    l->copy()[0][0] = 'x'
+
 Once Vim9 is stable:
-- Add the "vim9script" feature, can use has('vim9script')
-    Remove TODO in vim9.txt
 - Add all the error numbers in a good place in documentation.
+    done until E1145
+- Check code coverage, add more tests if needed.
 - Use Vim9 for runtime files.
 
 Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
 - Check performance with callgrind and kcachegrind.
-- better implementation for partial and tests for that.
+- Better implementation for partial and tests for that.
+- when using "const" mark the variable type as const with TTFLAG_CONST, so
+  that an error is given at compile time when trying to change it.  E.g. for a
+  const list and trying to call add().
 - Compile options that are an expression, e.g. "expr:" in 'spellsuggest',
   'foldexpr', 'foldtext', 'printexpr', 'diffexpr', 'patchexpr', 'charconvert',
   'balloonexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'formatexpr'.
@@ -55,8 +68,10 @@ Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
   evaluation.
   Use the location where the option was set for deciding whether it's to be
   evaluated in Vim9 script context.
-- implement :type, "import type"
-- implement :enum,  "import enum".
+- Implement "import lazy" - like autoload but with a relative or absolute
+  path. #9595
+- implement :type
+- implement :enum
 - implement :class and :interface: See |vim9-classes|
 - For range: make table of first ASCII character with flag to quickly check if
   it can be a Vim9 command. E.g. "+" can, but "." can't.
@@ -71,6 +86,7 @@ Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
 Update list of features to vote on:
 - multiple cursors
 - built-in LSP support
+- start first line halfway
 
 Popup windows:
 - Preview popup not properly updated when it overlaps with completion menu.
@@ -195,6 +211,11 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 When using 'cryptmethod' xchaha20 the undo file is not encrypted.
 Need to handle extra bytes.
 
+In Select mode the deleted text always goes into the unnamed register.
+Use CTRL-R to specify the register to use. (#9531)
+
+Some prompts are not translated: #9495
+
 Test_communicate_ipv6(): is flaky on many systems
 Fails in line 64 of Ch_communicate, no exception is thrown.
 
@@ -223,6 +244,8 @@ Memory leak in test_alot with pyeval() (allocating partial)
 Memory leak in test_alot with expand()
 Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
 
+PR to support %e and %k in 'errorformat'. #9624
+
 Idea: when typing ":e /some/dir/" and "dir" does not exist, highlight in red.
 
 ":set &shellpipe" and ":set &shellredir" should use the logic from
@@ -231,6 +254,8 @@ this.
 
 MS-Windows: did path modifier :p:8 stop working?  #8600
 
+Add support for "underdouble", "underdot" and "underdash". #9553
+
 test_arglist func Test_all_not_allowed_from_cmdwin() hangs on MS-Windows.
 
 Mapping with partial match not executed properly in GTK. (Ingo Karkat, #7082)
@@ -892,9 +917,6 @@ With 'foldmethod' "indent" and appending an empty line, what follows isn't
 included in the existing fold.  Deleting the empty line and undo fixes it.
 (Oleg Koshovetc, 2018 Jul 15, #3214)
 
-Patch to support "xxd -ps". (Erik Auerswald, 2018 May 1)
-Lacks a test.
-
 Column number is wrong when using 'linebreak' and 'wrap'. (Keith Smiley, 2018
 Jan 15, #2555)
 

runtime/doc/usr_06.txt

@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ You can specify #rrggbb hex colors and you can define new names for hex
 colors in |v:colornames| like so: >
 
 	let v:colornames['mine_red'] = '#aa0000'
-<
+
 If you are authoring a color scheme for others to use, it is important
 to define these colors only when they do not exist: >
 
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ to define these colors only when they do not exist: >
 
 This allows users of the color scheme to override the precise definition of
 that color prior to loading your color scheme. For example, in a |.vimrc|
-file:
+file: >
 
 	runtime colors/lists/css_colors.vim
 	let v:colornames['your_red'] = v:colornames['css_red']

runtime/doc/usr_40.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_40.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Sep 02
+*usr_40.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 03
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|
 ==============================================================================
 *40.1*	Key mapping
 
-A simple mapping was explained in section |05.3|.  The principle is that one
+A simple mapping was explained in section |05.4|.  The principle is that one
 sequence of key strokes is translated into another sequence of key strokes.
 This is a simple, yet powerful mechanism.
    The simplest form is that one key is mapped to a sequence of keys.  Since

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 30
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 28
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Example: >
 
 	var name = "Peter"
 	echo name
-<	peter ~
+<	Peter ~
 
 Every variable has a type.  Very often, as in this example, the type is
 defined by assigning a value.  This is called type inference.  If you do not
@@ -538,16 +538,16 @@ between the `while` and the `endwhile`:
 
 Example: >
 
+	var counter = 1
 	while counter < 40
-	  do_something()
-	  if skip_flag
+	  if skip_number(counter)
 	    continue
 	  endif
-	  if finished_flag
+	  if last_number(counter)
 	    break
 	  endif
 	  sleep 50m
-	  --counter
+	  ++counter
 	endwhile
 
 The `sleep` command makes Vim take a nap.  The "50m" specifies fifty
@@ -963,6 +963,8 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	win_gotoid()		go to window with ID
 	win_id2tabwin()		get tab and window nr from window ID
 	win_id2win()		get window nr from window ID
+	win_move_separator()	move window vertical separator
+	win_move_statusline()	move window status line
 	win_splitmove()		move window to a split of another window
 	getbufinfo()		get a list with buffer information
 	gettabinfo()		get a list with tab page information
@@ -1114,8 +1116,7 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_garbagecollect_now()   free memory right now
 	test_garbagecollect_soon()  set a flag to free memory soon
 	test_getvalue()		get value of an internal variable
-	test_gui_drop_files()	drop file(s) in a window
-	test_gui_mouse_event()	add a GUI mouse event to the input buffer
+	test_gui_event()	generate a GUI event for testing
 	test_ignore_error()	ignore a specific error message
 	test_null_blob()	return a null Blob
 	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
@@ -1129,7 +1130,6 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_setmouse()		set the mouse position
 	test_feedinput()	add key sequence to input buffer
 	test_option_not_set()	reset flag indicating option was set
-	test_scrollbar()	simulate scrollbar movement in the GUI
 	test_refcount()		return an expression's reference count
 	test_srand_seed()	set the seed value for srand()
 	test_unknown()		return a value with unknown type
@@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ When the user does ":setfiletype xyz" the effect of the previous filetype
 should be undone.  Set the b:undo_ftplugin variable to the commands that will
 undo the settings in your filetype plugin.  Example: >
 
-	b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< tw< commentstring<"
+	let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< tw< commentstring<"
 		\ .. "| unlet b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"
 
 Using ":setlocal" with "<" after the option name resets the option to its

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 20
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -244,10 +244,10 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			compiler will have set stdin to a non-interactive
 			mode.
 
-							*:!cmd* *:!* *E34*
+							*:!cmd* *:!*
 :!{cmd}			Execute {cmd} with the shell.  See also the 'shell'
 			and 'shelltype' option.
-
+							*E34*
 			Any '!' in {cmd} is replaced with the previous
 			external command (see also 'cpoptions').  But not when
 			there is a backslash before the '!', then that
@@ -570,19 +570,19 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 :redi[r] END		End redirecting messages.
 
 							*:filt* *:filter*
-:filt[er][!] {pat} {command}
-:filt[er][!] /{pat}/ {command}
+:filt[er][!] {pattern} {command}
+:filt[er][!] /{pattern}/ {command}
 			Restrict the output of {command} to lines matching
-			with {pat}.  For example, to list only xml files: >
+			with {pattern}.  For example, to list only xml files: >
 				:filter /\.xml$/ oldfiles
 <			If the [!] is given, restrict the output of {command}
-			to lines that do NOT match {pat}.
+			to lines that do NOT match {pattern}.
 
-			{pat} is a Vim search pattern.  Instead of enclosing
+			{pattern} is a Vim search pattern.  Instead of enclosing
 			it in / any non-ID character (see |'isident'|) can be
-			used, so long as it does not appear in {pat}.  Without
-			the enclosing character the pattern cannot include the
-			bar character. 'ignorecase' is not used.
+			used, so long as it does not appear in {pattern}.
+			Without the enclosing character the pattern cannot
+			include the bar character. 'ignorecase' is not used.
 
 			The pattern is matched against the relevant part of
 			the output, not necessarily the whole line. Only some

runtime/doc/vim-ja.UTF-8.1

@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Note: "+" と "\-c" は合わせて 10 個まで指定できます。
 .TP
 \-d
 差分モードで起動します。
-二つか三つの四つのファイルを引数に指定してください。
+2 個から 8 個のファイルを引数に指定してください。
 指定されたファイルが開かれ、それらのファイルの差分が表示されます。
 vimdiff(1) と同様の動作です。
 .TP
@@ -217,8 +217,7 @@ GUI がサポートされている場合は、GUI で起動します。
 サポートされていない場合はエラーメッセージを表示して終了します。
 .TP
 \-i {viminfo}
-viminfo ファイルを使う設定になっている場合は、初期設定の "~/.viminfo"
-の代わりに、指定されたファイルを設定します。
+初期設定の "~/.viminfo" の代わりに、viminfo ファイルを読み書きする際に使うファイル名を指定します。
 "NONE" を指定すると、.viminfo ファイルを使わないように設定できます。
 .TP
 \-L
@@ -356,6 +355,10 @@ X サーバーと通信しません。端末での起動時間を短くできま
 これ以降の引数はすべてファイル名として扱われます。
 ファイル名が '\-' で始まっているファイルを開くときに使ってください。
 .TP
+\-\-clean
+一切の個人設定 (vimrc、プラグイン、その他) を使用しません。
+ある問題がクリーンな Vim セットアップで再現するかを確認するのに有用です。
+.TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 GTK GUI のみ: Window ID を標準出力に出力します。
 .TP
@@ -398,6 +401,9 @@ Vim サーバーの一覧を表示します。
 \-\-socketid {id}
 GTK GUI のみ: GtkPlug メカニズムを使って gvim を別のウィンドウの中で実行します。
 .TP
+\-\-startuptime {file}
+起動処理の間、経過時間のメッセージをファイル {fname} に書き出します。
+.TP
 \-\-version
 バージョン情報を表示して終了します。
 .SH オンラインヘルプ

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"
+.TH VIM 1 "2021 Jun 13"
 .SH NAME
 vim \- Vi IMproved, a programmer's text editor
 .SH SYNOPSIS

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -432,4 +432,4 @@ BUGS
 
 
 
-                                  2006 Apr 11                           VIM(1)
+                                  2021 Jun 13                           VIM(1)

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Dec 27
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ script and `:def` functions; details are below:
 	     .. yourName
 	     .. ", how are you?"
 - White space is required in many places to improve readability.
-- Assign values without `:let`, declare variables with `:var`: >
+- Assign values without `:let` *E1126* , declare variables with `:var`: >
 	var count = 0
 	count += 3
 - Constants can be declared with `:final` and `:const`: >
@@ -103,6 +103,8 @@ script and `:def` functions; details are below:
   `:exe`: >
   	:exe @a
 - Unless mentioned specifically, the highest |scriptversion| is used.
+- When defining an expression mapping, the expression will be evaluated in the
+  context of the script where it was defined.
 
 
 Comments starting with # ~
@@ -120,7 +122,7 @@ is the same as in shell scripts and Python programs.
 
 In Vi # is a command to list text with numbers.  In Vim9 script you can use
 `:number` for that. >
-	101 number
+	:101 number
 
 To improve readability there must be a space between a command and the #
 that starts a comment: >
@@ -137,7 +139,7 @@ arguments).
 
 
 Vim9 functions ~
-
+							*E1099*
 A function defined with `:def` is compiled.  Execution is many times faster,
 often 10 to 100 times.
 
@@ -181,14 +183,14 @@ You can call a legacy dict function though: >
 	  var d = {func: Legacy, value: 'text'}
 	  d.func()
 	enddef
-
+<							*E1096*
 The argument types and return type need to be specified.  The "any" type can
 be used, type checking will then be done at runtime, like with legacy
 functions.
-
+							*E1106*
 Arguments are accessed by name, without "a:", just like any other language.
 There is no "a:" dictionary or "a:000" list.
-						*vim9-variable-arguments*
+					*vim9-variable-arguments* *E1055*
 Variable arguments are defined as the last argument, with a name and have a
 list type, similar to TypeScript.  For example, a list of numbers: >
 	def MyFunc(...itemlist: list<number>)
@@ -225,7 +227,7 @@ the "name#" prefix is sufficient. >
 	def s:ThisFunction()        # script-local
 	def g:ThatFunction()        # global
 	def scriptname#function()   # autoload
-
+<						*E1058* *E1075*
 When using `:function` or `:def` to specify a nested function inside a `:def`
 function and no namespace was given, this nested function is local to the code
 block it is defined in.  In a `:def` function it is not possible to define a
@@ -236,9 +238,6 @@ When referring to a function and no "s:" or "g:" prefix is used, Vim will
 search for the function:
 - in the function scope, in block scopes
 - in the script scope, possibly imported
-- in the list of global functions
-However, it is recommended to always use "g:" to refer to a global function
-for clarity.
 
 Since a script-local function reference can be used without "s:" the name must
 start with an upper case letter even when using the "s:" prefix.  In legacy
@@ -253,7 +252,7 @@ it is being compiled (to figure out the return type).
 The result is that functions and variables without a namespace can usually be
 found in the script, either defined there or imported.  Global functions and
 variables could be defined anywhere (good luck finding out where!).
-
+							*E1102*
 Global functions can still be defined and deleted at nearly any time.  In
 Vim9 script script-local functions are defined once when the script is sourced
 and cannot be deleted or replaced.
@@ -287,7 +286,8 @@ some point when loaded again.  E.g. when a buffer local option is set: >
 
 
 Variable declarations with :var, :final and :const ~
-						*vim9-declaration* *:var*
+				*vim9-declaration* *:var*
+				*E1017* *E1020* *E1054* *E1087* *E1108* *E1124*
 Local variables need to be declared with `:var`.  Local constants need to be
 declared with `:final` or `:const`.  We refer to both as "variables" in this
 section.
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ The declaration must be done earlier: >
 	   inner = 0
 	endif
 	echo inner
-
+<							*E1025* *E1128*
 To intentionally hide a variable from code that follows, a block can be
 used: >
 	{
@@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ And with autocommands: >
 	   }
 
 Although using a :def function probably works better.
-
+				*E1022* *E1103* *E1130* *E1131* *E1133* *E1134*
 Declaring a variable with a type but without an initializer will initialize to
 false (for bool), empty (for string, list, dict, etc.) or zero (for number,
 any, etc.).  This matters especially when using the "any" type, the value will
 default to the number zero.
-
+						*E1016* *E1052* *E1066*
 In Vim9 script `:let` cannot be used.  An existing variable is assigned to
 without any command.  The same for global, window, tab, buffer and Vim
 variables, because they are not really declared.  Those can also be deleted
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ instead.
 
 The `exists()` and `exists_compiled()` functions do not work on local variables
 or arguments.
-
+						*E1006* *E1041*
 Variables, functions and function arguments cannot shadow previously defined
 or imported variables and functions in the same script file.
 Variables may shadow Ex commands, rename the variable if needed.
@@ -372,13 +372,12 @@ Global variables must be prefixed with "g:", also at the script level. >
 	g:global = 'value'
 	var Funcref = g:ThatFunction
 
-Global functions must be prefixed with "g:" when defining them, but can be
-called without "g:". >
+Global functions must be prefixed with "g:": >
 	vim9script
 	def g:GlobalFunc(): string
 	  return 'text'
 	enddef
-	echo GlobalFunc()
+	echo g:GlobalFunc()
 The "g:" prefix is not needed for auto-load functions.
 
 					*vim9-function-defined-later*
@@ -429,7 +428,7 @@ How constants work varies between languages.  Some consider a variable that
 can't be assigned another value a constant.  JavaScript is an example.  Others
 also make the value immutable, thus when a constant uses a list, the list
 cannot be changed.  In Vim9 we can use both.
-
+							*E1021*
 `:const` is used for making both the variable and the value a constant.  Use
 this for composite structures that you want to make sure will not be modified.
 Example: >
@@ -437,7 +436,7 @@ Example: >
 	myList = [3, 4]		# Error!
 	myList[0] = 9		# Error!
 	myList->add(3)		# Error!
-<							*:final*
+<							*:final* *E1125*
 `:final` is used for making only the variable a constant, the value can be
 changed.  This is well known from Java.  Example: >
 	final myList = [1, 2]
@@ -562,7 +561,7 @@ characters, e.g.: >
 	   })
 No command can follow the "{", only a comment can be used there.
 
-							*command-block*
+						*command-block* *E1026*
 The block can also be used for defining a user command.  Inside the block Vim9
 syntax will be used.
 
@@ -597,7 +596,7 @@ Also when confused with the start of a command block: >
 
 
 Automatic line continuation ~
-						*vim9-line-continuation*
+					*vim9-line-continuation* *E1097*
 In many cases it is obvious that an expression continues on the next line.  In
 those cases there is no need to prefix the line with a backslash (see
 |line-continuation|).  For example, when a list spans multiple lines: >
@@ -682,6 +681,11 @@ This will assign "start" and print a line: >
 	var result = start
 	:+ print
 
+After the range an Ex command must follow.  Without the colon you can call a
+function without `:call`, but after a range you do need it: >
+	MyFunc()
+	:% call MyFunc()
+
 Note that the colon is not required for the |+cmd| argument: >
 	edit +6 fname
 
@@ -700,6 +704,7 @@ second line is seen as a separate command: >
 Now "exit_cb: Func})" is actually a valid command: save any changes to the
 file "_cb: Func})" and exit.  To avoid this kind of mistake in Vim9 script
 there must be white space between most command names and the argument.
+*E1144*
 
 However, the argument of a command that is a command won't be recognized.  For
 example, after "windo echo expr" a line break inside "expr" will not be seen.
@@ -730,7 +735,7 @@ Notes:
 
 
 White space ~
-
+				*E1004* *E1068* *E1069* *E1074* *E1127*
 Vim9 script enforces proper use of white space.  This is no longer allowed: >
 	var name=234	# Error!
 	var name= 234	# Error!
@@ -775,7 +780,7 @@ No curly braces expansion ~
 
 
 Dictionary literals ~
-						*vim9-literal-dict*
+						*vim9-literal-dict* *E1014*
 Traditionally Vim has supported dictionary literals with a {} syntax: >
 	let dict = {'key': value}
 
@@ -795,7 +800,7 @@ use another character, use a single or double quoted string: >
 	var dict = {'key with space': value}
 	var dict = {"key\twith\ttabs": value}
 	var dict = {'': value}  		# empty key
-
+<							*E1139*
 In case the key needs to be an expression, square brackets can be used, just
 like in JavaScript: >
 	var dict = {["key" .. nr]: value}
@@ -808,7 +813,7 @@ error.  A number can be given with and without the []: >
 
 
 No :xit, :t, :k, :append, :change or :insert ~
-
+							*E1100*
 These commands are too easily confused with local variable names.
 Instead of `:x` or `:xit` you can use `:exit`.
 Instead of `:t` you can use `:copy`.
@@ -865,7 +870,7 @@ first if needed.
 
 
 Conditions and expressions ~
-							*vim9-boolean*
+						*vim9-boolean*
 Conditions and expressions are mostly working like they do in other languages.
 Some values are different from legacy Vim script:
 	value		legacy Vim script	Vim9 script ~
@@ -919,7 +924,7 @@ always converted to string: >
 
 Simple types are Number, Float, Special and Bool.  For other types |string()|
 should be used.
-							*false* *true* *null*
+						*false* *true* *null* *E1034*
 In Vim9 script one can use "true" for v:true, "false" for v:false and "null"
 for v:null.  When converting a boolean to a string "false" and "true" are
 used, not "v:false" and "v:true" like in legacy script.  "v:none" is not
@@ -1062,15 +1067,19 @@ Using ++var or --var in an expression is not supported yet.
 
 3. New style functions					*fast-functions*
 
-							*:def*
+							*:def* *E1028*
 :def[!] {name}([arguments])[: {return-type}]
 			Define a new function by the name {name}.  The body of
 			the function follows in the next lines, until the
-			matching `:enddef`.
-
-			When {return-type} is omitted or is "void" the
-			function is not expected to return anything.
-			
+			matching `:enddef`. *E1073*
+							*E1011*
+			The {name} must be less than 100 bytes long.
+					*E1003* *E1027* *E1056* *E1059*
+			The type of value used with `:return` must match
+			{return-type}.  When {return-type} is omitted or is
+			"void" the function is not expected to return
+			anything.
+							*E1077* *E1123*
 			{arguments} is a sequence of zero or more argument
 			declarations.  There are three forms:
 				{name}: {type}
@@ -1088,13 +1097,13 @@ Using ++var or --var in an expression is not supported yet.
 
 			It is possible to nest `:def` inside another `:def` or
 			`:function` up to about 50 levels deep.
-
+							*E1117*
 			[!] is used as with `:function`.  Note that
 			script-local functions cannot be deleted or redefined
 			later in Vim9 script.  They can only be removed by
 			reloading the same script.
 
-							*:enddef*
+							*:enddef* *E1057*
 :enddef			End of a function defined with `:def`. It should be on
 			a line by its own.
 
@@ -1114,7 +1123,7 @@ prefix if they do not exist at the time of compiling.
 
 						*:disa* *:disassemble*
 :disa[ssemble] {func}	Show the instructions generated for {func}.
-			This is for debugging and testing.
+			This is for debugging and testing. *E1061*
 			Note that for command line completion of {func} you
 			can prepend "s:" to find script-local functions.
 
@@ -1176,7 +1185,8 @@ for each closure call a function to define it: >
 ==============================================================================
 
 4. Types					*vim9-types*
-
+					*E1008* *E1009* *E1010* *E1012*
+					*E1013* *E1029* *E1030*
 The following builtin types are supported:
 	bool
 	number
@@ -1191,17 +1201,19 @@ The following builtin types are supported:
 	func: {type}
 	func({type}, ...)
 	func({type}, ...): {type}
+	void
 
 Not supported yet:
 	tuple<a: {type}, b: {type}, ...>
 
 These types can be used in declarations, but no simple value will actually
-have the "void" type.
+have the "void" type.  Trying to use a void (e.g. a function without a
+return value) results in error *E1031* .
 
 There is no array type, use list<{type}> instead.  For a list constant an
 efficient implementation is used that avoids allocating lot of small pieces of
 memory.
-
+							*E1005* *E1007*
 A partial and function can be declared in more or less specific ways:
 func				any kind of function reference, no type
 				checking for arguments or return value
@@ -1273,7 +1285,7 @@ expected to always be the same.  For example, when declaring a list: >
 At compile time Vim doesn't know the type of "g:two" and the expression type
 becomes list<any>.  An instruction is generated to check the list type before
 doing the assignment, which is a bit inefficient.
-							*type-casting*
+						*type-casting* *E1104*
 To avoid this, use a type cast: >
 	var l: list<number> = [1, <number>g:two]
 The compiled code will then only check that "g:two" is a number and give an
@@ -1318,6 +1330,14 @@ Results in:
 For script-local variables in Vim9 script the type is checked, also when the
 variable was declared in a legacy function.
 
+When a type has been declared this is attached to a list or string.  When
+later some expression attempts to change the type an error will be given: >
+	var ll: list<number> = [1, 2, 3]
+	ll->extend(['x'])  # Error, 'x' is not a number
+
+If the type is inferred then the type is allowed to change: >
+	[1, 2, 3]->extend(['x'])  # result: [1, 2, 3, 'x']
+
 
 Stricter type checking ~
 							*type-checking*
@@ -1332,7 +1352,7 @@ before, if the value used matches the expected type.  There will sometimes be
 an error, thus breaking backwards compatibility.  For example:
 - Using a number other than 0 or 1 where a boolean is expected.  *E1023*
 - Using a string value when setting a number option.
-- Using a number where a string is expected.   *E1024*
+- Using a number where a string is expected.   *E1024* *E1105*
 
 One consequence is that the item type of a list or dict given to |map()| must
 not change.  This will give an error in Vim9 script: >
@@ -1357,12 +1377,20 @@ Same for |extend()|, use |extendnew()| instead, and for |flatten()|, use
 5. Namespace, Import and Export
 					*vim9script* *vim9-export* *vim9-import*
 
-A Vim9 script can be written to be imported.  This means that everything in
-the script is local, unless exported.  Those exported items, and only those
-items, can then be imported in another script.
+A Vim9 script can be written to be imported.  This means that some items are
+intentionally exported, made available to other scripts.  When the exporting
+script is imported in another script, these exported items can then be used in
+that script.  All the other items remain script-local in the exporting script
+and cannot be accessed by the importing script.
 
-You can cheat by using the global namespace explicitly.  We will assume here
-that you don't do that.
+This mechanism exists for writing a script that can be sourced (imported) by
+other scripts, while making sure these other scripts only have access to what
+you want them to.  This also avoids using the global namespace, which has a
+risc of name collisions.  For example when you have two plugins with similar
+functionality.
+
+You can cheat by using the global namespace explicitly.  That should be done
+only for things that really are global.
 
 
 Namespace ~
@@ -1375,7 +1403,7 @@ global namespace.  If a file starts with: >
 	var myvar = 'yes'
 Then "myvar" will only exist in this file.  While without `vim9script` it would
 be available as `g:myvar` from any other script and function.
-
+							*E1101*
 The variables at the file level are very much like the script-local "s:"
 variables in legacy Vim script, but the "s:" is omitted.  And they cannot be
 deleted.
@@ -1422,7 +1450,7 @@ Exporting an item can be written as: >
 	export def MyFunc() ...
 	export class MyClass ...
 	export interface MyClass ...
-
+<							*E1043* *E1044*
 As this suggests, only constants, variables, `:def` functions and classes can
 be exported. {not implemented yet: class, interface}
 
@@ -1431,25 +1459,40 @@ be exported. {not implemented yet: class, interface}
 
 
 Import ~
-						*:import* *:imp* *E1094*
-The exported items can be imported individually in another Vim9 script: >
-	import EXPORTED_CONST from "thatscript.vim"
-	import MyClass from "myclass.vim"
+					*:import* *:imp* *E1094* *E1047*
+					*E1048* *E1049* *E1053* *E1071*
+The exported items can be imported in another Vim9 script: >
+	import "myscript.vim"
 
-To import multiple items at the same time: >
-	import {someValue, MyClass} from "thatscript.vim"
+This makes each item available as "myscript.item".
+							*:import-as*
+In case the name is long or ambiguous, another name can be specified: >
+	import "thatscript.vim" as that
+<							*E1060*
+Then you can use "that.EXPORTED_CONST", "that.someValue", etc.  You are free
+to choose the name "that".  Use something that will be recognized as referring
+to the imported script.  Avoid command names, command modifiers and builtin
+function names, because the name will shadow them.
+If the name starts with a capital letter it can also shadow global user
+commands and functions.  Also, you cannot use the name for something else in
+the script, such as a function or variable name.
 
-In case the name is ambiguous, another name can be specified: >
-	import MyClass as ThatClass from "myclass.vim"
-	import {someValue, MyClass as ThatClass} from "myclass.vim"
+In case the dot in the name is undesired, a local reference can be made for a
+function: >
+	var LongFunc = that.LongFuncName
 
-To import all exported items under a specific identifier: >
-	import * as That from 'thatscript.vim'
+This also works for constants: >
+	const MAXLEN = that.MAX_LEN_OF_NAME
 
-Then you can use "That.EXPORTED_CONST", "That.someValue", etc.  You are free
-to choose the name "That", but it is highly recommended to use the name of the
-script file to avoid confusion.  Also avoid command names, because the name
-will shadow them.
+This does not work for variables, since the value would be copied once and
+when changing the variable the copy will change, not the original variable.
+You will need to use the full name, with the dot.
+
+The full syntax of the command is:
+	import {filename} [as {name}]
+Where {filename} is an expression that must evaluate to a string.  Without the
+"as {name}" part it must end in ".vim".  {name} must consist of letters,
+digits and '_', like |internal-variables|.
 
 `:import` can also be used in legacy Vim script.  The imported items still
 become script-local, even when the "s:" prefix is not given.
@@ -1468,53 +1511,86 @@ The script name after `import` can be:
   longer and unique, to avoid loading the wrong file.
   Note that "after/import" is not used.
 
+If the name does not end in ".vim" then the use of "as name" is required.
+
 Once a vim9 script file has been imported, the result is cached and used the
 next time the same script is imported.  It will not be read again.
-							*:import-cycle*
+
+It is not allowed to import the same script twice, also when using two
+different "as" names.
+
+When using the imported name the dot and the item name must be in the same
+line, there can be no line break: >
+	echo that.
+		name   # Error!
+	echo that
+		.name  # Error!
+<							*:import-cycle*
 The `import` commands are executed when encountered.  If that script (directly
 or indirectly) imports the current script, then items defined after the
 `import` won't be processed yet.  Therefore cyclic imports can exist, but may
 result in undefined items.
 
 
-Import in an autoload script ~
-
+Importing an autoload script ~
+							*vim9-autoload*
 For optimal startup speed, loading scripts should be postponed until they are
-actually needed.  A recommended mechanism:
+actually needed.  Using the autoload mechanism is recommended:
 
 1. In the plugin define user commands, functions and/or mappings that refer to
-   an autoload script. >
-	command -nargs=1 SearchForStuff searchfor#Stuff(<f-args>)
+   items imported from an autoload script. >
+	import autoload 'for/search.vim'
+	command -nargs=1 SearchForStuff search.Stuff(<f-args>)
 
 <   This goes in .../plugin/anyname.vim.  "anyname.vim" can be freely chosen.
+   The "SearchForStuff" command is now available to the user.
 
-2. In the autoload script do the actual work.  You can import items from
-   other files to split up functionality in appropriate pieces. >
+   The "autoload" argument to `:import` means that the script is not loaded
+   until one of the items is actually used.  The script will be found under
+   the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath' instead of the "import"
+   directory.
+
+2. In the autoload script put the bulk of the code. >
 	vim9script
-	import FilterFunc from "../import/someother.vim"
-	def searchfor#Stuff(arg: string)
-	  var filtered = FilterFunc(arg)
+	export def Stuff(arg: string)
 	  ...
-<   This goes in .../autoload/searchfor.vim.  "searchfor" in the file name
-   must be exactly the same as the prefix for the function name, that is how
-   Vim finds the file.
 
-3. Other functionality, possibly shared between plugins, contains the exported
-   items and any private items. >
-	vim9script
-	var localVar = 'local'
-	export def FilterFunc(arg: string): string
-	   ...
-<   This goes in .../import/someother.vim.
+<   This goes in .../autoload/for/search.vim.
+
+   Putting the "search.vim" script under the "/autoload/for/" directory has
+   the effect that "for#search#" will be prefixed to every exported item.  The
+   prefix is obtained from the file name, as you would to manually in a
+   legacy autoload script.  Thus the exported function can be found with
+   "for#search#Stuff", but you would normally use `import autoload` and not
+   use the prefix.
+
+   You can split up the functionality and import other scripts from the
+   autoload script as you like.  This way you can share code between plugins.
+
+For defining a mapping that uses the imported autoload script the special key
+|<ScriptCmd>| is useful.  It allows for a command in a mapping to use the
+script context of where the mapping was defined.
 
 When compiling a `:def` function and a function in an autoload script is
 encountered, the script is not loaded until the `:def` function is called.
+This also means you get any errors only at runtime, since the argument and
+return types are not known yet.
+
+For testing the |test_override()| function can be used to have the
+`import autoload` load the script right away, so that the items and types can
+be checked without waiting for them to be actually used: >
+	test_override('autoload', 1)
+Reset it later with: >
+	test_override('autoload', 0)
+Or: >
+	test_override('ALL', 0)
 
 
 Import in legacy Vim script ~
 
 If an `import` statement is used in legacy Vim script, the script-local "s:"
-namespace will be used for the imported item, even when "s:" is not specified.
+namespace will be used for the imported items, even when "s:" is not
+specified.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -1676,6 +1752,9 @@ Specific items from TypeScript we avoid:
 - TypeScript has various "Readonly" types, which have limited usefulness,
   since a type cast can remove the immutable nature.  Vim locks the value,
   which is more flexible, but is only checked at runtime.
+- TypeScript has a complicated "import" statement that does not match how the
+  Vim import mechanism works.  A much simpler mechanism is used instead, which
+  matches that the imported script is only sourced once.
 
 
 Declarations ~

runtime/doc/vimdiff-ja.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 .TH VIMDIFF 1 "2001 March 30"
 .SH 名前
-vimdiff \- 二つか三つか四つのファイルを Vim で開いて、その差分を表示する
+vimdiff \- 2 個から 8 個のファイルを Vim で開いて、その差分を表示する
 .SH 書式
 .br
 .B vimdiff
-[options] file1 file2 [file3 [file4]]
+[options] file1 file2 [file3 [file4 [file5 [file6 [file7 [file8]]]]]]
 .PP
 .B gvimdiff
 .SH 説明
 .B Vimdiff
-は、二つ (か三つか四つ) のファイルを
+は、2 個から 8 個のファイルを
 .B Vim
 で開きます。
 ファイルは個別のウィンドウで開かれ、差分が強調表示されます。

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 21
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -265,6 +265,7 @@ Additionally the following commands can be used:
 	X	delete (2)					|v_X|
 	Y	yank (2)					|v_Y|
 	p	put						|v_p|
+	P	put without unnamed register overwrite		|v_P|
 	J	join (1)					|v_J|
 	U	make uppercase					|v_U|
 	u	make lowercase					|v_u|
@@ -488,6 +489,11 @@ Commands in Select mode:
 - ESC stops Select mode.
 - CTRL-O switches to Visual mode for the duration of one command. *v_CTRL-O*
 - CTRL-G switches to Visual mode.
+- CTRL-R {register} selects the register to be used for the text that is
+  deleted when typing text.					  *v_CTRL-R*
+  Unless you specify the "_" (black hole) register, the unnamed register is
+  also overwritten.
+
 
 Otherwise, typed characters are handled as in Visual mode.
 

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2021 Nov 29
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2022 Jan 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ highlight group (|hl-EndOfBuffer|) can be used to change the highlighting of
 the filler characters.
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Opening and closing a window				*opening-window* *E36*
+3. Opening and closing a window				*opening-window*
 
 CTRL-W s						*CTRL-W_s*
 CTRL-W S						*CTRL-W_S*
@@ -246,6 +246,10 @@ CTRL-W :	Does the same as typing |:| - enter a command line.  Useful in a
 
 Note that the 'splitbelow' and 'splitright' options influence where a new
 window will appear.
+								*E36*
+Creating a window will fail if there is not enough room.  Every window needs
+at least one screen line and column, sometimes more.   Options 'winminheight'
+and 'winminwidth' are relevant.
 
 						*:vert* *:vertical*
 :vert[ical] {cmd}

runtime/doc/xxd-ja.UTF-8.1

@@ -74,6 +74,7 @@
 一行
 .RI < cols >
 オクテットで出力する。標準設定は 16 (\-i: 12, \-ps: 30, \-b: 6)。最大 256。
+\-ps には最大値がありません。 \-ps 付きの場合、0 を指定すると単一の長い行で出力されます。
 .TP
 .IR \-C " | " \-capitalize
 \-i を使用した際に、C インクルードファイル形式の変数名を大文字にする。

runtime/doc/xxd.1

@@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ followed by an ascii (or ebcdic) representation. The command line switches
 Format
 .RI < cols >
 octets per line. Default 16 (\-i: 12, \-ps: 30, \-b: 6). Max 256.
+No maxmimum for \-ps. With \-ps, 0 results in one long line of output.
 .TP
 .IR \-C " | " \-capitalize
 Capitalize variable names in C include file style, when using \-i.

runtime/doc/xxd.man

@@ -42,7 +42,8 @@ OPTIONS
 
        -c cols | -cols cols
               Format  <cols> octets per line. Default 16 (-i: 12, -ps: 30, -b:
-              6). Max 256.
+              6). Max 256.  No maxmimum for -ps. With -ps, 0  results  in  one
+              long line of output.
 
        -C | -capitalize
               Capitalize variable names in C include file  style,  when  using

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2021 Dec 27
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 31
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -193,7 +193,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.awk,*.gawk		setf awk
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mch,*.ref,*.imp		setf b
 
 " BASIC or Visual Basic
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bas			call dist#ft#FTVB("basic")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bas			call dist#ft#FTbas()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bi,*.bm			call dist#ft#FTbas()
 
 " Visual Basic Script (close to Visual Basic) or Visual Basic .NET
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vb,*.vbs,*.dsm,*.ctl	setf vb
@@ -202,7 +203,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vb,*.vbs,*.dsm,*.ctl	setf vb
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.iba,*.ibi		setf ibasic
 
 " FreeBasic file (similar to QBasic)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fb,*.bi			setf freebasic
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fb			setf freebasic
 
 " Batch file for MSDOS.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bat,*.sys		setf dosbatch
@@ -497,7 +498,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */debian/patches/*	call dist#ft#Dep3patch()
 " Diff files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.diff,*.rej		setf diff
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.patch
-	\ if getline(1) =~ '^From [0-9a-f]\{40\} Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001$' |
+	\ if getline(1) =~# '^From [0-9a-f]\{40,\} Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001$' |
 	\   setf gitsendemail |
 	\ else |
 	\   setf diff |
@@ -653,6 +654,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fsl			setf framescript
 " FStab
 au BufNewFile,BufRead fstab,mtab		setf fstab
 
+" Fusion
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.fusion			setf fusion
+
 " F# or Forth
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fs			call dist#ft#FTfs()
 
@@ -665,6 +669,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .gdbinit,gdbinit		setf gdb
 " GDMO
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 
+" GDscript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gd			setf gdscript
+
+" Godot resource
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.tscn,*.tres			setf gdresource
+
 " Gedcom
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom
 
@@ -676,26 +686,28 @@ autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.gift		setf gift
 
 " Git
 au BufNewFile,BufRead COMMIT_EDITMSG,MERGE_MSG,TAG_EDITMSG	setf gitcommit
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,/etc/gitconfig	setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead NOTES_EDITMSG,EDIT_DESCRIPTION		setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,*/etc/gitconfig	setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/config			setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config.worktree			setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/worktrees/*/config.worktree		setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .gitmodules,*.git/modules/*/config	setf gitconfig
 if !empty($XDG_CONFIG_HOME)
   au BufNewFile,BufRead $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config		setf gitconfig
 endif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo		setf gitrebase
 au BufRead,BufNewFile .gitsendemail.msg.??????	setf gitsendemail
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
-      \ if getline(1) =~ '^From.*# This line is ignored.$' |
-      \   setf gitsendemail |
-      \ endif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/*
-      \ if getline(1) =~ '^\x\{40\}\>\|^ref: ' |
+      \ if getline(1) =~# '^\x\{40,\}\>\|^ref: ' |
       \   setf git |
       \ endif
 
 " Gkrellmrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead gkrellmrc,gkrellmrc_?	setf gkrellmrc
 
+" GLSL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.glsl			setf glsl
+
 " GP scripts (2.0 and onward)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gp,.gprc		setf gp
 
@@ -716,15 +728,19 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead gitolite.conf		setf gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc	setf perl
 
 " Gnuplot scripts
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi			setf gnuplot
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi,.gnuplot		setf gnuplot
 
 " Go (Google)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.go			setf go
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Gopkg.lock		setf toml
+au BufRead,BufNewFile go.work			setf gowork
 
 " GrADS scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gs			setf grads
 
+" GraphQL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.graphql,*.graphqls,*.gql			setf graphql
+
 " Gretl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gretl			setf gretl
 
@@ -740,12 +756,18 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/group,*/etc/group-,*/etc/group.edit,*/etc/gshadow,*/
 " GTK RC
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .gtkrc,gtkrc		setf gtkrc
 
+" Hack
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hack,*.hackpartial			setf hack
+
 " Haml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.haml			setf haml
 
 " Hamster Classic | Playground files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hsm			setf hamster
 
+" Handlebars
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hbs			setf handlebars
+
 " Haskell
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hs,*.hsc,*.hs-boot,*.hsig setf haskell
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lhs			setf lhaskell
@@ -758,12 +780,21 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead cabal.config		setf cabalconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ht			setf haste
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.htpp			setf hastepreproc
 
+" HCL
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hcl			setf hcl
+
 " Hercules
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vc,*.ev,*.sum,*.errsum	setf hercules
 
+" HEEx
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.heex			setf heex
+
 " HEX (Intel)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hex,*.h32		setf hex
 
+" Hjson
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hjson			setf hjson
+
 " Hollywood
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hws			setf hollywood
 
@@ -888,6 +919,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial	setf jovial
 " JSON
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp,*.webmanifest	setf json
 
+" JSON5
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json5			setf json5
+
 " JSON Patch (RFC 6902)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json-patch			setf json
 
@@ -939,6 +973,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ldif			setf ldif
 " Ld loader
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ld			setf ld
 
+" Ledger
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.ldg,*.ledger,*.journal			setf ledger
+
 " Less
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.less			setf less
 
@@ -1176,6 +1213,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nginx,nginx*.conf,*nginx.conf,*/etc/nginx/*,*/usr/local/
 " Ninja file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ninja			setf ninja
 
+" Nix
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.nix			setf nix
+
 " NPM RC file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead npmrc,.npmrc		setf dosini
 
@@ -1217,6 +1257,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xom,*.xin		setf omnimark
 " OPAM
 au BufNewFile,BufRead opam,*.opam,*.opam.template setf opam
 
+" OpenFOAM
+au BufNewFile,BufRead [a-zA-Z0-9]*Dict\(.*\)\=,[a-zA-Z]*Properties\(.*\)\=,*Transport\(.*\),fvSchemes,fvSolution,fvConstrains,fvModels,*/constant/g,*/0\(\.orig\)\=/* call dist#ft#FTfoam()
+
 " OpenROAD
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.or			setf openroad
 
@@ -1358,6 +1401,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *printcap
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *termcap
 	\ let b:ptcap_type = "term" | setf ptcap
 
+" Prisma
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.prisma			setf prisma
+
 " PCCTS / ANTLR
 "au BufNewFile,BufRead *.g			setf antlr
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.g			setf pccts
@@ -1365,6 +1411,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.g			setf pccts
 " PPWizard
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.it,*.ih			setf ppwiz
 
+" Pug
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.pug			setf pug
+
 " Puppet
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Puppetfile		setf ruby
 
@@ -1430,6 +1479,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pyx,*.pxd		setf pyrex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.py,*.pyw,.pythonstartup,.pythonrc  setf python
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ptl,*.pyi,SConstruct		   setf python
 
+" QL
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.ql,*.qll		setf ql
+
 " Radiance
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rad,*.mat		setf radiance
 
@@ -1834,6 +1886,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/sudoers,sudoers.tmp	setf sudoers
 " SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.svg			setf svg
 
+" Surface
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.sface			setf surface
+
 " Tads (or Nroff or Perl test file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.t
 	\ if !dist#ft#FTnroff() && !dist#ft#FTperl() | setf tads | endif
@@ -1851,6 +1906,9 @@ au BufRead,BufNewFile *.task			setf taskedit
 " Tcl (JACL too)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tcl,*.tm,*.tk,*.itcl,*.itk,*.jacl,.tclshrc,.wishrc	setf tcl
 
+" Teal
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.tl			setf teal
+
 " TealInfo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tli			setf tli
 
@@ -1868,6 +1926,9 @@ au BufRead,BufNewFile *.ttl
 " Terminfo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ti			setf terminfo
 
+" Terraform
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.tfvars			setf terraform
+
 " TeX
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.latex,*.sty,*.dtx,*.ltx,*.bbl	setf tex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tex			call dist#ft#FTtex()
@@ -1885,7 +1946,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead texmf.cnf			setf texmf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .tidyrc,tidyrc,tidy.conf	setf tidy
 
 " TF mud client
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tf,.tfrc,tfrc		setf tf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .tfrc,tfrc		setf tf
+
+" TF mud client or terraform
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tf			call dist#ft#FTtf()
+
+" TLA+
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tla			setf tla
 
 " tmux configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead {.,}tmux*.conf		setf tmux
@@ -1894,7 +1961,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead {.,}tmux*.conf		setf tmux
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.toml			setf toml
 
 " TPP - Text Presentation Program
-au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.tpp			setf tpp
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tpp			setf tpp
 
 " Treetop
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.treetop			setf treetop
@@ -1951,6 +2018,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */.init/*.conf,*/.init/*.override	       setf upstart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.conf		       setf upstart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.override	       setf upstart
 
+" Vala
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vala			setf vala
+
 " Vera
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vr,*.vri,*.vrh		setf vera
 
@@ -1981,7 +2051,7 @@ au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hw,*.module,*.pkg
 	\ endif
 
 " Visual Basic (also uses *.bas) or FORM
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.frm			call dist#ft#FTVB("form")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.frm			call dist#ft#FTfrm()
 
 " SaxBasic is close to Visual Basic
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sba			setf vb
@@ -2145,6 +2215,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.raml			setf raml
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
 
+" YANG
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.yang			setf yang
+
 " Zimbu
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu			setf zimbu
 " Zimbu Templates
@@ -2286,6 +2359,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead Kconfig.*			call s:StarSetf('kconfig')
 " Lilo: Linux loader
 au BufNewFile,BufRead lilo.conf*		call s:StarSetf('lilo')
 
+" Libsensors
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/sensors.d/[^.]*	call s:StarSetf('sensors')
+
 " Logcheck
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/logcheck/*.d*/*	call s:StarSetf('logcheck')
 

runtime/ftplugin/basic.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:	BASIC
+" Language:	BASIC (QuickBASIC 4.5)
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2015 Jan 10
+" Last Change:	2021 Mar 16
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -11,17 +11,46 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-setlocal comments=:REM,:'
+setlocal comments=:REM\ ,:Rem\ ,:rem\ ,:'
 setlocal commentstring='\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 
-if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
-  let b:browsefilter = "BASIC Source Files (*.bas)\t*.bas\n" .
-		     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+" TODO: support exit ... as middle matches?
+if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
+  let s:line_start	= '\%(^\s*\)\@<='
+  let s:not_end		= '\%(end\s\+\)\@<!'
+  let s:not_end_or_exit	= '\%(\%(end\|exit\)\s\+\)\@<!'
+
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 1
+  let b:match_words =
+		\     s:not_end_or_exit .. '\<def\s\+fn:\<end\s\+def\>,' ..
+		\     s:not_end_or_exit .. '\<function\>:\<end\s\+function\>,' ..
+		\     s:not_end_or_exit .. '\<sub\>:\<end\s\+sub\>,' ..
+		\     s:not_end .. '\<type\>:\<end\s\+type\>,' ..
+		\     s:not_end .. '\<select\>:\%(select\s\+\)\@<!\<case\%(\s\+\%(else\|is\)\)\=\>:\<end\s\+select\>,' ..
+		\     '\<do\>:\<loop\>,' ..
+		\     '\<for\>\%(\s\+\%(input\|output\|random\|append\|binary\)\)\@!:\<next\>,' ..
+		\     '\<while\>:\<wend\>,' ..
+		\     s:line_start .. 'if\%(.*\<then\s*\%($\|''\)\)\@=:\<\%(' .. s:line_start .. 'else\|elseif\)\>:\<end\s\+if\>,' ..
+		\     '\<lock\>:\<unlock\>'
+
+  let b:match_skip = 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."),1),"name") =~? "comment\\|string" || ' ..
+		\    'strpart(getline("."), 0, col(".") ) =~? "\\<exit\\s\\+"'
+
+  unlet s:line_start s:not_end s:not_end_or_exit
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< cms< sua<" .
-		    \ " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "BASIC Source Files (*.bas)\t*.bas\n" ..
+		\      "BASIC Include Files (*.bi, *.bm)\t*.bi;*.bm\n" ..
+		\      "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< com< cms<" ..
+		\     " | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_skip b:match_words" ..
+		\     " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet fdm=marker:

runtime/ftplugin/freebasic.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,65 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:	FreeBasic
+" Language:	FreeBASIC
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2015 Jan 10
+" Last Change:	2021 Mar 16
 
+" Setup {{{1
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
-let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 runtime! ftplugin/basic.vim
 
-" vim: ts=8
+let s:dialect = freebasic#GetDialect()
+
+" Comments {{{1
+" add ''comments before 'comments
+let &l:comments = "sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/',mb:',ex:'/,:''," .. &l:comments
+
+" Match words {{{1
+if exists("loaded_matchit")
+  let s:not_end = '\%(end\s\+\)\@<!'
+
+  let b:match_words ..= ','
+
+  if s:dialect == 'fb'
+    let b:match_words ..= s:not_end .. '\<constructor\>:\<end\s\+constructor\>,' ..
+		  \	  s:not_end .. '\<destructor\>:\<end\s\+destructor\>,' ..
+		  \	  s:not_end .. '\<property\>:\<end\s\+property\>,' ..
+		  \	  s:not_end .. '\<operator\>:\<end\s\+operator\>,' ..
+		  \	  s:not_end .. '\<extern\%(\s\+"\)\@=:\<end\s\+extern\>,'
+  endif
+
+  if s:dialect == 'fb' || s:dialect == 'deprecated'
+    let b:match_words ..= s:not_end .. '\<scope\>:\<end\s\+scope\>,'
+  endif
+
+  if s:dialect == 'qb'
+    let b:match_words ..= s:not_end .. '\<__asm\>:\<end\s\+__asm\>,' ..
+		  \	  s:not_end .. '\<__union\>:\<end\s\+__union\>,' ..
+		  \	  s:not_end .. '\<__with\>:\<end\s\+__with\>,'
+  else
+    let b:match_words ..= s:not_end .. '\<asm\>:\<end\s\+asm\>,' ..
+		  \	  s:not_end .. '\<namespace\>:\<end\s\+namespace\>,' ..
+		  \	  s:not_end .. '\<union\>:\<end\s\+union\>,' ..
+		  \	  s:not_end .. '\<with\>:\<end\s\+with\>,'
+  endif
+
+  let b:match_words ..= s:not_end .. '\<enum\>:\<end\s\+enum\>,' ..
+		  \	'^#\s*\%(if\|ifdef\|ifndef\)\>:^#\s*\%(else\|elseif\)\>:^#\s*endif\>,' ..
+		  \	'^#\s*macro\>:^#\s*endmacro\>'
+
+  " skip "function = <retval>"
+  let b:match_skip ..= '|| strpart(getline("."), col(".") - 1) =~? "^\\<function\\s\\+="'
+
+  unlet s:not_end
+endif
+
+" Cleanup {{{1
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet fdm=marker:

runtime/ftplugin/git.vim

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-" Vim filetype plugin
-" Language:	generic git output
-" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
-
-" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
-if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
-  finish
-endif
-let b:did_ftplugin = 1
-
-if !exists('b:git_dir')
-  if expand('%:p') =~# '[\/]\.git[\/]modules[\/]\|:[\/][\/]\|^\a\a\+:'
-    " Stay out of the way
-  elseif expand('%:p') =~# '[\/]\.git[\/]worktrees'
-    let b:git_dir = matchstr(expand('%:p'),'.*\.git[\/]worktrees[\/][^\/]\+\>')
-  elseif expand('%:p') =~# '\.git\>'
-    let b:git_dir = matchstr(expand('%:p'),'.*\.git\>')
-  elseif $GIT_DIR != ''
-    let b:git_dir = $GIT_DIR
-  endif
-  if (has('win32') || has('win64')) && exists('b:git_dir')
-    let b:git_dir = substitute(b:git_dir,'\\','/','g')
-  endif
-endif
-
-if exists('*shellescape') && exists('b:git_dir') && b:git_dir != ''
-  if b:git_dir =~# '/\.git$' " Not a bare repository
-    let &l:path = escape(fnamemodify(b:git_dir,':h'),'\, ').','.&l:path
-  endif
-  let &l:path = escape(b:git_dir,'\, ').','.&l:path
-  let &l:keywordprg = 'git --git-dir='.shellescape(b:git_dir).' show'
-else
-  setlocal keywordprg=git\ show
-endif
-if has('gui_running')
-  let &l:keywordprg = substitute(&l:keywordprg,'^git\>','git --no-pager','')
-endif
-
-setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'^[^/]\\+/','','')
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl keywordprg< path< includeexpr<"

runtime/ftplugin/gitcommit.vim

@@ -1,66 +1,57 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	git commit file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
   finish
 endif
 
-runtime! ftplugin/git.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal nomodeline tabstop=8 formatoptions+=tl textwidth=72
 setlocal formatoptions-=c formatoptions-=r formatoptions-=o formatoptions-=q formatoptions+=n
 setlocal formatlistpat+=\\\|^\\s*[-*+]\\s\\+
+setlocal include=^+++
+setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'^[bi]/','','')
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline< tabstop< formatoptions< tw< com< cms< formatlistpat<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl modeline< tabstop< formatoptions< tw< com< cms< formatlistpat< inc< inex<'
 
-if exists("g:no_gitcommit_commands") || v:version < 700
+let s:l = search('\C\m^[#;@!$%^&|:] -\{24,\} >8 -\{24,\}$', 'cnW', '', 100)
+let &l:comments = ':' . (matchstr(getline(s:l ? s:l : '$'), '^[#;@!$%^&|:]\S\@!') . '#')[0]
+let &l:commentstring = &l:comments[1] . ' %s'
+unlet s:l
+
+if exists("g:no_gitcommit_commands")
   finish
 endif
 
-if !exists("b:git_dir")
-  let b:git_dir = expand("%:p:h")
-endif
-
-command! -bang -bar -buffer -complete=custom,s:diffcomplete -nargs=* DiffGitCached :call s:gitdiffcached(<bang>0,b:git_dir,<f-args>)
+command! -bang -bar -buffer -complete=custom,s:diffcomplete -nargs=* DiffGitCached :call s:gitdiffcached(<bang>0, <f-args>)
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . "|delc DiffGitCached"
 
-function! s:diffcomplete(A,L,P)
+function! s:diffcomplete(A, L, P) abort
   let args = ""
   if a:P <= match(a:L." -- "," -- ")+3
     let args = args . "-p\n--stat\n--shortstat\n--summary\n--patch-with-stat\n--no-renames\n-B\n-M\n-C\n"
   end
-  if exists("b:git_dir") && a:A !~ '^-'
-    let tree = fnamemodify(b:git_dir,':h')
-    if strpart(getcwd(),0,strlen(tree)) == tree
-      let args = args."\n".system("git diff --cached --name-only")
-    endif
+  if a:A !~ '^-' && !empty(getftype('.git'))
+    let args = args."\n".system("git diff --cached --name-only")
   endif
   return args
 endfunction
 
-function! s:gitdiffcached(bang,gitdir,...)
-  let tree = fnamemodify(a:gitdir,':h')
+function! s:gitdiffcached(bang, ...) abort
   let name = tempname()
-  let git = "git"
-  if strpart(getcwd(),0,strlen(tree)) != tree
-    let git .= " --git-dir=".(exists("*shellescape") ? shellescape(a:gitdir) : '"'.a:gitdir.'"')
-  endif
   if a:0
-    let extra = join(map(copy(a:000),exists("*shellescape") ? 'shellescape(v:val)' : "'\"'.v:val.'\"'"))
+    let extra = join(map(copy(a:000), 'shellescape(v:val)'))
   else
     let extra = "-p --stat=".&columns
   endif
-  call system(git." diff --cached --no-color --no-ext-diff ".extra." > ".(exists("*shellescape") ? shellescape(name) : name))
-  exe "pedit ".(exists("*fnameescape") ? fnameescape(name) : name)
+  call system("git diff --cached --no-color --no-ext-diff ".extra." > ".shellescape(name))
+  exe "pedit " . fnameescape(name)
   wincmd P
-  let b:git_dir = a:gitdir
-  command! -bang -bar -buffer -complete=custom,s:diffcomplete -nargs=* DiffGitCached :call s:gitdiffcached(<bang>0,b:git_dir,<f-args>)
-  nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q :q<CR>
+  command! -bang -bar -buffer -complete=custom,s:diffcomplete -nargs=* DiffGitCached :call s:gitdiffcached(<bang>0, <f-args>)
   setlocal buftype=nowrite nobuflisted noswapfile nomodifiable filetype=git
 endfunction

runtime/ftplugin/gitrebase.vim

@@ -1,22 +1,20 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	git rebase --interactive
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 05
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
   finish
 endif
 
-runtime! ftplugin/git.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=t
+let &l:comments = ':' . (matchstr(getline('$'), '^[#;@!$%^&|:]\S\@!') . '#')[0]
+let &l:commentstring = &l:comments[1] . ' %s'
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
 setlocal nomodeline
-if !exists("b:undo_ftplugin")
-  let b:undo_ftplugin = ""
-endif
-let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin."|setl com< cms< fo< ml<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo< ml<"
 
 function! s:choose(word) abort
   s/^\(\w\+\>\)\=\(\s*\)\ze\x\{4,40\}\>/\=(strlen(submatch(1)) == 1 ? a:word[0] : a:word) . substitute(submatch(2),'^$',' ','')/e
@@ -41,8 +39,7 @@ if exists("g:no_plugin_maps") || exists("g:no_gitrebase_maps")
   finish
 endif
 
-nnoremap <buffer> <expr> K col('.') < 7 && expand('<Lt>cword>') =~ '\X' && getline('.') =~ '^\w\+\s\+\x\+\>' ? 'wK' : 'K'
 nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-A> :<C-U><C-R>=v:count1<CR>Cycle<CR>
 nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-X> :<C-U><C-R>=v:count1<CR>Cycle!<CR>
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . "|exe 'nunmap <buffer> K'|exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-A>'|exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-X>'"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin . "|exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-A>'|exe 'nunmap <buffer> <C-X>'"

runtime/ftplugin/qb64.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	QB64
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+runtime! ftplugin/basic.vim
+
+let s:not_end = '\%(end\s\+\)\@<!'
+
+let b:match_words ..= ',' ..
+		\     s:not_end .. '\<declare\>:\<end\s\+declare\>,' ..
+		\     '\<select\s\+everycase\>:\%(select\s\+\)\@<!\<case\%(\s\+\%(else\|is\)\)\=\>:\<end\s\+select\>,' ..
+		\     '$IF\>:$\%(ELSEIF\|ELSE\)\>:$END\s*IF\>'
+
+unlet s:not_end
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet fdm=marker:

runtime/gvim.desktop

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 # Translators: This is the Application Name used in the GVim desktop file
 Name[de]=GVim
 Name[eo]=GVim
+Name[fi]=GVim
 Name[fr]=GVim
 Name[it]=GVim
 Name[ru]=GVim
@@ -13,6 +14,7 @@ Name=GVim
 # Translators: This is the Generic Application Name used in the Vim desktop file
 GenericName[de]=Texteditor
 GenericName[eo]=Tekstoredaktilo
+GenericName[fi]=Tekstinmuokkain
 GenericName[fr]=Éditeur de texte
 GenericName[it]=Editor di testi
 GenericName[ja]=テキストエディタ
@@ -23,6 +25,7 @@ GenericName=Text Editor
 # Translators: This is the comment used in the Vim desktop file
 Comment[de]=Textdateien bearbeiten
 Comment[eo]=Redakti tekstajn dosierojn
+Comment[fi]=Muokkaa tekstitiedostoja
 Comment[fr]=Éditer des fichiers texte
 Comment[it]=Edita file di testo
 Comment[ja]=テキストファイルを編集します
@@ -54,7 +57,6 @@ Comment[es]=Edita archivos de texto
 Comment[et]=Redigeeri tekstifaile
 Comment[eu]=Editatu testu-fitxategiak
 Comment[fa]=ویرایش پرونده‌های متنی
-Comment[fi]=Muokkaa tekstitiedostoja
 Comment[ga]=Eagar comhad Téacs
 Comment[gu]=લખાણ ફાઇલોમાં ફેરફાર કરો
 Comment[he]=ערוך קבצי טקסט
@@ -103,6 +105,7 @@ Type=Application
 # Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT change the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
 Keywords[de]=Text;Editor;
 Keywords[eo]=Teksto;redaktilo;
+Keywords[fi]=Teksti;muokkain;editori;
 Keywords[fr]=Texte;éditeur;
 Keywords[it]=Testo;editor;
 Keywords[ja]=テキスト;エディタ;

runtime/indent/basic.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	BASIC (QuickBASIC 4.5)
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 24
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+runtime! indent/vb.vim

runtime/indent/freebasic.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	FreeBASIC
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 24
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+runtime! indent/vb.vim

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent script for HTML
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
 " Original Author: Andy Wokula <anwoku@yahoo.de>
-" Last Change:	2021 Jun 13
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 31
 " Version:	1.0 "{{{
 " Description:	HTML indent script with cached state for faster indenting on a
 "		range of lines.
@@ -149,6 +149,15 @@ func HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
       let b:html_indent_line_limit = 200
     endif
   endif
+
+  if exists('b:html_indent_attribute')
+    let b:hi_attr_indent = b:html_indent_attribute
+  elseif exists('g:html_indent_attribute')
+    let b:hi_attr_indent = g:html_indent_attribute
+  else
+    let b:hi_attr_indent = 2
+  endif
+
 endfunc "}}}
 
 " Init Script Vars
@@ -946,11 +955,11 @@ func s:InsideTag(foundHtmlString)
       let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '\s\+\zs\w')
     endif
     if idx == -1
-      " after just "<tag" indent two levels more
+      " after just "<tag" indent two levels more by default
       let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '$')
       if idx >= 0
 	call cursor(lnum, idx + 1)
-	return virtcol('.') - 1 + shiftwidth() * 2
+	return virtcol('.') - 1 + shiftwidth() * b:hi_attr_indent
       endif
     endif
     if idx > 0

runtime/indent/qb64.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	QB64
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 24
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+runtime! indent/vb.vim

runtime/indent/testdir/html.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-" vim: set ft=html sw=4 :
+" vim: set ft=html sw=4 ts=8 :
 
 
 " START_INDENT
@@ -41,6 +41,11 @@ dd text
 dt text
 </dt>
 </dl>
+<div
+class="test"
+style="color: yellow">
+text
+</div>
 
     </body>
 </html>
@@ -50,6 +55,7 @@ dt text
 % START_INDENT
 % INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_style1 = "inc"
 % INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_script1 = "zero"
+% INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_attribute = 1
 % INDENT_EXE call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
 <html>
     <body>
@@ -61,6 +67,11 @@ div#d2 { color: green; }
 	var v1 = "v1";
 var v2 = "v2";
     </script>
+<div
+class="test"
+style="color: yellow">
+text
+</div>
 </body>
 </html>
 % END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/html.ok

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-" vim: set ft=html sw=4 :
+" vim: set ft=html sw=4 ts=8 :
 
 
 " START_INDENT
@@ -41,6 +41,11 @@ div#d2 { color: green; }
 		dt text
 	    </dt>
 	</dl>
+	<div
+		class="test"
+		style="color: yellow">
+	    text
+	</div>
 
     </body>
 </html>
@@ -50,6 +55,7 @@ div#d2 { color: green; }
 % START_INDENT
 % INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_style1 = "inc"
 % INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_script1 = "zero"
+% INDENT_EXE let g:html_indent_attribute = 1
 % INDENT_EXE call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
 <html>
     <body>
@@ -61,6 +67,11 @@ div#d2 { color: green; }
 var v1 = "v1";
 var v2 = "v2";
 	</script>
+	<div
+	    class="test"
+	    style="color: yellow">
+	    text
+	</div>
     </body>
 </html>
 % END_INDENT

runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/autoload/matchit.vim

@@ -763,9 +763,9 @@ fun! s:ParseSkip(str)
       let skip = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') !~? '" ..
         \ strpart(skip,2) .. "'"
     elseif skip[0] == "r"
-      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
+      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))=~'" .. strpart(skip,2) .. "'"
     elseif skip[0] == "R"
-      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" . strpart(skip,2). "'"
+      let skip = "strpart(getline('.'),0,col('.'))!~'" .. strpart(skip,2) .. "'"
     endif
   endif
   return skip

runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 "
 " Author: Bram Moolenaar
 " Copyright: Vim license applies, see ":help license"
-" Last Change: 2021 Dec 16
+" Last Change: 2022 Jan 17
 "
 " WORK IN PROGRESS - Only the basics work
 " Note: On MS-Windows you need a recent version of gdb.  The one included with
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ func s:StartDebug_internal(dict)
     if &columns < g:termdebug_wide
       let s:save_columns = &columns
       let &columns = g:termdebug_wide
-      " If we make the Vim window wider, use the whole left halve for the debug
+      " If we make the Vim window wider, use the whole left half for the debug
       " windows.
       let s:allleft = 1
     endif
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ func s:StartDebug_prompt(dict)
     call s:SendCommand('set env COLORS = ' . &t_Co)
     call s:SendCommand('set env VIM_TERMINAL = ' . v:version)
   else
-    " TODO: open a new terminal get get the tty name, pass on to gdb
+    " TODO: open a new terminal, get the tty name, pass on to gdb
     call s:SendCommand('show inferior-tty')
   endif
   call s:SendCommand('set print pretty on')
@@ -1067,10 +1067,10 @@ func s:GetEvaluationExpression(range, arg)
   return expr
 endfunc
 
-" clean up expression that may got in because of range
+" clean up expression that may get in because of range
 " (newlines and surrounding whitespace)
 " As it can also be specified via ex-command for assignments this function
-" may not change the "content" parts (like replacing contained spaces
+" may not change the "content" parts (like replacing contained spaces)
 func s:CleanupExpr(expr)
   " replace all embedded newlines/tabs/...
   let expr = substitute(a:expr, '\_s', ' ', 'g')
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ func s:HandleEvaluate(msg)
     \ ->substitute('.*value="\(.*\)"', '\1', '')
     \ ->substitute('\\"', '"', 'g')
     \ ->substitute('\\\\', '\\', 'g')
-    "\ multi-byte characters arrive in octal form, replace everthing but NULL values
+    "\ multi-byte characters arrive in octal form, replace everything but NULL values
     \ ->substitute('\\000', s:NullRepl, 'g')
     \ ->substitute('\\\o\o\o', {-> eval('"' .. submatch(0) .. '"')}, 'g')
     "\ Note: GDB docs also mention hex encodings - the translations below work
@@ -1252,8 +1252,18 @@ func s:HandleCursor(msg)
   if a:msg =~ '^\(\*stopped\|=thread-selected\)' && filereadable(fname)
     let lnum = substitute(a:msg, '.*line="\([^"]*\)".*', '\1', '')
     if lnum =~ '^[0-9]*$'
-    call s:GotoSourcewinOrCreateIt()
+      call s:GotoSourcewinOrCreateIt()
       if expand('%:p') != fnamemodify(fname, ':p')
+echomsg 'different fname: "' .. expand('%:p') .. '" vs "' .. fnamemodify(fname, ':p') .. '"'
+	augroup Termdebug
+	  " Always open a file read-only instead of showing the ATTENTION
+	  " prompt, since we are unlikely to want to edit the file.
+	  " The file may be changed but not saved, warn for that.
+	  au SwapExists * echohl WarningMsg
+		\ | echo 'Warning: file is being edited elsewhere'
+		\ | echohl None
+		\ | let v:swapchoice = '0'
+	augroup END
 	if &modified
 	  " TODO: find existing window
 	  exe 'split ' . fnameescape(fname)
@@ -1262,6 +1272,9 @@ func s:HandleCursor(msg)
 	else
 	  exe 'edit ' . fnameescape(fname)
 	endif
+	augroup Termdebug
+	  au! SwapExists
+	augroup END
       endif
       exe lnum
       normal! zv

runtime/scripts.vim

@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ else
     set ft=scheme
 
   " Git output
-  elseif s:line1 =~# '^\(commit\|tree\|object\) \x\{40\}\>\|^tag \S\+$'
+  elseif s:line1 =~# '^\(commit\|tree\|object\) \x\{40,\}\>\|^tag \S\+$'
     set ft=git
 
    " Gprof (gnu profiler)
@@ -406,6 +406,12 @@ else
   elseif s:line1 =~# '^#.*by RouterOS.*$'
     set ft=routeros
 
+  " Sed scripts
+  " #ncomment is allowed but most likely a false positive so require a space
+  " before any trailing comment text
+  elseif s:line1 =~# '^#n\%($\|\s\)'
+    set ft=sed
+
   " CVS diff
   else
     let s:lnum = 1

runtime/syntax/basic.vim

@@ -1,14 +1,15 @@
 " Vim syntax file
-" Language:		BASIC
+" Language:		BASIC (QuickBASIC 4.5)
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Previous Maintainer:	Allan Kelly <allan@fruitloaf.co.uk>
 " Contributors:		Thilo Six
-" Last Change:		2015 Jan 10
+" Last Change:		2021 Aug 08
 
 " First version based on Micro$soft QBASIC circa 1989, as documented in
 " 'Learn BASIC Now' by Halvorson&Rygmyr. Microsoft Press 1989.
-" This syntax file not a complete implementation yet.  Send suggestions to the
-" maintainer.
+"
+" Second version attempts to match Microsoft QuickBASIC 4.5 while keeping FreeBASIC
+" (-lang qb) and QB64 (excluding extensions) in mind. -- DJK
 
 " Prelude {{{1
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -18,154 +19,357 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-" Keywords {{{1
-syn keyword basicStatement	BEEP beep Beep BLOAD bload Bload BSAVE bsave Bsave
-syn keyword basicStatement	CALL call Call ABSOLUTE absolute Absolute
-syn keyword basicStatement	CHAIN chain Chain CHDIR chdir Chdir
-syn keyword basicStatement	CIRCLE circle Circle CLEAR clear Clear
-syn keyword basicStatement	CLOSE close Close CLS cls Cls COLOR color Color
-syn keyword basicStatement	COM com Com COMMON common Common
-syn keyword basicStatement	CONST const Const DATA data Data
-syn keyword basicStatement	DECLARE declare Declare DEF def Def
-syn keyword basicStatement	DEFDBL defdbl Defdbl DEFINT defint Defint
-syn keyword basicStatement	DEFLNG deflng Deflng DEFSNG defsng Defsng
-syn keyword basicStatement	DEFSTR defstr Defstr DIM dim Dim
-syn keyword basicStatement	DO do Do LOOP loop Loop
-syn keyword basicStatement	DRAW draw Draw END end End
-syn keyword basicStatement	ENVIRON environ Environ ERASE erase Erase
-syn keyword basicStatement	ERROR error Error EXIT exit Exit
-syn keyword basicStatement	FIELD field Field FILES files Files
-syn keyword basicStatement	FOR for For NEXT next Next
-syn keyword basicStatement	FUNCTION function Function GET get Get
-syn keyword basicStatement	GOSUB gosub Gosub GOTO goto Goto
-syn keyword basicStatement	IF if If THEN then Then ELSE else Else
-syn keyword basicStatement	INPUT input Input INPUT# input# Input#
-syn keyword basicStatement	IOCTL ioctl Ioctl KEY key Key
-syn keyword basicStatement	KILL kill Kill LET let Let
-syn keyword basicStatement	LINE line Line LOCATE locate Locate
-syn keyword basicStatement	LOCK lock Lock UNLOCK unlock Unlock
-syn keyword basicStatement	LPRINT lprint Lprint USING using Using
-syn keyword basicStatement	LSET lset Lset MKDIR mkdir Mkdir
-syn keyword basicStatement	NAME name Name ON on On
-syn keyword basicStatement	ERROR error Error OPEN open Open
-syn keyword basicStatement	OPTION option Option BASE base Base
-syn keyword basicStatement	OUT out Out PAINT paint Paint
-syn keyword basicStatement	PALETTE palette Palette PCOPY pcopy Pcopy
-syn keyword basicStatement	PEN pen Pen PLAY play Play
-syn keyword basicStatement	PMAP pmap Pmap POKE poke Poke
-syn keyword basicStatement	PRESET preset Preset PRINT print Print
-syn keyword basicStatement	PRINT# print# Print# USING using Using
-syn keyword basicStatement	PSET pset Pset PUT put Put
-syn keyword basicStatement	RANDOMIZE randomize Randomize READ read Read
-syn keyword basicStatement	REDIM redim Redim RESET reset Reset
-syn keyword basicStatement	RESTORE restore Restore RESUME resume Resume
-syn keyword basicStatement	RETURN return Return RMDIR rmdir Rmdir
-syn keyword basicStatement	RSET rset Rset RUN run Run
-syn keyword basicStatement	SEEK seek Seek SELECT select Select
-syn keyword basicStatement	CASE case Case SHARED shared Shared
-syn keyword basicStatement	SHELL shell Shell SLEEP sleep Sleep
-syn keyword basicStatement	SOUND sound Sound STATIC static Static
-syn keyword basicStatement	STOP stop Stop STRIG strig Strig
-syn keyword basicStatement	SUB sub Sub SWAP swap Swap
-syn keyword basicStatement	SYSTEM system System TIMER timer Timer
-syn keyword basicStatement	TROFF troff Troff TRON tron Tron
-syn keyword basicStatement	TYPE type Type UNLOCK unlock Unlock
-syn keyword basicStatement	VIEW view View WAIT wait Wait
-syn keyword basicStatement	WHILE while While WEND wend Wend
-syn keyword basicStatement	WIDTH width Width WINDOW window Window
-syn keyword basicStatement	WRITE write Write DATE$ date$ Date$
-syn keyword basicStatement	MID$ mid$ Mid$ TIME$ time$ Time$
+syn iskeyword @,48-57,.,!,#,%,&,$
+syn case      ignore
 
-syn keyword basicFunction	ABS abs Abs ASC asc Asc
-syn keyword basicFunction	ATN atn Atn CDBL cdbl Cdbl
-syn keyword basicFunction	CINT cint Cint CLNG clng Clng
-syn keyword basicFunction	COS cos Cos CSNG csng Csng
-syn keyword basicFunction	CSRLIN csrlin Csrlin CVD cvd Cvd
-syn keyword basicFunction	CVDMBF cvdmbf Cvdmbf CVI cvi Cvi
-syn keyword basicFunction	CVL cvl Cvl CVS cvs Cvs
-syn keyword basicFunction	CVSMBF cvsmbf Cvsmbf EOF eof Eof
-syn keyword basicFunction	ERDEV erdev Erdev ERL erl Erl
-syn keyword basicFunction	ERR err Err EXP exp Exp
-syn keyword basicFunction	FILEATTR fileattr Fileattr FIX fix Fix
-syn keyword basicFunction	FRE fre Fre FREEFILE freefile Freefile
-syn keyword basicFunction	INP inp Inp INSTR instr Instr
-syn keyword basicFunction	INT int Int LBOUND lbound Lbound
-syn keyword basicFunction	LEN len Len LOC loc Loc
-syn keyword basicFunction	LOF lof Lof LOG log Log
-syn keyword basicFunction	LPOS lpos Lpos PEEK peek Peek
-syn keyword basicFunction	PEN pen Pen POINT point Point
-syn keyword basicFunction	POS pos Pos RND rnd Rnd
-syn keyword basicFunction	SADD sadd Sadd SCREEN screen Screen
-syn keyword basicFunction	SEEK seek Seek SETMEM setmem Setmem
-syn keyword basicFunction	SGN sgn Sgn SIN sin Sin
-syn keyword basicFunction	SPC spc Spc SQR sqr Sqr
-syn keyword basicFunction	STICK stick Stick STRIG strig Strig
-syn keyword basicFunction	TAB tab Tab TAN tan Tan
-syn keyword basicFunction	UBOUND ubound Ubound VAL val Val
-syn keyword basicFunction	VALPTR valptr Valptr VALSEG valseg Valseg
-syn keyword basicFunction	VARPTR varptr Varptr VARSEG varseg Varseg
-syn keyword basicFunction	CHR$ Chr$ chr$ COMMAND$ command$ Command$
-syn keyword basicFunction	DATE$ date$ Date$ ENVIRON$ environ$ Environ$
-syn keyword basicFunction	ERDEV$ erdev$ Erdev$ HEX$ hex$ Hex$
-syn keyword basicFunction	INKEY$ inkey$ Inkey$ INPUT$ input$ Input$
-syn keyword basicFunction	IOCTL$ ioctl$ Ioctl$ LCASES$ lcases$ Lcases$
-syn keyword basicFunction	LAFT$ laft$ Laft$ LTRIM$ ltrim$ Ltrim$
-syn keyword basicFunction	MID$ mid$ Mid$ MKDMBF$ mkdmbf$ Mkdmbf$
-syn keyword basicFunction	MKD$ mkd$ Mkd$ MKI$ mki$ Mki$
-syn keyword basicFunction	MKL$ mkl$ Mkl$ MKSMBF$ mksmbf$ Mksmbf$
-syn keyword basicFunction	MKS$ mks$ Mks$ OCT$ oct$ Oct$
-syn keyword basicFunction	RIGHT$ right$ Right$ RTRIM$ rtrim$ Rtrim$
-syn keyword basicFunction	SPACE$ space$ Space$ STR$ str$ Str$
-syn keyword basicFunction	STRING$ string$ String$ TIME$ time$ Time$
-syn keyword basicFunction	UCASE$ ucase$ Ucase$ VARPTR$ varptr$ Varptr$
+" Whitespace Errors {{{1
+if exists("basic_space_errors")
+  if !exists("basic_no_trail_space_error")
+    syn match basicSpaceError display excludenl "\s\+$"
+  endif
+  if !exists("basic_no_tab_space_error")
+    syn match basicSpaceError display " \+\t"me=e-1
+  endif
+endif
+
+" Comment Errors {{{1
+if !exists("basic_no_comment_errors")
+  syn match basicCommentError "\<REM\>.*"
+endif
+
+" Not Top Cluster {{{1
+syn cluster basicNotTop contains=@basicLineIdentifier,basicDataString,basicDataSeparator,basicTodo
+
+" Statements {{{1
+
+syn cluster basicStatements contains=basicStatement,basicDataStatement,basicMetaRemStatement,basicPutStatement,basicRemStatement
+
+let s:statements =<< trim EOL " {{{2
+  beep
+  bload
+  bsave
+  call
+  calls
+  case
+  chain
+  chdir
+  circle
+  clear
+  close
+  cls
+  color
+  com
+  common
+  const
+  declare
+  def
+  def\s\+seg
+  defdbl
+  defint
+  deflng
+  defsng
+  defstr
+  dim
+  do
+  draw
+  elseif
+  end
+  end\s\+\%(def\|function\|if\|select\|sub\|type\)
+  environ
+  erase
+  error
+  exit\s\+\%(def\|do\|for\|function\|sub\)
+  field
+  files
+  for
+  function
+  get
+  gosub
+  goto
+  if
+  input
+  ioctl
+  key
+  kill
+  let
+  line
+  line\s\+input
+  locate
+  lock
+  loop
+  lprint
+  lset
+  mkdir
+  name
+  next
+  on
+  on\s\+error
+  on\s\+uevent
+  open
+  open\s\+com
+  option
+  out
+  paint
+  palette
+  palette\s\+using
+  pcopy
+  pen
+  pmap
+  poke
+  preset
+  print
+  pset
+  randomize
+  read
+  redim
+  reset
+  restore
+  resume
+  return
+  rmdir
+  rset
+  run
+  select\s\+case
+  shared
+  shell
+  sleep
+  sound
+  static
+  stop
+  strig
+  sub
+  swap
+  system
+  troff
+  tron
+  type
+  uevent
+  unlock
+  using
+  view
+  view\s\+print
+  wait
+  wend
+  while
+  width
+  window
+  write
+EOL
+" }}}
+
+for s in s:statements
+  exe 'syn match basicStatement "\<' .. s .. '\>" contained'
+endfor
+
+syn match basicStatement "\<\%(then\|else\)\>" nextgroup=@basicStatements skipwhite
+
+" DATA Statement
+syn match  basicDataSeparator "," contained
+syn region basicDataStatement matchgroup=basicStatement start="\<data\>" matchgroup=basicStatementSeparator end=":\|$" contained contains=basicDataSeparator,basicDataString,basicNumber,basicFloat,basicString
+
+if !exists("basic_no_data_fold")
+  syn region basicMultilineData start="^\s*\<data\>.*\n\%(^\s*\<data\>\)\@=" end="^\s*\<data\>.*\n\%(^\s*\<data\>\)\@!" contains=basicDataStatement transparent fold keepend
+endif
+
+" PUT File I/O and Graphics statements - needs special handling for graphics
+" action verbs
+syn match  basicPutAction "\<\%(pset\|preset\|and\|or\|xor\)\>" contained
+syn region basicPutStatement matchgroup=basicStatement start="\<put\>" matchgroup=basicStatementSeparator end=":\|$" contained contains=basicKeyword,basicPutAction,basicFilenumber
+
+" Keywords {{{1
+let s:keywords =<< trim EOL " {{{2
+  absolute
+  access
+  alias
+  append
+  as
+  base
+  binary
+  byval
+  cdecl
+  com
+  def
+  do
+  for
+  function
+  gosub
+  goto
+  input
+  int86old
+  int86xold
+  interrupt
+  interruptx
+  is
+  key
+  len
+  list
+  local
+  lock
+  lprint
+  next
+  off
+  on
+  output
+  pen
+  play
+  random
+  read
+  resume
+  screen
+  seg
+  shared
+  signal
+  static
+  step
+  stop
+  strig
+  sub
+  timer
+  to
+  until
+  using
+  while
+  write
+EOL
+" }}}
+
+for k in s:keywords
+  exe 'syn match basicKeyword "\<' .. k .. '\>"'
+endfor
+
+" Functions {{{1
+syn keyword basicFunction abs asc atn cdbl chr$ cint clng command$ cos csng
+syn keyword basicFunction csrlin cvd cvdmbf cvi cvl cvs cvsmbf environ$ eof
+syn keyword basicFunction erdev erdev$ erl err exp fileattr fix fre freefile
+syn keyword basicFunction hex$ inkey$ inp input$ instr int ioctl$ left$ lbound
+syn keyword basicFunction lcase$ len loc lof log lpos ltrim$ mkd$ mkdmbf$ mki$
+syn keyword basicFunction mkl$ mks$ mksmbf$ oct$ peek pen point pos right$ rnd
+syn keyword basicFunction rtrim$ sadd setmem sgn sin space$ spc sqr stick str$
+syn keyword basicFunction strig string$ tab tan ubound ucase$ val valptr
+syn keyword basicFunction valseg varptr varptr$ varseg
+
+" Functions and statements (same name) {{{1
+syn match   basicStatement "\<\%(date\$\|mid\$\|play\|screen\|seek\|time\$\|timer\)\>" contained
+syn match   basicFunction  "\<\%(date\$\|mid\$\|play\|screen\|seek\|time\$\|timer\)\>"
+
+" Types {{{1
+syn keyword basicType integer long single double string any
+
+" Strings {{{1
+
+" Unquoted DATA strings - anything except [:,] and leading or trailing whitespace
+" Needs lower priority than numbers
+syn match basicDataString "[^[:space:],:]\+\%(\s\+[^[:space:],:]\+\)*" contained
+
+syn region basicString start=+"+ end=+"+ oneline
+
+" Booleans {{{1
+if exists("basic_booleans")
+  syn keyword basicBoolean true false
+endif
 
 " Numbers {{{1
-" Integer number, or floating point number without a dot.
-syn match  basicNumber		"\<\d\+\>"
-" Floating point number, with dot
-syn match  basicNumber		"\<\d\+\.\d*\>"
-" Floating point number, starting with a dot
-syn match  basicNumber		"\.\d\+\>"
 
-" String and Character constants {{{1
-syn match   basicSpecial	"\\\d\d\d\|\\." contained
-syn region  basicString		start=+"+  skip=+\\\\\|\\"+  end=+"+	contains=basicSpecial
+" Integers
+syn match basicNumber "-\=&o\=\o\+[%&]\=\>"
+syn match basicNumber "-\=&h\x\+[%&]\=\>"
+syn match basicNumber "-\=\<\d\+[%&]\=\>"
 
-" Line numbers {{{1
-syn region  basicLineNumber	start="^\d" end="\s"
+" Floats
+syn match basicFloat "-\=\<\d\+\.\=\d*\%(\%([ed][+-]\=\d*\)\|[!#]\)\=\>"
+syn match basicFloat      "-\=\<\.\d\+\%(\%([ed][+-]\=\d*\)\|[!#]\)\=\>"
 
-" Data-type suffixes {{{1
-syn match   basicTypeSpecifier	"[a-zA-Z0-9][$%&!#]"ms=s+1
-" Used with OPEN statement
-syn match   basicFilenumber  "#\d\+"
+" Statement anchors {{{1
+syn match basicLineStart	  "^" nextgroup=@basicStatements,@basicLineIdentifier skipwhite
+syn match basicStatementSeparator ":" nextgroup=@basicStatements		      skipwhite
 
-" Mathematical operators {{{1
-" syn match   basicMathsOperator "[<>+\*^/\\=-]"
-syn match   basicMathsOperator	 "-\|=\|[:<>+\*^/\\]\|AND\|OR"
+" Line numbers and labels {{{1
+
+" QuickBASIC limits these to 65,529 and 40 chars respectively
+syn match basicLineNumber "\d\+"		  nextgroup=@basicStatements skipwhite contained
+syn match basicLineLabel  "\a[[:alnum:]]*\ze\s*:" nextgroup=@basicStatements skipwhite contained
+
+syn cluster basicLineIdentifier contains=basicLineNumber,basicLineLabel
+
+" Line Continuation {{{1
+syn match basicLineContinuation "\s*\zs_\ze\s*$"
+
+" Type suffixes {{{1
+if exists("basic_type_suffixes")
+  syn match basicTypeSuffix "\a[[:alnum:].]*\zs[$%&!#]"
+endif
+
+" File numbers {{{1
+syn match basicFilenumber "#\d\+"
+syn match basicFilenumber "#\a[[:alnum:].]*[%&!#]\="
+
+" Operators {{{1
+if exists("basic_operators")
+  syn match basicArithmeticOperator "[-+*/\\^]"
+  syn match basicRelationalOperator "<>\|<=\|>=\|[><=]"
+endif
+syn match basicLogicalOperator	  "\<\%(not\|and\|or\|xor\|eqv\|imp\)\>"
+syn match basicArithmeticOperator "\<mod\>"
+
+" Metacommands {{{1
+" Note: No trailing word boundaries.  Text may be freely mixed however there
+" must be only leading whitespace prior to the first metacommand
+syn match basicMetacommand "$INCLUDE\s*:\s*'[^']\+'" contained containedin=@basicMetaComments
+syn match basicMetacommand "$\%(DYNAMIC\|STATIC\)"   contained containedin=@basicMetaComments
 
 " Comments {{{1
-syn keyword basicTodo		TODO FIXME XXX NOTE contained
-syn region  basicComment	start="^\s*\zsREM\>" start="\%(:\s*\)\@<=REM\>" end="$" contains=basicTodo
-syn region  basicComment	start="'"					end="$" contains=basicTodo
+syn keyword basicTodo TODO FIXME XXX NOTE contained
+
+syn region basicRemStatement matchgroup=basicStatement start="REM\>" end="$" contains=basicTodo,@Spell contained
+syn region basicComment				       start="'"     end="$" contains=basicTodo,@Spell
+
+if !exists("basic_no_comment_fold")
+  syn region basicMultilineComment start="^\s*'.*\n\%(\s*'\)\@=" end="^\s*'.*\n\%(\s*'\)\@!" contains=@basicComments transparent fold keepend
+endif
+
+" Metacommands
+syn region  basicMetaRemStatement matchgroup=basicStatement start="REM\>\s*\$\@=" end="$" contains=basicTodo contained
+syn region  basicMetaComment				    start="'\s*\$\@="	  end="$" contains=basicTodo
+
+syn cluster basicMetaComments contains=basicMetaComment,basicMetaRemStatement
+syn cluster basicComments     contains=basicComment,basicMetaComment
 
 "syn sync ccomment basicComment
 
 " Default Highlighting {{{1
-hi def link basicLabel		Label
-hi def link basicConditional	Conditional
-hi def link basicRepeat		Repeat
-hi def link basicLineNumber	Comment
-hi def link basicNumber		Number
-hi def link basicError		Error
-hi def link basicStatement	Statement
-hi def link basicString		String
-hi def link basicComment	Comment
-hi def link basicSpecial	Special
-hi def link basicTodo		Todo
-hi def link basicFunction	Identifier
-hi def link basicTypeSpecifier	Type
-hi def link basicFilenumber	basicTypeSpecifier
-"hi basicMathsOperator term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold
+hi def link basicArithmeticOperator basicOperator
+hi def link basicBoolean	    Boolean
+hi def link basicComment	    Comment
+hi def link basicCommentError	    Error
+hi def link basicDataString	    basicString
+hi def link basicFilenumber	    basicTypeSuffix " TODO: better group
+hi def link basicFloat		    Float
+hi def link basicFunction	    Identifier
+hi def link basicKeyword	    Keyword
+hi def link basicLineIdentifier	    LineNr
+hi def link basicLineContinuation   Special
+hi def link basicLineLabel	    basicLineIdentifier
+hi def link basicLineNumber	    basicLineIdentifier
+hi def link basicLogicalOperator    basicOperator
+hi def link basicMetacommand	    SpecialComment
+hi def link basicMetaComment	    Comment
+hi def link basicMetaRemStatement   Comment
+hi def link basicNumber		    Number
+hi def link basicOperator	    Operator
+hi def link basicPutAction	    Keyword
+hi def link basicRelationalOperator basicOperator
+hi def link basicRemStatement	    Comment
+hi def link basicSpaceError	    Error
+hi def link basicStatementSeparator Special
+hi def link basicStatement	    Statement
+hi def link basicString		    String
+hi def link basicTodo		    Todo
+hi def link basicType		    Type
+hi def link basicTypeSuffix	    Special
+if exists("basic_legacy_syntax_groups")
+  hi def link basicTypeSpecifier      Type
+  hi def link basicTypeSuffix	      basicTypeSpecifier
+endif
 
 " Postscript {{{1
 let b:current_syntax = "basic"

runtime/syntax/git.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	generic git output
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 05
 
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
@@ -12,12 +12,28 @@ syn sync minlines=50
 
 syn include @gitDiff syntax/diff.vim
 
-syn region gitHead start=/\%^/ end=/^$/
-syn region gitHead start=/\%(^commit\%( \x\{40\}\)\{1,\}\%(\s*(.*)\)\=$\)\@=/ end=/^$/
-
-" For git reflog and git show ...^{tree}, avoid sync issues
-syn match gitHead /^\d\{6\} \%(\w\{4} \)\=\x\{40\}\%( [0-3]\)\=\t.*/
-syn match gitHead /^\x\{40\} \x\{40}\t.*/
+syn region gitHead start=/\%^\%(tag \|tree \|object \)\@=/ end=/^$/ contains=@NoSpell
+syn region gitHead start=/\%(^commit\%( \x\{4,\}\)\{1,\}\%(\s*(.*)\)\=$\)\@=/ end=/^$/ contains=@NoSpell
+" git log --oneline
+" minimize false positives by verifying contents of buffer
+if getline(1) =~# '^\x\{7,\} ' && getline('$') =~# '^\x\{7,\} '
+  syn match gitHashAbbrev /^\x\{7,\} \@=/ contains=@NoSpell
+elseif getline(1) =~#     '^[|\/\\_ ]\{-\}\*[|\/\\_ ]\{-\} \x\{7,\} '
+  syn match gitHashAbbrev /^[|\/\\_ ]\{-\}\*[|\/\\_ ]\{-\} \zs\x\{7,\} \@=/ contains=@NoSpell
+endif
+" git log --graph
+syn region gitGraph start=/\%(^[|\/\\_ ]*\*[|\/\\_ ]\{-\} commit\%( \x\{4,\}\)\{1,\}\%(\s*(.*)\)\=$\)\@=/ end=/^\%([|\/\\_ ]*$\)\@=/ contains=@NoSpell
+" git blame --porcelain
+syn region gitHead start=/\%(^\x\{40,\} \d\+ \d\+\%( \d\+\)\=$\)\@=/ end=/^\t\@=/ contains=@NoSpell
+" git ls-tree
+syn match  gitMode    /^\d\{6\}\%( \%(blob\|tree\) \x\{4,\}\t\)\@=/ nextgroup=gitType skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+" git ls-files --stage
+syn match  gitMode    /^\d\{6\}\%( \x\{4,\} [0-3]\t\)\@=/ nextgroup=gitHashStage skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+" .git/HEAD, .git/refs/
+syn match  gitKeyword /\%^ref: \@=/ nextgroup=gitReference skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitHash /\%^\x\{40,}\%$/ skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+" .git/logs/
+syn match  gitReflog /^\x\{40,\} \x\{40,\} .\{-\}\d\+\s-\d\{4\}\t.*/ skipwhite contains=@NoSpell,gitReflogOld
 
 syn region gitDiff start=/^\%(diff --git \)\@=/ end=/^\%(diff --\|$\)\@=/ contains=@gitDiff fold
 syn region gitDiff start=/^\%(@@ -\)\@=/ end=/^\%(diff --\%(git\|cc\|combined\) \|$\)\@=/ contains=@gitDiff
@@ -25,35 +41,47 @@ syn region gitDiff start=/^\%(@@ -\)\@=/ end=/^\%(diff --\%(git\|cc\|combined\)
 syn region gitDiffMerge start=/^\%(diff --\%(cc\|combined\) \)\@=/ end=/^\%(diff --\|$\)\@=/ contains=@gitDiff
 syn region gitDiffMerge start=/^\%(@@@@* -\)\@=/ end=/^\%(diff --\|$\)\@=/ contains=@gitDiff
 syn match gitDiffAdded "^ \++.*" contained containedin=gitDiffMerge
-syn match gitDiffAdded "{+.*+}" contained containedin=gitDiff
+syn match gitDiffAdded "{+[^}]*+}" contained containedin=gitDiff
 syn match gitDiffRemoved "^ \+-.*" contained containedin=gitDiffMerge
-syn match gitDiffRemoved "\[-.*-\]" contained containedin=gitDiff
+syn match gitDiffRemoved "\[-[^]]*-\]" contained containedin=gitDiff
 
-syn match  gitKeyword /^\%(object\|type\|tag\|commit\|tree\|parent\|encoding\)\>/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitHash,gitType skipwhite
-syn match  gitKeyword /^\%(tag\>\|ref:\)/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitReference skipwhite
-syn match  gitKeyword /^Merge:/  contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite
-syn match  gitMode    /^\d\{6\}\>/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitType,gitHash skipwhite
-syn match  gitIdentityKeyword /^\%(author\|committer\|tagger\)\>/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitIdentity skipwhite
-syn match  gitIdentityHeader /^\%(Author\|Commit\|Tagger\):/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitIdentity skipwhite
-syn match  gitDateHeader /^\%(AuthorDate\|CommitDate\|Date\):/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitDate skipwhite
+syn match  gitKeyword /^commit \@=/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitKeyword /^\%(object\|tree\|parent\|encoding\|gpgsig\%(-\w\+\)\=\|previous\) \@=/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitHash skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitKeyword /^Merge:/  contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitIdentityKeyword /^\%(author\|committer\|tagger\) \@=/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitIdentity skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitIdentityHeader /^\%(Author\|Commit\|Tagger\):/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitIdentity skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitDateHeader /^\%(AuthorDate\|CommitDate\|Date\):/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitDate skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
 
-syn match  gitReflogHeader /^Reflog:/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitReflogMiddle skipwhite
-syn match  gitReflogHeader /^Reflog message:/ contained containedin=gitHead skipwhite
-syn match  gitReflogMiddle /\S\+@{\d\+} (/he=e-2 nextgroup=gitIdentity
+syn match  gitKeyword /^[*|\/\\_ ]\+\zscommit \@=/ contained containedin=gitGraph nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitKeyword /^[|\/\\_ ]\+\zs\%(object\|tree\|parent\|encoding\|gpgsig\%(-\w\+\)\=\|previous\) \@=/ contained containedin=gitGraph nextgroup=gitHash skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitKeyword /^[|\/\\_ ]\+\zsMerge:/  contained containedin=gitGraph nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitIdentityKeyword /^[|\/\\_ ]\+\zs\%(author\|committer\|tagger\) \@=/ contained containedin=gitGraph nextgroup=gitIdentity skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitIdentityHeader /^[|\/\\_ ]\+\zs\%(Author\|Commit\|Tagger\):/ contained containedin=gitGraph nextgroup=gitIdentity skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitDateHeader /^[|\/\\_ ]\+\zs\%(AuthorDate\|CommitDate\|Date\):/ contained containedin=gitGraph nextgroup=gitDate skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
 
-syn match  gitDate      /\<\u\l\l \u\l\l \d\=\d \d\d:\d\d:\d\d \d\d\d\d [+-]\d\d\d\d/ contained
-syn match  gitDate      /-\=\d\+ [+-]\d\d\d\d\>/               contained
-syn match  gitDate      /\<\d\+ \l\+ ago\>/                    contained
-syn match  gitType      /\<\%(tag\|commit\|tree\|blob\)\>/     contained nextgroup=gitHash skipwhite
-syn match  gitStage     /\<\d\t\@=/                            contained
-syn match  gitReference /\S\+\S\@!/                            contained
-syn match  gitHash      /\<\x\{40\}\>/                         contained nextgroup=gitIdentity,gitStage,gitHash skipwhite
-syn match  gitHash      /^\<\x\{40\}\>/ containedin=gitHead contained nextgroup=gitHash skipwhite
-syn match  gitHashAbbrev /\<\x\{4,40\}\>/           contained nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite
-syn match  gitHashAbbrev /\<\x\{4,39\}\.\.\./he=e-3 contained nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite
+syn match  gitKeyword /^type \@=/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitType skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitKeyword /^\%(summary\|boundary\|filename\|\%(author\|committer\)-\%(time\|tz\)\) \@=/ contained containedin=gitHead skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitKeyword /^tag \@=/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitReference skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitIdentityKeyword /^\%(author\|committer\)-mail \@=/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitEmail skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitReflogHeader /^Reflog:/ contained containedin=gitHead nextgroup=gitReflogMiddle skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitReflogHeader /^Reflog message:/ contained containedin=gitHead skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitReflogMiddle /\S\+@{\d\+} (/he=e-2 nextgroup=gitIdentity contains=@NoSpell
+
+syn match  gitIdentity /\S.\{-\} <[^>]*>/ contained nextgroup=gitDate skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn region gitEmail matchgroup=gitEmailDelimiter start=/</ end=/>/ keepend oneline contained containedin=gitIdentity contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitDate      /\<\u\l\l \u\l\l \d\=\d \d\d:\d\d:\d\d \d\d\d\d [+-]\d\d\d\d/ contained contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitDate      /-\=\d\+ [+-]\d\d\d\d\>/               contained contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitDate      /\<\d\+ \l\+ ago\>/                    contained contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitType      /\<\%(tag\|commit\|tree\|blob\)\>/     contained nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitReference /\S\+\S\@!/                            contained contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitHash      /\<\x\{40,\}\>/             contained nextgroup=gitIdentity,gitHash skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitReflogOld /^\x\{40,\} \@=/            contained nextgroup=gitReflogNew skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitReflogNew /\<\x\{40,\} \@=/           contained nextgroup=gitIdentity skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitHashAbbrev /\<\x\{4,\}\>/             contained nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitHashAbbrev /\<\x\{4,39\}\.\.\./he=e-3 contained nextgroup=gitHashAbbrev skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitHashStage /\<\x\{4,\}\>/              contained nextgroup=gitStage skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
+syn match  gitStage     /\<\d\t\@=/                 contained contains=@NoSpell
 
-syn match  gitIdentity /\S.\{-\} <[^>]*>/ contained nextgroup=gitDate skipwhite
-syn region gitEmail matchgroup=gitEmailDelimiter start=/</ end=/>/ keepend oneline contained containedin=gitIdentity
 
 syn match  gitNotesHeader /^Notes:\ze\n    /
 
@@ -68,7 +96,10 @@ hi def link gitEmailDelimiter    Delimiter
 hi def link gitEmail             Special
 hi def link gitDate              Number
 hi def link gitMode              Number
+hi def link gitHashStage         gitHash
 hi def link gitHashAbbrev        gitHash
+hi def link gitReflogOld         gitHash
+hi def link gitReflogNew         gitHash
 hi def link gitHash              Identifier
 hi def link gitReflogMiddle      gitReference
 hi def link gitReference         Function

runtime/syntax/gitcommit.vim

@@ -2,71 +2,87 @@
 " Language:	git commit file
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " Filenames:	*.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG
-" Last Change:	2019 Dec 05
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 05
 
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
+scriptencoding utf-8
+
 syn case match
 syn sync minlines=50
+syn sync linebreaks=1
 
 if has("spell")
   syn spell toplevel
 endif
 
 syn include @gitcommitDiff syntax/diff.vim
-syn region gitcommitDiff start=/\%(^diff --\%(git\|cc\|combined\) \)\@=/ end=/^\%(diff --\|$\|#\)\@=/ fold contains=@gitcommitDiff
+syn region gitcommitDiff start=/\%(^diff --\%(git\|cc\|combined\) \)\@=/ end=/^\%(diff --\|$\|@@\@!\|[^[:alnum:]\ +-]\S\@!\)\@=/ fold contains=@gitcommitDiff
 
 syn match   gitcommitSummary	"^.*\%<51v." contained containedin=gitcommitFirstLine nextgroup=gitcommitOverflow contains=@Spell
 syn match   gitcommitOverflow	".*" contained contains=@Spell
-syn match   gitcommitBlank	"^[^#].*" contained contains=@Spell
+syn match   gitcommitBlank	"^.\+" contained contains=@Spell
+syn match   gitcommitFirstLine	"\%^.*" nextgroup=gitcommitBlank,gitcommitComment skipnl
 
-if get(g:, "gitcommit_cleanup") is# "scissors"
-  syn match gitcommitFirstLine	"\%^.*" nextgroup=gitcommitBlank skipnl
-  syn region gitcommitComment start=/^# -\+ >8 -\+$/ end=/\%$/ contains=gitcommitDiff
-else
-  syn match gitcommitFirstLine	"\%^[^#].*" nextgroup=gitcommitBlank skipnl
-  syn match gitcommitComment	"^#.*"
+let s:scissors = 0
+let s:l = search('^[#;@!$%^&|:] -\{24,\} >8 -\{24,\}$', 'cnW', '', 100)
+if s:l == 0
+  let s:l = line('$')
+elseif getline(s:l)[0] !=# getline(s:l - 1)[0]
+  let s:scissors = 1
 endif
+let s:comment = escape((matchstr(getline(s:l), '^[#;@!$%^&|:]\S\@!') . '#')[0], '^$.*[]~\"/')
 
-syn match   gitcommitHead	"^\%(#   .*\n\)\+#$" contained transparent
-syn match   gitcommitOnBranch	"\%(^# \)\@<=On branch" contained containedin=gitcommitComment nextgroup=gitcommitBranch skipwhite
-syn match   gitcommitOnBranch	"\%(^# \)\@<=Your branch .\{-\} '" contained containedin=gitcommitComment nextgroup=gitcommitBranch skipwhite
+if s:scissors
+  let s:comment .= ' -\{24,\} >8 -\{24,\}$'
+  exe 'syn region gitcommitComment start="^' . s:comment . '" end="\%$" contains=gitcommitDiff'
+else
+  exe 'syn match gitcommitComment "^' . s:comment . '.*"'
+endif
+exe 'syn match   gitcommitTrailers "\n\@<=\n\%([[:alnum:]-]\+\s*:.*\|(cherry picked from commit .*\)\%(\n\s.*\|\n[[:alnum:]-]\+\s*:.*\|\n(cherry picked from commit .*\)*\%(\n\n*\%(' . s:comment . '\)\|\n*\%$\)\@="'
+
+unlet s:l s:comment s:scissors
+
+syn match   gitcommitTrailerToken "^[[:alnum:]-]\+\s*:" contained containedin=gitcommitTrailers
+
+syn match   gitcommitHash	"\<\x\{40,}\>" contains=@NoSpell display
+syn match   gitcommitOnBranch	"\%(^. \)\@<=On branch" contained containedin=gitcommitComment nextgroup=gitcommitBranch skipwhite
+syn match   gitcommitOnBranch	"\%(^. \)\@<=Your branch .\{-\} '" contained containedin=gitcommitComment nextgroup=gitcommitBranch skipwhite
 syn match   gitcommitBranch	"[^ ']\+" contained
-syn match   gitcommitNoBranch	"\%(^# \)\@<=Not currently on any branch." contained containedin=gitcommitComment
-syn match   gitcommitHeader	"\%(^# \)\@<=.*:$"	contained containedin=gitcommitComment
-syn region  gitcommitAuthor	matchgroup=gitCommitHeader start=/\%(^# \)\@<=\%(Author\|Committer\):/ end=/$/ keepend oneline contained containedin=gitcommitComment transparent
-syn match   gitcommitNoChanges	"\%(^# \)\@<=No changes$" contained containedin=gitcommitComment
+syn match   gitcommitNoBranch	"\%(^. \)\@<=Not currently on any branch." contained containedin=gitcommitComment
+syn match   gitcommitHeader	"\%(^. \)\@<=\S.*[:：]\%(\n^$\)\@!$" contained containedin=gitcommitComment
+syn region  gitcommitAuthor	matchgroup=gitCommitHeader start=/\%(^. \)\@<=\%(Author\|Committer\|Date\):/ end=/$/ keepend oneline contained containedin=gitcommitComment transparent
+syn match   gitcommitHeader	"\%(^. \)\@<=commit\%( \x\{40,\}$\)\@=" contained containedin=gitcommitComment nextgroup=gitcommitHash skipwhite
+syn match   gitcommitNoChanges	"\%(^. \)\@<=No changes$" contained containedin=gitcommitComment
 
-syn region  gitcommitUntracked	start=/^# Untracked files:/ end=/^#$\|^#\@!/ contains=gitcommitHeader,gitcommitHead,gitcommitUntrackedFile fold
-syn match   gitcommitUntrackedFile  "\t\@<=.*"	contained
+syn match   gitcommitType		"\%(^.\t\)\@<=[^[:punct:][:space:]][^/:：]*[^[:punct:][:space:]][:：]\ze "he=e-1 contained containedin=gitcommitComment nextgroup=gitcommitFile skipwhite
+syn match   gitcommitFile		".\{-\}\%($\| -> \)\@=" contained nextgroup=gitcommitArrow
+syn match   gitcommitArrow		" -> " contained nextgroup=gitcommitFile
+syn match   gitcommitUntrackedFile	"\%(^.\t\)\@<=[^:：/]*\%(/.*\)\=$" contained containedin=gitcommitComment
 
-syn region  gitcommitDiscarded	start=/^# Change\%(s not staged for commit\|d but not updated\):/ end=/^#$\|^#\@!/ contains=gitcommitHeader,gitcommitHead,gitcommitDiscardedType fold
-syn region  gitcommitSelected	start=/^# Changes to be committed:/ end=/^#$\|^#\@!/ contains=gitcommitHeader,gitcommitHead,gitcommitSelectedType fold
-syn region  gitcommitUnmerged	start=/^# Unmerged paths:/ end=/^#$\|^#\@!/ contains=gitcommitHeader,gitcommitHead,gitcommitUnmergedType fold
+syn region  gitcommitUntracked	start=/^\z(.\) Untracked files:$/ end=/^\z1\=$\|^\z1\@!/ contains=gitcommitHeader containedin=gitcommitComment containedin=gitcommitComment contained transparent fold
+syn region  gitcommitDiscarded	start=/^\z(.\) Change\%(s not staged for commit\|d but not updated\):$/ end=/^\z1\=$\|^\z1\@!/ contains=gitcommitHeader,gitcommitDiscardedType containedin=gitcommitComment containedin=gitcommitComment contained transparent fold
+syn region  gitcommitSelected	start=/^\z(.\) Changes to be committed:$/ end=/^\z1$\|^\z1\@!/ contains=gitcommitHeader,gitcommitSelectedType containedin=gitcommitComment containedin=gitcommitComment contained transparent fold
+syn region  gitcommitUnmerged	start=/^\z(.\) Unmerged paths:$/ end=/^\z1\=$\|^\z1\@!/ contains=gitcommitHeader,gitcommitUnmergedType containedin=gitcommitComment containedin=gitcommitComment contained transparent fold
 
+syn match   gitcommitUntrackedFile	"\%(^.\t\)\@<=.*" contained containedin=gitcommitUntracked
 
-syn match   gitcommitDiscardedType	"\t\@<=[[:lower:]][^:]*[[:lower:]]: "he=e-2	contained containedin=gitcommitComment nextgroup=gitcommitDiscardedFile skipwhite
-syn match   gitcommitSelectedType	"\t\@<=[[:lower:]][^:]*[[:lower:]]: "he=e-2	contained containedin=gitcommitComment nextgroup=gitcommitSelectedFile skipwhite
-syn match   gitcommitUnmergedType	"\t\@<=[[:lower:]][^:]*[[:lower:]]: "he=e-2	contained containedin=gitcommitComment nextgroup=gitcommitUnmergedFile skipwhite
-syn match   gitcommitDiscardedFile	".\{-\}\%($\| -> \)\@=" contained nextgroup=gitcommitDiscardedArrow
-syn match   gitcommitSelectedFile	".\{-\}\%($\| -> \)\@=" contained nextgroup=gitcommitSelectedArrow
-syn match   gitcommitUnmergedFile	".\{-\}\%($\| -> \)\@=" contained nextgroup=gitcommitSelectedArrow
+syn match   gitcommitDiscardedType	"\%(^.\t\)\@<=[^[:punct:][:space:]][^/:：]*[^[:punct:][:space:]][:：]\ze "he=e-1 contained nextgroup=gitcommitDiscardedFile skipwhite
+syn match   gitcommitSelectedType	"\%(^.\t\)\@<=[^[:punct:][:space:]][^/:：]*[^[:punct:][:space:]][:：]\ze "he=e-1 contained nextgroup=gitcommitSelectedFile skipwhite
+syn match   gitcommitUnmergedType	"\%(^.\t\)\@<=[^[:punct:][:space:]][^/:：]*[^[:punct:][:space:]][:：]\ze "he=e-1 contained nextgroup=gitcommitUnmergedFile skipwhite
+syn match   gitcommitDiscardedFile	"\S.\{-\}\%($\| -> \)\@=" contained nextgroup=gitcommitDiscardedArrow
+syn match   gitcommitSelectedFile	"\S.\{-\}\%($\| -> \)\@=" contained nextgroup=gitcommitSelectedArrow
+syn match   gitcommitUnmergedFile	"\S.\{-\}\%($\| -> \)\@=" contained nextgroup=gitcommitUnmergedArrow
 syn match   gitcommitDiscardedArrow	" -> " contained nextgroup=gitcommitDiscardedFile
 syn match   gitcommitSelectedArrow	" -> " contained nextgroup=gitcommitSelectedFile
-syn match   gitcommitUnmergedArrow	" -> " contained nextgroup=gitcommitSelectedFile
-
-syn match   gitcommitWarning		"\%^[^#].*: needs merge$" nextgroup=gitcommitWarning skipnl
-syn match   gitcommitWarning		"^[^#].*: needs merge$" nextgroup=gitcommitWarning skipnl contained
-syn match   gitcommitWarning		"^\%(no changes added to commit\|nothing \%(added \)\=to commit\)\>.*\%$"
+syn match   gitcommitUnmergedArrow	" -> " contained nextgroup=gitcommitUnmergedFile
 
 hi def link gitcommitSummary		Keyword
+hi def link gitcommitTrailerToken	Label
 hi def link gitcommitComment		Comment
-hi def link gitcommitUntracked		gitcommitComment
-hi def link gitcommitDiscarded		gitcommitComment
-hi def link gitcommitSelected		gitcommitComment
-hi def link gitcommitUnmerged		gitcommitComment
+hi def link gitcommitHash		Identifier
 hi def link gitcommitOnBranch		Comment
 hi def link gitcommitBranch		Special
 hi def link gitcommitNoBranch		gitCommitBranch

runtime/syntax/gitrebase.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	git rebase --interactive
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " Filenames:	git-rebase-todo
-" Last Change:	2019 Dec 06
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 05
 
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
@@ -10,8 +10,10 @@ endif
 
 syn case match
 
-syn match   gitrebaseHash   "\v<\x{7,}>"                               contained
-syn match   gitrebaseCommit "\v<\x{7,}>"    nextgroup=gitrebaseSummary skipwhite
+let s:c = escape((matchstr(getline('$'), '^[#;@!$%^&|:]\S\@!') . '#')[0], '^$.*[]~\"/')
+
+syn match   gitrebaseHash   "\v<\x{7,}>"                               contained contains=@NoSpell
+syn match   gitrebaseCommit "\v<\x{7,}>"    nextgroup=gitrebaseSummary skipwhite contains=@NoSpell
 syn match   gitrebasePick   "\v^p%(ick)=>"   nextgroup=gitrebaseCommit skipwhite
 syn match   gitrebaseReword "\v^r%(eword)=>" nextgroup=gitrebaseCommit skipwhite
 syn match   gitrebaseEdit   "\v^e%(dit)=>"   nextgroup=gitrebaseCommit skipwhite
@@ -26,12 +28,15 @@ syn match   gitrebaseLabel  "\v^l(abel)=>"   nextgroup=gitrebaseName skipwhite
 syn match   gitrebaseReset  "\v^(t|reset)=>" nextgroup=gitrebaseName skipwhite
 syn match   gitrebaseSummary ".*"               contains=gitrebaseHash contained
 syn match   gitrebaseCommand ".*"                                      contained
-syn match   gitrebaseComment "^\s*#.*"             contains=gitrebaseHash
+exe 'syn match gitrebaseComment " \@<=' . s:c . ' empty$" containedin=gitrebaseSummary contained'
+exe 'syn match gitrebaseComment "^\s*' . s:c . '.*" contains=gitrebaseHash'
 syn match   gitrebaseSquashError "\v%^%(s%(quash)=>|f%(ixup)=>)" nextgroup=gitrebaseCommit skipwhite
 syn match   gitrebaseMergeOption "\v-[Cc]>"  nextgroup=gitrebaseMergeCommit skipwhite contained
 syn match   gitrebaseMergeCommit "\v<\x{7,}>"  nextgroup=gitrebaseName skipwhite contained
 syn match   gitrebaseName        "\v[^[:space:].*?i:^~/-]\S+" nextgroup=gitrebaseMergeComment skipwhite contained
-syn match   gitrebaseMergeComment "#"  nextgroup=gitrebaseSummary skipwhite contained
+exe 'syn match gitrebaseMergeComment "' . s:c . '"  nextgroup=gitrebaseSummary skipwhite contained'
+
+unlet s:c
 
 hi def link gitrebaseCommit         gitrebaseHash
 hi def link gitrebaseHash           Identifier

runtime/syntax/i3config.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language: i3 config file
-" Maintainer: Mohamed Boughaba <mohamed dot bgb at gmail dot com>
+" Original Author: Mohamed Boughaba <mohamed dot bgb at gmail dot com>
+" Maintainer: Quentin Hibon (github user hiqua)
 " Version: 0.4
-" Last Change: 2021 Dec 14
+" Last Change: 2022 Jan 15
 
 " References:
 " http://i3wm.org/docs/userguide.html#configuring
@@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ syn keyword i3ConfigDrawingMarksKeyword show_marks contained
 syn match i3ConfigDrawingMarks /^\s*show_marks\s\+\(yes\|no\)\s\?$/ contains=i3ConfigFocusWrappingType,i3ConfigDrawingMarksKeyword
 
 " Group mode/bar
-syn keyword i3ConfigBlockKeyword mode bar colors i3bar_command status_command position exec mode hidden_state modifier id position output background statusline tray_output tray_padding separator separator_symbol workspace_buttons strip_workspace_numbers binding_mode_indicator focused_workspace active_workspace inactive_workspace urgent_workspace binding_mode contained
+syn keyword i3ConfigBlockKeyword mode bar colors i3bar_command status_command position exec mode hidden_state modifier id position output background statusline tray_output tray_padding separator separator_symbol workspace_min_width workspace_buttons strip_workspace_numbers binding_mode_indicator focused_workspace active_workspace inactive_workspace urgent_workspace binding_mode contained
 syn region i3ConfigBlock start=+.*s\?{$+ end=+^}$+ contains=i3ConfigBlockKeyword,i3ConfigString,i3ConfigBind,i3ConfigComment,i3ConfigFont,i3ConfigFocusWrappingType,i3ConfigColor,i3ConfigVariable transparent keepend extend
 
 " Line continuation

runtime/syntax/qb64.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language:	QB64
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2022 Jan 21
+
+" Prelude {{{1
+if exists("b:current_syntax")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" syn iskeyword set after sourcing of basic.vim
+
+syn case ignore
+
+let s:prefix = search('\c^\s*$NOPREFIX\>', 'n') ? '_\=' : '_'
+
+" Statements {{{1
+
+let s:statements =<< trim EOL " {{{2
+  acceptfiledrop
+  allowfullscreen
+  assert
+  console
+  consolecursor
+  consolefont
+  consoletitle
+  continue
+  copypalette
+  define
+  delay
+  depthbuffer
+  displayorder
+  dontblend
+  echo
+  exit\s\+\%(select\|case\)
+  finishdrop
+  freefont
+  freeimage
+  icon
+  keyclear
+  limit
+  maptriangle
+  memcopy
+  memfill
+  memfree
+  memput
+  mousehide
+  mousemove
+  mouseshow
+  printimage
+  printstring
+  putimage
+  screenclick
+  screenhide
+  screenmove
+  screenprint
+  screenshow
+  setalpha
+  sndbal
+  sndclose
+  sndlimit
+  sndloop
+  sndpause
+  sndplay
+  sndplaycopy
+  sndplayfile
+  sndraw
+  sndrawdone
+  sndsetpos
+  sndstop
+  sndvol
+  title
+EOL
+" }}}
+
+for s in s:statements
+  exe 'syn match qb64Statement "\<' .. s:prefix .. s .. '\>" contained contains=qb64Underscore'
+endfor
+
+" Functions {{{1
+
+let s:functions =<< trim EOL " {{{2
+  acos
+  acosh
+  alpha
+  alpha32
+  arccot
+  arccsc
+  arcsec
+  asin
+  asinh
+  atan2
+  atanh
+  axis
+  backgroundcolor
+  blue
+  blue32
+  button
+  buttonchange
+  ceil
+  cinp
+  commandcount
+  connected
+  connectionaddress
+  connectionaddress$
+  consoleinput
+  copyimage
+  cot
+  coth
+  cosh
+  csc
+  csch
+  cv
+  cwd$
+  d2g
+  d2r
+  defaultcolor
+  deflate$
+  desktopheight
+  desktopwidth
+  device$
+  deviceinput
+  devices
+  dir$
+  direxists
+  droppedfile
+  droppedfile$
+  errorline
+  errormessage$
+  exit
+  fileexists
+  fontheight
+  fontwidth
+  freetimer
+  g2d
+  g2r
+  green
+  green32
+  height
+  hypot
+  inclerrorfile$
+  inclerrorline
+  inflate$
+  instrrev
+  keyhit
+  keydown
+  lastaxis
+  lastbutton
+  lastwheel
+  loadfont
+  loadimage
+  mem
+  memelement
+  memexists
+  memimage
+  memnew
+  memsound
+  mk$
+  mousebutton
+  mouseinput
+  mousemovementx
+  mousemovementy
+  mousepipeopen
+  mousewheel
+  mousex
+  mousey
+  newimage
+  offset
+  openclient
+  os$
+  pi
+  pixelsize
+  printwidth
+  r2d
+  r2g
+  red
+  red32
+  readbit
+  resetbit
+  resizeheight
+  resizewidth
+  rgb
+  rgb32
+  rgba
+  rgba32
+  round
+  sec
+  sech
+  screenexists
+  screenimage
+  screenx
+  screeny
+  setbit
+  shellhide
+  shl
+  shr
+  sinh
+  sndcopy
+  sndgetpos
+  sndlen
+  sndopen
+  sndopenraw
+  sndpaused
+  sndplaying
+  sndrate
+  sndrawlen
+  startdir$
+  strcmp
+  stricmp
+  tanh
+  title$
+  togglebit
+  totaldroppedfiles
+  trim$
+  wheel
+  width
+  windowhandle
+  windowhasfocus
+EOL
+" }}}
+
+for f in s:functions
+  exe 'syn match qb64Function "\<' .. s:prefix .. f .. '\>" contains=qb64Underscore'
+endfor
+
+" Functions and statements (same name) {{{1
+
+let s:common =<< trim EOL " {{{2
+  autodisplay
+  blend
+  blink
+  capslock
+  clearcolor
+  clipboard$
+  clipboardimage
+  controlchr
+  dest
+  display
+  font
+  fullscreen
+  mapunicode
+  memget
+  numlock
+  palettecolor
+  printmode
+  resize
+  screenicon
+  scrolllock
+  source
+EOL
+" }}}
+
+for c in s:common
+  exe 'syn match qb64Statement "\<' .. s:prefix .. c .. '\>" contains=qb64Underscore contained'
+  exe 'syn match qb64Function  "\<' .. s:prefix .. c .. '\>" contains=qb64Underscore'
+endfor
+
+" Keywords {{{1
+
+" Non-prefixed keywords {{{2
+" TIMER FREE
+" _DEPTH_BUFFER LOCK
+syn keyword qb64Keyword free lock
+
+let s:keywords  =<< trim EOL " {{{2
+  all
+  anticlockwise
+  behind
+  clear
+  clip
+  console
+  dontwait
+  explicit
+  explicitarray
+  fillbackground
+  hardware
+  hardware1
+  hide
+  keepbackground
+  middle
+  none
+  off
+  only
+  onlybackground
+  ontop
+  openconnection
+  openhost
+  preserve
+  seamless
+  smooth
+  smoothshrunk
+  smoothstretched
+  software
+  squarepixels
+  stretch
+  toggle
+EOL
+" }}}
+
+for k in s:keywords
+  exe 'syn match qb64Keyword "\<' .. s:prefix .. k .. '\>" contains=qb64Underscore'
+endfor
+
+syn match qb64Underscore "\<_" contained conceal transparent
+
+" Source QuickBASIC syntax {{{1
+runtime! syntax/basic.vim
+
+" add after the BASIC syntax file is sourced so cluster already exists
+syn cluster basicStatements	add=qb64Statement,qb64Metacommand,qb64IfMetacommand
+syn cluster basicLineIdentifier add=qb64LineLabel
+syn cluster qb64NotTop		contains=@basicNotTop,qb64Metavariable
+
+syn iskeyword @,48-57,.,_,!,#,$,%,&,`
+
+" Unsupported QuickBASIC features {{{1
+" TODO: add linux only missing features
+syn keyword qb64Unsupported alias any byval calls cdecl erdev erdev$ fileattr
+syn keyword qb64Unsupported fre ioctl ioctl$ pen play setmem signal uevent
+syn keyword qb64Unsupported tron troff
+syn match   qb64Unsupported "\<declare\%(\s\+\%(sub\|function\)\>\)\@="
+syn match   qb64Unsupported "\<\%(date\|time\)$\ze\s*=" " statements only
+syn match   qb64Unsupported "\<def\zs\s\+FN"
+syn match   qb64Unsupported "\<\%(exit\|end\)\s\+def\>"
+syn match   qb64Unsupported "\<width\s\+lprint\>"
+
+" Types {{{1
+syn keyword qb64Type _BIT _BYTE _FLOAT _INTEGER64 _MEM _OFFSET _UNSIGNED
+
+" Type suffixes {{{1
+if exists("basic_type_suffixes")
+  " TODO: handle leading word boundary and __+ prefix
+  syn match qb64TypeSuffix "\%(\a[[:alnum:]._]*\)\@<=\~\=`\%(\d\+\)\="
+  syn match qb64TypeSuffix "\%(\a[[:alnum:]._]*\)\@<=\~\=\%(%\|%%\|&\|&&\|%&\)"
+  syn match qb64TypeSuffix "\%(\a[[:alnum:]._]*\)\@<=\%(!\|##\|#\)"
+  syn match qb64TypeSuffix "\%(\a[[:alnum:]._]*\)\@<=$\%(\d\+\)\="
+endif
+
+" Numbers {{{1
+
+" Integers
+syn match qb64Number "-\=&b[01]\+&\>\="
+
+syn match qb64Number "-\=\<[01]\~\=`\>"
+syn match qb64Number "-\=\<\d\+`\d\+\>"
+
+syn match qb64Number "-\=\<\d\+\%(%%\|&&\|%&\)\>"
+syn match qb64Number  "\<\d\+\~\%(%%\|&&\|%&\)\>"
+
+syn match qb64Number "-\=\<&b[01]\+\%(%%\|&&\|%&\)\>"
+syn match qb64Number  "\<&b[01]\+\~\%(%%\|&&\|%&\)\>"
+
+syn match qb64Number "-\=\<&o\=\o\+\%(%%\|&&\|%&\)\>"
+syn match qb64Number  "\<&o\=\o\+\~\%(%%\|&&\|%&\)\>"
+
+syn match qb64Number "-\=\<&h\x\+\%(%%\|&&\|%&\)\>"
+syn match qb64Number  "\<&h\x\+\~\%(%%\|&&\|%&\)\>"
+
+" Floats
+syn match qb64Float "-\=\<\d\+\.\=\d*##\>"
+syn match qb64Float "-\=\<\.\d\+##\>"
+
+" Line numbers and labels {{{1
+syn match qb64LineLabel  "\%(_\{2,}\)\=\a[[:alnum:]._]*[[:alnum:]]\ze\s*:" nextgroup=@basicStatements skipwhite contained
+
+" Metacommands {{{1
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$NOPREFIX\>"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$ASSERTS\%(:CONSOLE\)\=\>"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$CHECKING:\%(ON\|OFF\)\>"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$COLOR:\%(0\|32\)\>"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$CONSOLE\%(:ONLY\)\=\>"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$EXEICON\s*:\s*'[^']\+'"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$ERROR\>"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$LET\>"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$RESIZE:\%(ON\|OFF\|STRETCH\|SMOOTH\)\>"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$SCREEN\%(HIDE\|SHOW\)\>"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$VERSIONINFO\s*:.*"
+syn match qb64Metacommand contained "$VIRTUALKEYBOARD:\%(ON\|OFF\)\>"
+
+syn region qb64IfMetacommand contained matchgroup=qb64Metacommand start="$\%(IF\|ELSEIF\)\>" end="\<THEN\>" oneline transparent contains=qb64Metavariable
+syn match  qb64Metacommand contained "$\%(ELSE\|END\s*IF\)\>"
+
+syn keyword qb64Metavariable contained defined undefined
+syn keyword qb64Metavariable contained windows win linux mac maxosx
+syn keyword qb64Metavariable contained 32bit 64bit version
+
+" Default Highlighting {{{1
+hi def link qb64Float	      basicFloat
+hi def link qb64Function      Function
+hi def link qb64Keyword       Keyword
+hi def link qb64LineLabel     basicLineLabel
+hi def link qb64Metacommand   PreProc
+hi def link qb64Metavariable  Identifier
+hi def link qb64Number	      basicNumber
+hi def link qb64Statement     Statement
+hi def link qb64TypeSuffix    basicTypeSuffix
+hi def link qb64Type	      Type
+hi def link qb64Unsupported   Error
+
+" Postscript {{{1
+let b:current_syntax = "qb64"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet fdm=marker:

runtime/syntax/rc.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	M$ Resource files (*.rc)
 " Maintainer:	Christian Brabandt
-" Last Change:	2015-05-29
+" Last Change:	20220116
 " Repository:   https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-rc-syntax
 " License:	Vim (see :h license)
 " Previous Maintainer:	Heiko Erhardt <Heiko.Erhardt@munich.netsurf.de>
@@ -173,16 +173,17 @@ hi def link rcAttribute	rcCommonAttribute
 hi def link rcStdId	rcStatement
 hi def link rcStatement	Statement
 
-" Default color overrides
-hi def rcLanguage	term=reverse ctermbg=Red ctermfg=Yellow guibg=Red guifg=Yellow
-hi def rcMainObject	term=underline ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
-hi def rcSubObject	ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
-hi def rcCaptionParam	term=underline ctermfg=DarkGreen guifg=Green
-hi def rcParam	ctermfg=DarkGreen guifg=DarkGreen
-hi def rcStatement	ctermfg=DarkGreen guifg=DarkGreen
-hi def rcCommonAttribute	ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown
+hi def link rcLanguage	Constant
+hi def link rcCaptionParam Constant
+hi def link rcCommonAttribute Constant
+
+hi def link rcMainObject Identifier
+hi def link rcSubObject	Define
+hi def link rcParam	Constant
+hi def link rcStatement	Statement
+"
+"hi def link rcIdentifier Identifier
 
-"hi def link rcIdentifier	Identifier
 
 
 let b:current_syntax = "rc"

runtime/syntax/scala.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:           Derek Wyatt
 " URL:                  https://github.com/derekwyatt/vim-scala
 " License:              Same as Vim
-" Last Change:          23 August 2021
+" Last Change:          23 January 2022
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 if !exists('main_syntax')
@@ -43,55 +43,55 @@ syn keyword scalaKeyword class trait object extends with nextgroup=scalaInstance
 syn keyword scalaKeyword case nextgroup=scalaKeyword,scalaCaseFollowing skipwhite
 syn keyword scalaKeyword val nextgroup=scalaNameDefinition,scalaQuasiQuotes skipwhite
 syn keyword scalaKeyword def var nextgroup=scalaNameDefinition skipwhite
-hi link scalaKeyword Keyword
+hi def link scalaKeyword Keyword
 
 exe 'syn region scalaBlock start=/{/ end=/}/ contains=' . s:ContainedGroup() . ' fold'
 
 syn keyword scalaAkkaSpecialWord when goto using startWith initialize onTransition stay become unbecome
-hi link scalaAkkaSpecialWord PreProc
+hi def link scalaAkkaSpecialWord PreProc
 
 syn keyword scalatestSpecialWord shouldBe
 syn match scalatestShouldDSLA /^\s\+\zsit should/
 syn match scalatestShouldDSLB /\<should\>/
-hi link scalatestSpecialWord PreProc
-hi link scalatestShouldDSLA PreProc
-hi link scalatestShouldDSLB PreProc
+hi def link scalatestSpecialWord PreProc
+hi def link scalatestShouldDSLA PreProc
+hi def link scalatestShouldDSLB PreProc
 
 syn match scalaSymbol /'[_A-Za-z0-9$]\+/
-hi link scalaSymbol Number
+hi def link scalaSymbol Number
 
 syn match scalaChar /'.'/
 syn match scalaChar /'\\[\\"'ntbrf]'/ contains=scalaEscapedChar
 syn match scalaChar /'\\u[A-Fa-f0-9]\{4}'/ contains=scalaUnicodeChar
 syn match scalaEscapedChar /\\[\\"'ntbrf]/
 syn match scalaUnicodeChar /\\u[A-Fa-f0-9]\{4}/
-hi link scalaChar Character
-hi link scalaEscapedChar Special
-hi link scalaUnicodeChar Special
+hi def link scalaChar Character
+hi def link scalaEscapedChar Special
+hi def link scalaUnicodeChar Special
 
 syn match scalaOperator "||"
 syn match scalaOperator "&&"
 syn match scalaOperator "|"
 syn match scalaOperator "&"
-hi link scalaOperator Special
+hi def link scalaOperator Special
 
 syn match scalaNameDefinition /\<[_A-Za-z0-9$]\+\>/ contained nextgroup=scalaPostNameDefinition,scalaVariableDeclarationList
 syn match scalaNameDefinition /`[^`]\+`/ contained nextgroup=scalaPostNameDefinition
 syn match scalaVariableDeclarationList /\s*,\s*/ contained nextgroup=scalaNameDefinition
 syn match scalaPostNameDefinition /\_s*:\_s*/ contained nextgroup=scalaTypeDeclaration
-hi link scalaNameDefinition Function
+hi def link scalaNameDefinition Function
 
 syn match scalaInstanceDeclaration /\<[_\.A-Za-z0-9$]\+\>/ contained nextgroup=scalaInstanceHash
 syn match scalaInstanceDeclaration /`[^`]\+`/ contained
 syn match scalaInstanceHash /#/ contained nextgroup=scalaInstanceDeclaration
-hi link scalaInstanceDeclaration Special
-hi link scalaInstanceHash Type
+hi def link scalaInstanceDeclaration Special
+hi def link scalaInstanceHash Type
 
 syn match scalaUnimplemented /???/
-hi link scalaUnimplemented ERROR
+hi def link scalaUnimplemented ERROR
 
 syn match scalaCapitalWord /\<[A-Z][A-Za-z0-9$]*\>/
-hi link scalaCapitalWord Special
+hi def link scalaCapitalWord Special
 
 " Handle type declarations specially
 syn region scalaTypeStatement matchgroup=Keyword start=/\<type\_s\+\ze/ end=/$/ contains=scalaTypeTypeDeclaration,scalaSquareBrackets,scalaTypeTypeEquals,scalaTypeStatement
@@ -105,18 +105,18 @@ syn match scalaTypeTypeEquals /=\ze[^>]/ contained nextgroup=scalaTypeTypePostDe
 syn match scalaTypeTypeExtension /)\?\_s*\zs\%(⇒\|=>\|<:\|:>\|=:=\|::\|#\)/ contained contains=scalaTypeOperator nextgroup=scalaTypeTypeDeclaration skipwhite
 syn match scalaTypeTypePostDeclaration /\<[_\.A-Za-z0-9$]\+\>/ contained nextgroup=scalaTypeTypePostExtension skipwhite
 syn match scalaTypeTypePostExtension /\%(⇒\|=>\|<:\|:>\|=:=\|::\)/ contained contains=scalaTypeOperator nextgroup=scalaTypeTypePostDeclaration skipwhite
-hi link scalaTypeTypeDeclaration Type
-hi link scalaTypeTypeExtension Keyword
-hi link scalaTypeTypePostDeclaration Special
-hi link scalaTypeTypePostExtension Keyword
+hi def link scalaTypeTypeDeclaration Type
+hi def link scalaTypeTypeExtension Keyword
+hi def link scalaTypeTypePostDeclaration Special
+hi def link scalaTypeTypePostExtension Keyword
 
 syn match scalaTypeDeclaration /(/ contained nextgroup=scalaTypeExtension contains=scalaRoundBrackets skipwhite
 syn match scalaTypeDeclaration /\%(⇒\|=>\)\ze/ contained nextgroup=scalaTypeDeclaration contains=scalaTypeExtension skipwhite
 syn match scalaTypeDeclaration /\<[_\.A-Za-z0-9$]\+\>/ contained nextgroup=scalaTypeExtension skipwhite
 syn match scalaTypeExtension /)\?\_s*\zs\%(⇒\|=>\|<:\|:>\|=:=\|::\|#\)/ contained contains=scalaTypeOperator nextgroup=scalaTypeDeclaration skipwhite
-hi link scalaTypeDeclaration Type
-hi link scalaTypeExtension Keyword
-hi link scalaTypePostExtension Keyword
+hi def link scalaTypeDeclaration Type
+hi def link scalaTypeExtension Keyword
+hi def link scalaTypePostExtension Keyword
 
 syn match scalaTypeAnnotation /\%([_a-zA-Z0-9$\s]:\_s*\)\ze[_=(\.A-Za-z0-9$]\+/ skipwhite nextgroup=scalaTypeDeclaration contains=scalaRoundBrackets
 syn match scalaTypeAnnotation /)\_s*:\_s*\ze[_=(\.A-Za-z0-9$]\+/ skipwhite nextgroup=scalaTypeDeclaration
@@ -124,51 +124,51 @@ hi clear scalaTypeAnnotation
 
 syn match scalaCaseFollowing /\<[_\.A-Za-z0-9$]\+\>/ contained contains=scalaCapitalWord
 syn match scalaCaseFollowing /`[^`]\+`/ contained contains=scalaCapitalWord
-hi link scalaCaseFollowing Special
+hi def link scalaCaseFollowing Special
 
 syn keyword scalaKeywordModifier abstract override final lazy implicit private protected sealed null super
 syn keyword scalaSpecialFunction implicitly require
-hi link scalaKeywordModifier Function
-hi link scalaSpecialFunction Function
+hi def link scalaKeywordModifier Function
+hi def link scalaSpecialFunction Function
 
 syn keyword scalaSpecial this true false ne eq
 syn keyword scalaSpecial new nextgroup=scalaInstanceDeclaration skipwhite
 syn match scalaSpecial "\%(=>\|⇒\|<-\|←\|->\|→\)"
 syn match scalaSpecial /`[^`]\+`/  " Backtick literals
-hi link scalaSpecial PreProc
+hi def link scalaSpecial PreProc
 
 syn keyword scalaExternal package import
-hi link scalaExternal Include
+hi def link scalaExternal Include
 
 syn match scalaStringEmbeddedQuote /\\"/ contained
 syn region scalaString start=/"/ end=/"/ contains=scalaStringEmbeddedQuote,scalaEscapedChar,scalaUnicodeChar
-hi link scalaString String
-hi link scalaStringEmbeddedQuote String
+hi def link scalaString String
+hi def link scalaStringEmbeddedQuote String
 
 syn region scalaIString matchgroup=scalaInterpolationBrackets start=/\<[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]*"/ skip=/\\"/ end=/"/ contains=scalaInterpolation,scalaInterpolationB,scalaEscapedChar,scalaUnicodeChar
 syn region scalaTripleIString matchgroup=scalaInterpolationBrackets start=/\<[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]*"""/ end=/"""\ze\%([^"]\|$\)/ contains=scalaInterpolation,scalaInterpolationB,scalaEscapedChar,scalaUnicodeChar
-hi link scalaIString String
-hi link scalaTripleIString String
+hi def link scalaIString String
+hi def link scalaTripleIString String
 
 syn match scalaInterpolation /\$[a-zA-Z0-9_$]\+/ contained
 exe 'syn region scalaInterpolationB matchgroup=scalaInterpolationBoundary start=/\${/ end=/}/ contained contains=' . s:ContainedGroup()
-hi link scalaInterpolation Function
+hi def link scalaInterpolation Function
 hi clear scalaInterpolationB
 
 syn region scalaFString matchgroup=scalaInterpolationBrackets start=/f"/ skip=/\\"/ end=/"/ contains=scalaFInterpolation,scalaFInterpolationB,scalaEscapedChar,scalaUnicodeChar
 syn match scalaFInterpolation /\$[a-zA-Z0-9_$]\+\(%[-A-Za-z0-9\.]\+\)\?/ contained
 exe 'syn region scalaFInterpolationB matchgroup=scalaInterpolationBoundary start=/${/ end=/}\(%[-A-Za-z0-9\.]\+\)\?/ contained contains=' . s:ContainedGroup()
-hi link scalaFString String
-hi link scalaFInterpolation Function
+hi def link scalaFString String
+hi def link scalaFInterpolation Function
 hi clear scalaFInterpolationB
 
 syn region scalaTripleString start=/"""/ end=/"""\%([^"]\|$\)/ contains=scalaEscapedChar,scalaUnicodeChar
 syn region scalaTripleFString matchgroup=scalaInterpolationBrackets start=/f"""/ end=/"""\%([^"]\|$\)/ contains=scalaFInterpolation,scalaFInterpolationB,scalaEscapedChar,scalaUnicodeChar
-hi link scalaTripleString String
-hi link scalaTripleFString String
+hi def link scalaTripleString String
+hi def link scalaTripleFString String
 
-hi link scalaInterpolationBrackets Special
-hi link scalaInterpolationBoundary Function
+hi def link scalaInterpolationBrackets Special
+hi def link scalaInterpolationBoundary Function
 
 syn match scalaNumber /\<0[dDfFlL]\?\>/ " Just a bare 0
 syn match scalaNumber /\<[1-9]\d*[dDfFlL]\?\>/  " A multi-digit number - octal numbers with leading 0's are deprecated in Scala
@@ -176,16 +176,16 @@ syn match scalaNumber /\<0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]\+[dDfFlL]\?\>/ " Hex number
 syn match scalaNumber /\%(\<\d\+\.\d*\|\.\d\+\)\%([eE][-+]\=\d\+\)\=[fFdD]\=/ " exponential notation 1
 syn match scalaNumber /\<\d\+[eE][-+]\=\d\+[fFdD]\=\>/ " exponential notation 2
 syn match scalaNumber /\<\d\+\%([eE][-+]\=\d\+\)\=[fFdD]\>/ " exponential notation 3
-hi link scalaNumber Number
+hi def link scalaNumber Number
 
 syn region scalaRoundBrackets start="(" end=")" skipwhite contained contains=scalaTypeDeclaration,scalaSquareBrackets,scalaRoundBrackets
 
 syn region scalaSquareBrackets matchgroup=scalaSquareBracketsBrackets start="\[" end="\]" skipwhite nextgroup=scalaTypeExtension contains=scalaTypeDeclaration,scalaSquareBrackets,scalaTypeOperator,scalaTypeAnnotationParameter
 syn match scalaTypeOperator /[-+=:<>]\+/ contained
 syn match scalaTypeAnnotationParameter /@\<[`_A-Za-z0-9$]\+\>/ contained
-hi link scalaSquareBracketsBrackets Type
-hi link scalaTypeOperator Keyword
-hi link scalaTypeAnnotationParameter Function
+hi def link scalaSquareBracketsBrackets Type
+hi def link scalaTypeOperator Keyword
+hi def link scalaTypeAnnotationParameter Function
 
 syn match scalaShebang "\%^#!.*" display
 syn region scalaMultilineComment start="/\*" end="\*/" contains=scalaMultilineComment,scalaDocLinks,scalaParameterAnnotation,scalaCommentAnnotation,scalaTodo,scalaCommentCodeBlock,@Spell keepend fold
@@ -195,20 +195,20 @@ syn match scalaParamAnnotationValue /[.`_A-Za-z0-9$]\+/ contained
 syn region scalaDocLinks start="\[\[" end="\]\]" contained
 syn region scalaCommentCodeBlock matchgroup=Keyword start="{{{" end="}}}" contained
 syn match scalaTodo "\vTODO|FIXME|XXX" contained
-hi link scalaShebang Comment
-hi link scalaMultilineComment Comment
-hi link scalaDocLinks Function
-hi link scalaParameterAnnotation Function
-hi link scalaParamAnnotationValue Keyword
-hi link scalaCommentAnnotation Function
-hi link scalaCommentCodeBlock String
-hi link scalaTodo Todo
+hi def link scalaShebang Comment
+hi def link scalaMultilineComment Comment
+hi def link scalaDocLinks Function
+hi def link scalaParameterAnnotation Function
+hi def link scalaParamAnnotationValue Keyword
+hi def link scalaCommentAnnotation Function
+hi def link scalaCommentCodeBlock String
+hi def link scalaTodo Todo
 
 syn match scalaAnnotation /@\<[`_A-Za-z0-9$]\+\>/
-hi link scalaAnnotation PreProc
+hi def link scalaAnnotation PreProc
 
 syn match scalaTrailingComment "//.*$" contains=scalaTodo,@Spell
-hi link scalaTrailingComment Comment
+hi def link scalaTrailingComment Comment
 
 syn match scalaAkkaFSM /goto([^)]*)\_s\+\<using\>/ contains=scalaAkkaFSMGotoUsing
 syn match scalaAkkaFSM /stay\_s\+using/
@@ -221,8 +221,8 @@ syn match scalaAkkaFSM /onTermination/
 syn match scalaAkkaFSM /whenUnhandled/
 syn match scalaAkkaFSMGotoUsing /\<using\>/
 syn match scalaAkkaFSMGotoUsing /\<goto\>/
-hi link scalaAkkaFSM PreProc
-hi link scalaAkkaFSMGotoUsing PreProc
+hi def link scalaAkkaFSM PreProc
+hi def link scalaAkkaFSMGotoUsing PreProc
 
 let b:current_syntax = 'scala'
 

runtime/syntax/strace.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
-" This is a GENERATED FILE. Please always refer to source file at the URI below.
 " Language: strace output
 " Maintainer: David Necas (Yeti) <yeti@physics.muni.cz>
-" Last Change: 2015-01-16
+" Last Change: 2022 Jan 29
 
 " Setup
 " quit when a syntax file was already loaded

runtime/syntax/vim.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	Vim 8.2 script
 " Maintainer:	Charles E. Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
-" Last Change:	December 29, 2021
-" Version:	8.2-23
+" Last Change:	January 30, 2022
+" Version:	8.2-26
 " URL:	http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#SYNTAX_VIM
 " Automatically generated keyword lists: {{{1
 
@@ -78,12 +78,12 @@ syn match vimHLGroup contained	"Conceal"
 syn case match
 
 " Function Names {{{2
-syn keyword vimFuncName contained	abs argc assert_equal assert_match atan browse bufloaded byteidx charclass chdir ch_log ch_sendexpr col copy debugbreak diff_hlID empty execute expandcmd filter floor foldlevel function getchangelist getcmdline getcursorcharpos getftime getmarklist getreg gettabwinvar getwinposx globpath histadd hlget indent inputrestore invert items job_status json_decode libcallnr list2str log mapcheck matchaddpos matchfuzzypos menu_info nextnonblank popup_atcursor popup_dialog popup_getoptions popup_menu popup_show prompt_setcallback prop_clear prop_type_change pumvisible range reduce reltimestr remote_send resolve screenchar screenstring searchpairpos setbufvar setcursorcharpos setmatches settabwinvar shiftwidth sign_place simplify sound_clear spellbadword state strcharpart stridx strridx swapinfo synIDtrans tabpagenr tanh term_getaltscreen term_getline term_gettty term_setansicolors term_start test_garbagecollect_now test_ignore_error test_null_job test_override test_srand_seed timer_start tr undofile visualmode win_execute winheight winnr win_splitmove
-syn keyword vimFuncName contained	acos argidx assert_equalfile assert_nobeep atan2 browsedir bufname byteidxcomp charcol ch_evalexpr ch_logfile ch_sendraw complete cos deepcopy digraph_get environ exepath extend finddir fmod foldtext garbagecollect getchar getcmdpos getcwd getftype getmatches getreginfo gettagstack getwinposy has histdel hlID index inputsave isdirectory job_getchannel job_stop json_encode line listener_add log10 mapnew matcharg matchlist min nr2char popup_beval popup_filter_menu popup_getpos popup_move pow prompt_setinterrupt prop_find prop_type_delete py3eval readblob reg_executing remote_expr remote_startserver reverse screenchars search searchpos setcellwidths setenv setpos settagstack sign_define sign_placelist sin soundfold spellsuggest str2float strchars string strtrans swapname synstack tabpagewinnr tempname term_getansicolors term_getscrolled terminalprops term_setapi term_wait test_garbagecollect_soon test_null_blob test_null_list test_refcount test_unknown timer_stop trim undotree wildmenumode win_findbuf win_id2tabwin winrestcmd winwidth
-syn keyword vimFuncName contained	add arglistid assert_exception assert_notequal balloon_gettext bufadd bufnr call charidx ch_evalraw ch_open ch_setoptions complete_add cosh delete digraph_getlist escape exists extendnew findfile fnameescape foldtextresult get getcharmod getcmdtype getenv getimstatus getmousepos getregtype gettext getwinvar has_key histget hlset input inputsecret isinf job_info join keys line2byte listener_flush luaeval mapset matchdelete matchstr mkdir or popup_clear popup_filter_yesno popup_hide popup_notification prevnonblank prompt_setprompt prop_list prop_type_get pyeval readdir reg_recording remote_foreground remove round screencol searchcount server2client setcharpos setfperm setqflist setwinvar sign_getdefined sign_undefine sinh sound_playevent split str2list strdisplaywidth strlen strwidth synconcealed system tagfiles term_dumpdiff term_getattr term_getsize term_list term_setkill test_alloc_fail test_getvalue test_null_channel test_null_partial test_scrollbar test_void timer_stopall trunc uniq winbufnr win_getid win_id2win winrestview wordcount
-syn keyword vimFuncName contained	and argv assert_fails assert_notmatch balloon_show bufexists bufwinid ceil ch_canread ch_getbufnr ch_read ch_status complete_check count deletebufline digraph_set eval exists_compiled feedkeys flatten fnamemodify foreground getbufinfo getcharpos getcmdwintype getfontname getjumplist getpid gettabinfo getwininfo glob haslocaldir histnr hostname inputdialog insert islocked job_setoptions js_decode len lispindent listener_remove map match matchend matchstrpos mode pathshorten popup_close popup_findinfo popup_list popup_setoptions printf prop_add prop_remove prop_type_list pyxeval readdirex reltime remote_peek rename rubyeval screenpos searchdecl serverlist setcharsearch setline setreg sha256 sign_getplaced sign_unplace slice sound_playfile sqrt str2nr strftime strpart submatch synID systemlist taglist term_dumpload term_getcursor term_getstatus term_scrape term_setrestore test_autochdir test_gui_drop_files test_null_dict test_null_string test_setmouse timer_info tolower type values wincol win_gettype winlayout winsaveview writefile
-syn keyword vimFuncName contained	append asin assert_false assert_report balloon_split buflisted bufwinnr changenr ch_close ch_getjob ch_readblob cindent complete_info cscope_connection did_filetype digraph_setlist eventhandler exp filereadable flattennew foldclosed fullcommand getbufline getcharsearch getcompletion getfperm getline getpos gettabvar getwinpos glob2regpat hasmapto hlexists iconv inputlist interrupt isnan job_start js_encode libcall list2blob localtime maparg matchadd matchfuzzy max mzeval perleval popup_create popup_findpreview popup_locate popup_settext prompt_getprompt prop_add_list prop_type_add pum_getpos rand readfile reltimefloat remote_read repeat screenattr screenrow searchpair setbufline setcmdpos setloclist settabvar shellescape sign_jump sign_unplacelist sort sound_stop srand strcharlen strgetchar strptime substitute synIDattr tabpagebuflist tan term_dumpwrite term_getjob term_gettitle term_sendkeys term_setsize test_feedinput test_gui_mouse_event test_null_function test_option_not_set test_settime timer_pause toupper typename virtcol windowsversion win_gotoid winline win_screenpos xor
-syn keyword vimFuncName contained	appendbufline assert_beeps assert_inrange assert_true blob2list bufload byte2line char2nr ch_close_in ch_info ch_readraw clearmatches confirm cursor diff_filler echoraw executable expand filewritable float2nr foldclosedend funcref getbufvar getcharstr getcurpos getfsize getloclist getqflist
+syn keyword vimFuncName contained	abs argc assert_equal assert_match atan browse bufloaded byteidx charclass chdir ch_log ch_sendexpr col copy debugbreak diff_hlID empty execute expandcmd filter floor foldlevel function getchangelist getcmdline getcursorcharpos getftime getmarklist getreg gettagstack getwinvar has_key histget hlset input inputsecret isdirectory job_getchannel job_stop json_encode line listener_add log10 mapnew matcharg matchlist min nr2char popup_beval popup_filter_menu popup_getpos popup_move pow prompt_setinterrupt prop_find prop_type_delete py3eval readblob reg_executing remote_expr remote_startserver reverse screenchars search searchpos setcellwidths setenv setpos settagstack sign_define sign_placelist sin soundfold spellsuggest str2float strchars string strtrans swapname synstack tabpagewinnr tempname term_getansicolors term_getscrolled terminalprops term_setapi term_wait test_garbagecollect_soon test_null_channel test_null_partial test_scrollbar test_void timer_stopall trunc uniq winbufnr win_getid win_id2win winnr win_splitmove
+syn keyword vimFuncName contained	acos argidx assert_equalfile assert_nobeep atan2 browsedir bufname byteidxcomp charcol ch_evalexpr ch_logfile ch_sendraw complete cos deepcopy digraph_get environ exepath extend finddir fmod foldtext garbagecollect getchar getcmdpos getcwd getftype getmatches getreginfo gettext glob haslocaldir histnr hostname inputdialog insert isinf job_info join keys line2byte listener_flush luaeval mapset matchdelete matchstr mkdir or popup_clear popup_filter_yesno popup_hide popup_notification prevnonblank prompt_setprompt prop_list prop_type_get pyeval readdir reg_recording remote_foreground remove round screencol searchcount server2client setcharpos setfperm setqflist setwinvar sign_getdefined sign_undefine sinh sound_playevent split str2list strdisplaywidth strlen strwidth synconcealed system tagfiles term_dumpdiff term_getattr term_getsize term_list term_setkill test_alloc_fail test_getvalue test_null_dict test_null_string test_setmouse timer_info tolower type values wincol win_gettype winlayout winrestcmd winwidth
+syn keyword vimFuncName contained	add arglistid assert_exception assert_notequal balloon_gettext bufadd bufnr call charidx ch_evalraw ch_open ch_setoptions complete_add cosh delete digraph_getlist escape exists extendnew findfile fnameescape foldtextresult get getcharmod getcmdtype getenv getimstatus getmousepos getregtype getwininfo glob2regpat hasmapto hlexists iconv inputlist internal_get_nv_cmdchar islocked job_setoptions js_decode len lispindent listener_remove map match matchend matchstrpos mode pathshorten popup_close popup_findinfo popup_list popup_setoptions printf prop_add prop_remove prop_type_list pyxeval readdirex reltime remote_peek rename rubyeval screenpos searchdecl serverlist setcharsearch setline setreg sha256 sign_getplaced sign_unplace slice sound_playfile sqrt str2nr strftime strpart submatch synID systemlist taglist term_dumpload term_getcursor term_getstatus term_scrape term_setrestore test_autochdir test_gui_event test_null_function test_option_not_set test_settime timer_pause toupper typename virtcol windowsversion win_gotoid winline winrestview wordcount
+syn keyword vimFuncName contained	and argv assert_fails assert_notmatch balloon_show bufexists bufwinid ceil ch_canread ch_getbufnr ch_read ch_status complete_check count deletebufline digraph_set eval exists_compiled feedkeys flatten fnamemodify foreground getbufinfo getcharpos getcmdwintype getfontname getjumplist getpid gettabinfo getwinpos globpath histadd hlget indent inputrestore interrupt isnan job_start js_encode libcall list2blob localtime maparg matchadd matchfuzzy max mzeval perleval popup_create popup_findpreview popup_locate popup_settext prompt_getprompt prop_add_list prop_type_add pum_getpos rand readfile reltimefloat remote_read repeat screenattr screenrow searchpair setbufline setcmdpos setloclist settabvar shellescape sign_jump sign_unplacelist sort sound_stop srand strcharlen strgetchar strptime substitute synIDattr tabpagebuflist tan term_dumpwrite term_getjob term_gettitle term_sendkeys term_setsize test_feedinput test_ignore_error test_null_job test_override test_srand_seed timer_start tr undofile visualmode win_execute winheight win_move_separator winsaveview writefile
+syn keyword vimFuncName contained	append asin assert_false assert_report balloon_split buflisted bufwinnr changenr ch_close ch_getjob ch_readblob cindent complete_info cscope_connection did_filetype digraph_setlist eventhandler exp filereadable flattennew foldclosed fullcommand getbufline getcharsearch getcompletion getfperm getline getpos gettabvar getwinposx has histdel hlID index inputsave invert items job_status json_decode libcallnr list2str log mapcheck matchaddpos matchfuzzypos menu_info nextnonblank popup_atcursor popup_dialog popup_getoptions popup_menu popup_show prompt_setcallback prop_clear prop_type_change pumvisible range reduce reltimestr remote_send resolve screenchar screenstring searchpairpos setbufvar setcursorcharpos setmatches settabwinvar shiftwidth sign_place simplify sound_clear spellbadword state strcharpart stridx strridx swapinfo synIDtrans tabpagenr tanh term_getaltscreen term_getline term_gettty term_setansicolors term_start test_garbagecollect_now test_null_blob test_null_list test_refcount test_unknown timer_stop trim undotree wildmenumode win_findbuf win_id2tabwin win_move_statusline win_screenpos xor
+syn keyword vimFuncName contained	appendbufline assert_beeps assert_inrange assert_true blob2list bufload byte2line char2nr ch_close_in ch_info ch_readraw clearmatches confirm cursor diff_filler echoraw executable expand filewritable float2nr foldclosedend funcref getbufvar getcharstr getcurpos getfsize getloclist getqflist gettabwinvar getwinposy
 
 "--- syntax here and above generated by mkvimvim ---
 " Special Vim Highlighting (not automatic) {{{1

runtime/tutor/tutor.ja.euc

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
      になっています。
 
      チュートリアルを完了するのに必要な時間は、覚えたコマンドを試すのにどれだ
-     け時間を使うのかにもよりますが、およそ25から30分です。
+     け時間を使うのかにもよりますが、およそ30分です。
 
      ATTENTION:
      以下の練習用コマンドにはこの文章を変更するものもあります。練習を始める前
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 			 レッスン 1.1:  カーソルの移動
 
 
-       ** カーソルを移動するには、示される様に h,j,k,l を押します **
+       ** カーソルを移動するには、示される様に h,j,k,l を押します。 **
 	     ^
 	     k		    ヒント:  h キーは左方向に移動します。
        < h	 l >		     l キーは右方向に移動します。
@@ -65,11 +65,12 @@ NOTE:  :q! <ENTER>
 
   5. 1.3までカーソルを移動させましょう。
 
+
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 1.3: テキスト編集 - 削除
 
 
-    ** ノーマルモードにてカーソルの下の文字を削除するには x を押します **
+    ** ノーマルモードにてカーソルの下の文字を削除するには x を押します。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -87,12 +88,11 @@ NOTE:
 
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 1.4: テキスト編集 - 挿入
 
 
-	 ** ノーマルモードにてテキストを挿入するには i を押します **
+	 ** ノーマルモードにてテキストを挿入するには i を押します。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ NOTE:
 		     レッスン 1.5: テキスト編集 - 追加
 
 
-		 ** テキストを追加するには A を押しましょう **
+		 ** テキストを追加するには A を押しましょう。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
-     カーソルがその文字上にあってもかまいません。
+     カーソルがその行のどの文字上にあってもかまいません。
 
   2. 追加が必要な場所で A をタイプしましょう。
 
@@ -137,18 +137,17 @@ NOTE:
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		     レッスン 1.6: ファイルの編集
 
-
-	   ** ファイルを保存して終了するには :wq とタイプします **
+	   ** ファイルを保存して終了するには :wq とタイプします。 **
 
   !! NOTE: 以下のステップを実行する前に、まず全体を読んでください!!
 
-  1. レッスン 1.2 でやったように :q! をタイプして、このチュートリアルを終了
-     します。あるいは、別の端末がある場合はそこで以下の内容を行ってもかまい
-     ません。
+  1. 別の端末がある場合はそこで以下の内容を行ってください。そうでなければ、
+     レッスン 1.2 でやったように :q! をタイプして、このチュートリアルを終了
+     します。
 
-  2. シェルプロンプトでこのコマンドをタイプします:  vim tutor <ENTER>
-     'vim' が Vim エディタを起動するコマンド、'tutor' は編集したいファイルの
-     名前です。変更してもよいファイルを使いましょう。
+  2. シェルプロンプトでこのコマンドをタイプします:  vim file.txt <ENTER>
+     'vim' が Vim エディタを起動するコマンド、'file.txt' は編集したいファイル
+     の名前です。変更できるファイルの名前を使いましょう。
 
   3. 前のレッスンで学んだように、テキストを挿入、削除します。
 
@@ -186,9 +185,9 @@ NOTE: <ESC>
 			   レッスン 2.1: 削除コマンド
 
 
-	    ** 単語の末尾までを削除するには dw とタイプしましょう **
+	    ** 単語の末尾までを削除するには dw とタイプしましょう。 **
 
-  1. ノーマルモードであることを確認するために <ESC> を押しましょう。
+  1. 確実にノーマルモードにするため <ESC> を押しましょう。
 
   2. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -196,22 +195,22 @@ NOTE: <ESC>
 
   4. 単語を削除するために dw とタイプしましょう。
 
-  NOTE: タイプすると、dw という文字がスクリーンの最下行に現われます。
-        タイプを間違ってしまった時には <ESC> を押してやり直しましょう。
+  NOTE: d をタイプすると、その文字がスクリーンの最下行に現われます。Vim は
+	あなたが w をタイプするのを待っています。もし d 以外の文字が表示された
+	時は何か間違っています。 <ESC> を押してやり直しましょう。
 
 ---> この 文 紙 には いくつかの たのしい 必要のない 単語 が 含まれて います。
 
   5. 3 から 4 までを文が正しくなるまで繰り返し、レッスン 2.2 へ進みましょう。
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 2.2: その他の削除コマンド
 
 
-	     ** 行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプしましょう **
+	   ** 行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプしましょう。 **
 
-  1. ノーマルモードであることを確認するのに <ESC> を押しましょう。
+  1. 確実にノーマルモードにするため <ESC> を押しましょう。
 
   2. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -232,7 +231,7 @@ NOTE: <ESC>
 		     レッスン 2.3: オペレータとモーション
 
 
-  多くのコマンドはオペレータとモーションからテキストに変更を加えます。
+  テキストに変更を加える多くのコマンドはオペレータとモーションからなります。
   削除コマンド d のオペレータは次の様になっています:
 
   	d   モーション
@@ -248,7 +247,7 @@ NOTE: <ESC>
 
   つまり de とタイプすると、カーソル位置から単語の終わりまでを削除します。
 
-NOTE: 冒険したい人は、ノーマルモードにてコマンドなしにモーションを押して
+NOTE: 冒険したい人は、ノーマルモードにてオペレータなしにモーションを押して
       みましょう。カーソルが目的語一覧で示される位置に移動するはずです。
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -259,7 +258,7 @@ NOTE:
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行の先頭にカーソルを移動します。
 
-  2. 2w をタイプして単語2つ分前に移動します。
+  2. 2w をタイプして単語2つ分先に移動します。
 
   3. 3e をタイプして3つ目の単語の終端に移動します。
 
@@ -284,24 +283,24 @@ NOTE:
   より多くの削除が行えます:
 	 d   数値   モーション
 
-  1. ---> と示された行の行頭部分にカーソルを移動しましょう。
+  1. ---> と示された行の最初の大文字の単語にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
-  2. UPPER CASE の単語2つを d2w とタイプして削除します。
+  2. 大文字の単語2つを d2w とタイプして削除します。
 
-  3. UPPER CASE という連続した単語を、1つのコマンドと異なるカウントを指定し、
+  3. 連続した大文字の単語を、異なるカウントを指定した1つのコマンドで削除し、
      ステップ 1 と 2 を繰り返します。
 
 ---> このABC DE行のFGHI JK LMN OP単語はQ RS TUV綺麗になった。
 
-NOTE:  オペレータ d とモーションの間にカウントを使った場合、オペレータのない
-       場合のモーションのように動作します。
-       例: 3dw と d3w は同等で、3w を削除します。
+
+
+
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			 レッスン 2.6: 行の操作
 
 
-		 ** 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします **
+		 ** 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします。 **
 
   行全体を削除する頻度が多いので、Viのデザイナーは行の削除を d の2回タイプと
   いう簡単なものに決めました。
@@ -319,24 +318,25 @@ NOTE:
 --->  6)  砂糖は甘い
 --->  7)  オマエモナー
 
+2回タイプで1行に対して作用させる方法は以下で述べるオペレータでも動作します。
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			 レッスン 2.7: やり直しコマンド
 
 
-  ** 最後のコマンドを取り消すには u を押します。U は行全体の取消です。 **
+ ** 最後のコマンドを取り消すには u を押します。U は行全体の取り消しです。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動し、最初の間違いにカーソル
      を移動しましょう。
-  2. x をタイプしていらない先頭の文字を削除しましょう。
+  2. x をタイプして最初のいらない文字を削除しましょう。
   3. さぁ、u をタイプして最後に実行したコマンドを取り消しましょう。
-  4. 今度は、x を使用して誤りを全て修正しましょう。
+  4. 今度は、x を使用して行内の誤りを全て修正しましょう。
   5. 大文字の U をタイプして、行を元の状態に戻しましょう。
-  6. u をタイプして直前の U コマンドを取消しましょう。
+  6. u をタイプして直前の U コマンドを取り消しましょう。
   7. ではコマンドを再実行するのに CTRL-R (CTRL を押したまま R を打つ)を数回
-     タイプしてみましょう(取消の取消)。
+     タイプしてみましょう(取り消しの取り消し)。
 
----> このの行のの間違いを修正々し、後でそれらの修正をを取消しまますす。
+---> このの行のの間違いを修正々し、後でそれらの修正をを取り消しまますす。
 
   8. これはとても便利なコマンドです。さぁレッスン 2 要約へ進みましょう。
 
@@ -347,45 +347,47 @@ NOTE:
 				レッスン 2 要約
 
 
-  1. カーソル位置から単語の末尾までを削除するには dw とタイプします。
-  2. カーソル位置から行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプします。
-  3. 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします。
+  1. カーソル位置から次の単語までを削除するには dw とタイプします。
+  2. カーソル位置から単語の末尾までを削除するには de とタイプします。
+  3. カーソル位置から行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプします。
+  4. 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします。
 
-  4. モーションを繰り返すには数値を付与します:   2w
-  5. 変更に用いるコマンドの形式は
+  5. モーションを繰り返すには数値を付与します:   2w
+  6. 変更に用いるコマンドの形式は
                オペレータ   [数値]   モーション
-
      それぞれ:
        オペレータ - 削除 d の類で何をするか。
-       数値       - そのコマンドを何回繰り返すか。
-       モーション - w (単語)や $ (行末)などの類で、テキストの何に対して働きか
-                    けるか。
+       [数値]     - そのコマンドを何回繰り返すか。
+       モーション - w (単語)や e (単語末尾)、$ (行末)などの類で、テキストの
+		    何に対して働きかけるか。
 
-  6. 行の先頭に移動するにはゼロを使用します:  0
+  7. 行の先頭に移動するにはゼロを使用します:  0
+
+  8. 前回の動作を取り消す:	u   (小文字 u)
+     行全体の変更を取り消す:	U   (大文字 U)
+     取り消しの取り消し:	CTRL-R
 
-  7. 前回の動作を取消す:	u   (小文字 u)
-     行全体の変更を取消す:	U   (大文字 U)
-     取消しの取消し:		CTRL-R
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			   レッスン 3.1: 貼り付けコマンド
 
 
-    ** 最後に削除された行をカーソルの後に貼り付けるには p をタイプします **
+    ** 最後に削除された行をカーソルの後に貼り付けるには p をタイプします。 **
 
-  1. 以下の段落の最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
+  1. ---> と示された以下の最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
-  2. dd  とタイプして行を削除し、Vim のバッファに格納しましょう。
+  2. dd  とタイプして行を削除し、Vim のレジスタに格納しましょう。
 
-  3. 削除した行が本来あるべき位置の上の行まで、カーソルを移動させましょう。
+  3. 削除した行が本来あるべき位置の上の行である c) 行まで、カーソルを移動させ
+     ましょう。
 
-  4. ノーマルモードで p をタイプして格納した行を画面に戻します。
+  4. ノーマルモードで p をタイプして格納した行をカーソルの下に戻します。
 
   5. 順番が正しくなる様にステップ 2 から 4 を繰り返しましょう。
 
-     d) 貴方も学ぶことができる?
-     b) スミレは青い、
-     c) 知恵とは学ぶもの、
-     a) バラは赤い、
+---> d) 貴方も学ぶことができる?
+---> b) スミレは青い、
+---> c) 知恵とは学ぶもの、
+---> a) バラは赤い、
 
 
 
@@ -393,7 +395,7 @@ NOTE:
 			 レッスン 3.2: 置き換えコマンド
 
 
-	   ** カーソルの下の文字を置き換えるには r をタイプします **
+       ** カーソルの下の文字を x に置き換えるには rx をタイプします。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -416,38 +418,38 @@ NOTE:
 			レッスン 3.3: 変更コマンド
 
 
-	 ** 単語の一部、もしくは全体を変更するには cw とタイプします **
+	 ** 単語の末尾までを変更するには ce とタイプします。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
   2. lubw の u の位置にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
-  3. cw とタイプし、正しい単語をタイプしましょう(この場合 'ine' とタイプ)。
+  3. ce とタイプし、正しい単語をタイプしましょう(この場合 'ine' とタイプ)。
 
-  4. 次の間違い(変更すべき文字の先頭)に移動するために <ESC> をタイプします。
+  4. <ESC> をタイプしてから次の間違い(変更すべき文字の先頭)に移動します。
 
   5. 最初の行が次の行の様になるまでステップ 3 と 4 を繰り返します。
 
 ---> This lubw has a few wptfd that mrrf changing usf the change operator.
 ---> This line has a few words that need changing using the change operator.
 
-cw は単語を変更するだけでなく、挿入も行えることに注意しましょう。
-
+ce は単語を削除した後、挿入モードに入ることに注意しましょう。
+cc は同じことを行全体に対して行います。
 
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		     レッスン 3.4: c を使用したその他の変更
 
 
-     ** 変更コマンドは、削除コマンドと同じ様にオブジェクトを使用します **
+     ** 変更オペレータは、削除と同じ様にモーションを使用します。 **
 
-  1. 変更コマンドは、削除コマンドと同じような動作をします。その形式は
+  1. 変更オペレータは、削除と同じような動作をします。その形式は
 
          c    [数値]   モーション
 
-  2. オブジェクトも同じで、w は単語、 $ は行末などといったものです。
+  2. モーションも同じで、w は単語、 $ は行末などといったものです。
 
-  3. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
+  3. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
   4. 最初の間違いへカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -470,7 +472,7 @@ NOTE:
      文字をタイプします。
 
   3. 変更コマンドではカーソル位置から特定のモーションで指定される終端までを変
-     更することが可能です。例えば cw ならばカーソル位置から単語の終わりまで、
+     更することが可能です。例えば ce ならばカーソル位置から単語の終わりまで、
      c$ ならば行の終わりまでを変更します。
 
   4. 変更コマンドの形式は
@@ -485,7 +487,7 @@ NOTE:
 		     レッスン 4.1: 位置とファイルの情報
 
   ** ファイル内での位置とファイルの状態を表示するには CTRL-G をタイプします。
-     ファイル内のある行に移動するには G をタイプします **
+     ファイル内のある行に移動するには G をタイプします。 **
 
      NOTE: ステップを実行する前に、このレッスン全てに目を通しましょう!!
 
@@ -496,7 +498,7 @@ NOTE:
 NOTE:  画面の右下隅にカーソルの位置が表示されているかもしれません。これは
        'ruler' オプション(:help 'ruler' を参照)を設定することで表示されます。
 
-  2. 最下行に移動するために G をタイプしましょう。
+  2. ファイルの最下行に移動するために G をタイプしましょう。
      ファイルの先頭に移動するには gg とタイプしましょう。
 
   3. 先ほどの行の番号をタイプし G をタイプしましょう。最初に CTRL-G を押した行
@@ -508,19 +510,19 @@ NOTE:
 			   レッスン 4.2: 検索コマンド
 
 
-	 ** 語句を検索するには / と、前方検索する語句をタイプします。**
+	 ** 語句を検索するには / と、前方検索する語句をタイプします。 **
 
   1. ノーマルモードで / という文字をタイプします。画面一番下に : コマンドと
      同じ様に / が現れることに気づくでしょう。
 
   2. では、'errroor' <ENTER> とタイプしましょう。これが検索したい単語です。
 
-  3. 同じ語をもう一度検索するときは 単に n をタイプします。
+  3. 同じ語句をもう一度検索するときは 単に n をタイプします。
      逆方向に語句を検索するときは N をタイプします。
 
   4. 逆方向に語句を検索する場合は、/ の代わりに ? コマンドを使用します。
 
-  5. 元の場所に戻るには CTRL-O (Ctrl を押し続けながら o 文字タイプ)をタイプし
+  5. 元の場所に戻るには CTRL-O (Ctrl を押し続けながら文字 o をタイプ)をタイプし
      ます。さらに戻るにはこれを繰り返します。CTRL-I は前方向です。
 
 --->  "errroor" は error とスペルが違います;  errroor はいわゆる error です。
@@ -531,7 +533,7 @@ NOTE:
 		      レッスン 4.3: 対応する括弧を検索
 
 
-	    ** 対応する ),] や } を検索するには % をタイプします **
+	    ** 対応する ),] や } を検索するには % をタイプします。 **
 
   1. 下の ---> で示された行で (,[ か { のどれかにカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -554,7 +556,7 @@ NOTE:
 		       レッスン 4.4: 間違いを変更する方法
 
 
-	** 'old' を 'new' に置換するには :s/old/new/g とタイプします **
+	** 'old' を 'new' に置換するには :s/old/new/g とタイプします。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -567,9 +569,8 @@ NOTE:
 
 ---> thee best time to see thee flowers is in thee spring.
 
-  4. 複数行から見つかる文字を変更するには
-     :#,#s/old/new/g    #,# には置き換える範囲の開始と終了の行番号を指定しま
-                        す。
+  4. 複数行から見つかる文字の全ての箇所を変更するには
+     :#,#s/old/new/g    #,# には置き換える範囲の開始と終了の行番号を指定する。
      :%s/old/new/g      ファイル全体で見つかるものに対して変更する。
      :%s/old/new/gc     ファイル全体で見つかるものに対して、1つ1つ確認をとりな
                         がら変更する。
@@ -593,7 +594,7 @@ NOTE:
 
   4. 現在行の最初の old を new に置換する。	:s/old/new
      現在行の全ての old を new に置換する。	:s/old/new/g
-     2つの # 間で語句を置換する。		:#,#s/old/new/g
+     2つの # 行の間で語句を置換する。		:#,#s/old/new/g
      ファイルの中の全ての検索語句を置換する。	:%s/old/new/g
      'c' を加えると置換の度に確認を求める。	:%s/old/new/gc
 
@@ -601,10 +602,10 @@ NOTE:
 		    レッスン 5.1: 外部コマンドを実行する方法
 
 
-	     ** :! の後に実行する外部コマンドをタイプします **
+	     ** :! の後に実行する外部コマンドをタイプします。 **
 
   1. 画面の最下部にカーソルが移動するよう、慣れ親しんだ : をタイプしましょう。
-     これでコマンドがタイプできる様になります。
+     これでコマンドライン命令がタイプできる様になります。
 
   2. ここで ! という文字(感嘆符)をタイプしましょう。
      これで外部シェルコマンドが実行できる様になります。
@@ -624,7 +625,7 @@ NOTE:
 		    レッスン 5.2: その他のファイルへ書き込み
 
 
-	** ファイルへ変更を保存するには :w ファイル名 とタイプします **
+	** ファイルへ変更を保存するには :w ファイル名 とタイプします。 **
 
   1. ディレクトリの一覧を得るために :!dir もしくは :!ls とタイプしましょう。
      このあと <ENTER> を押すのは既にご存知ですね。
@@ -634,7 +635,7 @@ NOTE:
   3. では :w TEST とタイプしましょう (TEST は、選んだファイル名です)。
 
   4. これによりファイル全体が TEST という名前で保存されます。
-     もう一度 :!dir もしくは :!ls とタイプして確認してみましょう。
+     もう一度 :!dir もしくは :!ls とタイプしてディレクトリを確認してみましょう。
 
 NOTE: ここで Vim を終了し、ファイル名 TEST と共に起動すると、保存した時の
      チュートリアルの複製ができ上がるはずです。
@@ -647,7 +648,7 @@ NOTE:
 			 レッスン 5.3: 選択した書き込み
 
 
-** ファイルの位置を保存するには、v モーションと :w FILENAME をタイプします。 **
+** ファイルの一部を保存するには、v モーションと :w FILENAME をタイプします。 **
 
   1. この行にカーソルを移動します。
 
@@ -660,20 +661,20 @@ NOTE:
      <ENTER> を押す前に :'<,'>w TEST となっていることを確認して下さい。
 
   5. Vim は TEST というファイルに選択された行を書き込むでしょう。
-     !dir もしくは !ls でそれを確認します。
+     :!dir もしくは :!ls でそれを確認します。
      それは削除しないでおいて下さい。次のレッスンで使用します。
 
 NOTE:  v を押すと、Visual 選択が始まります。カーソルを動かすことで、選択範囲を
        大きくも小さくもできます。さらに、その選択範囲に対してオペレータを適用
-       きます。例えば d はテキストを削除します。
+       できます。例えば d はテキストを削除します。
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 5.4: ファイルの取込と合併
 
 
-	** ファイルの中身を挿入するには :r ファイル名 とタイプします **
+	** ファイルの中身を挿入するには :r ファイル名 とタイプします。 **
 
-  1. カーソルを以下の行に合わせます。
+  1. カーソルをこの行のすぐ上に合わせます。
 
 NOTE:  ステップ 2 の実行後、レッスン 5.3 のテキストが現れます。下に下がってこ
        のレッスンに移動しましょう。
@@ -682,19 +683,18 @@ NOTE:
      ここでいう TEST は使うファイルの名前のことです。
      読み込まれたファイルは、カーソル行の下にあります。
 
-  3. 取込んだファイルを確認してみましょう。カーソルを戻すと、レッスン5.3 の
+  3. 取り込んだファイルを確認してみましょう。カーソルを戻すと、レッスン5.3 の
      オリジナルとファイルによるものの2つがあることがわかります。
 
-NOTE: 外部コマンドの出力を読み込むことも出来ます。例えば、
+NOTE: 外部コマンドの出力を読み込むこともできます。例えば、
       :r !ls は ls コマンドの出力をカーソル以下に読み込みます。
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			       レッスン 5 要約
 
 
-  1.  :!command  によって 外部コマンドを実行します。
+  1.  :!command  によって 外部コマンドを実行する。
 
      よく使う例:
 	 (Windows)	  (Unix)
@@ -717,13 +717,14 @@ NOTE:
 			 レッスン 6.1: オープンコマンド
 
 
-    ** o をタイプすると、カーソルの下の行が開き、挿入モードに入ります **
+    ** o をタイプすると、カーソルの下の行が開き、挿入モードに入ります。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
   2. o (小文字) をタイプして、カーソルの下の行を開き、挿入モードに入ります。
 
-  3. さらに挿入モードを終了する為に <ESC> をタイプします。
+  3. いくつか文字をタイプしてから、挿入モードを終了する為に <ESC> を
+     タイプします。
 
 ---> o  をタイプするとカーソルは開いた行へ移動し挿入モードに入ります。
 
@@ -735,12 +736,11 @@ NOTE:
 
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			レッスン 6.2: 追加コマンド
 
 
-      ** カーソルの次の位置からテキストを追加するには a とタイプします **
+      ** カーソルの次の位置からテキストを追加するには a とタイプします。 **
 
   1. カーソルを ---> で示された最初の行へ移動しましょう。
 
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ NOTE: a, i
 			レッスン 6.3: その他の置換方法
 
 
-	  ** 1文字以上を置き換えるには大文字の R とタイプしましょう **
+	  ** 1文字以上を置き換えるには大文字の R とタイプしましょう。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動します。最初の xxx の先頭に移動し
      ます。
@@ -781,12 +781,11 @@ NOTE: a, i
 NOTE: 置換モードは挿入モードに似ていますが、全てのタイプされた文字は既存の文字
       を削除します。
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		   レッスン 6.4: テキストのコピーとペースト
 
 
-     ** テキストのコピーにはオペレータ y を、ペーストには p を使います **
+     ** テキストのコピーにはオペレータ y を、ペーストには p を使います。 **
 
   1. ---> と示された行へ移動し、カーソルを "a)" の後に置いておきます。
 
@@ -804,12 +803,13 @@ NOTE:
 --->  a) this is the first item.
       b)
 
-  NOTE: 単語を1つ yank するのに y をオペレータとして yw とすることも出来ます。
+  NOTE: y をオペレータとして使うこともできます。yw は単語を1つ yank します。
+        yy は行を1つ yank し、p でその行を put します。
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 6.5: オプションの設定
 
 
-  ** 検索や置換の際に大文字/小文字を無視するには、オプションを設定します **
+  ** 検索や置換の際に大文字/小文字を無視するには、オプションを設定します。 **
 
   1. 次の様に入力して 'ignore' を検索しましょう:  /ignore <ENTER>
      n を押して何度か検索を繰り返します。
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ NOTE:
   6. 大文字小文字の区別を無効にするには次の様に入力します:  :set noic
 
 NOTE: マッチの強調表示をやめるには次の様に入力します:  :nohlsearch
-NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたいならば、フレーズに \c
+NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたいならば、語句内で \c
       を使用します:  /ignore\c <ENTER>
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 				レッスン 6 要約
@@ -835,13 +835,13 @@ NOTE: 1
      O (大文字) をタイプするとカーソルの上の行で挿入モードになる。
 
   2. カーソル上の文字の次からテキストを追加するには a とタイプする。
-     行末に自動でテキストを挿入するには大文字 A をタイプする。
+     行末にテキストを挿入するには大文字 A をタイプする。
 
-  3. e コマンドは単語の終端部カーソルを移動する。
+  3. e コマンドは単語の終端にカーソルを移動する。
 
   4. y オペレータはテキストを yank (コピー)し、p はそれを put (ペースト)する。
 
-  5. 大文字の R をタイプすると置換モードに入り、<ESC>を押すと抜ける。
+  5. 大文字の R をタイプすると置換モードに入り、<ESC> を押すと抜ける。
 
   6. ":set xxx" とタイプするとオプション "xxx" が設定される。
 	'ic' 'ignorecase'	検索時に大文字小文字の区別しない
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ NOTE: 1
 	'hls' 'hlsearch'	マッチするすべてを強調表示する
      長い方、短い方、どちらのオプション名でも使用できます。
 
-  7. オプションを無効にするには "no" を付与します:  :set noic
+  7. オプションを無効にするには "no" を付与する:  :set noic
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		    レッスン 7.1: オンラインヘルプコマンド
@@ -883,15 +883,15 @@ NOTE: 1
   使用不可となっています。より多くの特徴を使いはじめるには "vimrc" ファイル
   を作成します。
 
-  1. "vimrc" ファイルの編集を開始する。これはシステムに依存します。
-	:edit ~/.vimrc		    UNIX 向け
-	:edit ~/_vimrc		    Windows 向け
+  1. "vimrc" ファイルの編集を開始します。これはシステムに依存します。
+	:e ~/.vimrc		UNIX 向け
+	:e ~/_vimrc		Windows 向け
 
   2. ここでサンプルの "vimrc" を読み込みます。
-	:read $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
+	:r $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
 
   3. 以下のようにファイルへ書き込みます。
-	:write
+	:w
 
   次回 Vim を起動すると、色づけ構文が使えるようになるでしょう。
   この "vimrc" ファイルへ、お好みの設定を追加することができます。
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ NOTE: 1
 
   2. 現在のディレクトリに在るファイルを :!ls か :!dir で確認します。
 
-  3. コマンドの開始をタイプします:  :e
+  3. コマンドの先頭をタイプします:  :e
 
   4. CTRL-D を押すと Vim は "e" から始まるコマンドの一覧を表示します。
 

runtime/tutor/tutor.ja.sjis

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
      になっています。
 
      チュートリアルを完了するのに必要な時間は、覚えたコマンドを試すのにどれだ
-     け時間を使うのかにもよりますが、およそ25から30分です。
+     け時間を使うのかにもよりますが、およそ30分です。
 
      ATTENTION:
      以下の練習用コマンドにはこの文章を変更するものもあります。練習を始める前
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 			 レッスン 1.1:  カーソルの移動
 
 
-       ** カーソルを移動するには、示される様に h,j,k,l を押します **
+       ** カーソルを移動するには、示される様に h,j,k,l を押します。 **
 	     ^
 	     k		    ヒント:  h キーは左方向に移動します。
        < h	 l >		     l キーは右方向に移動します。
@@ -65,11 +65,12 @@ NOTE:  :q! <ENTER>
 
   5. 1.3までカーソルを移動させましょう。
 
+
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 1.3: テキスト編集 - 削除
 
 
-    ** ノーマルモードにてカーソルの下の文字を削除するには x を押します **
+    ** ノーマルモードにてカーソルの下の文字を削除するには x を押します。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -87,12 +88,11 @@ NOTE:
 
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 1.4: テキスト編集 - 挿入
 
 
-	 ** ノーマルモードにてテキストを挿入するには i を押します **
+	 ** ノーマルモードにてテキストを挿入するには i を押します。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ NOTE:
 		     レッスン 1.5: テキスト編集 - 追加
 
 
-		 ** テキストを追加するには A を押しましょう **
+		 ** テキストを追加するには A を押しましょう。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
-     カーソルがその文字上にあってもかまいません。
+     カーソルがその行のどの文字上にあってもかまいません。
 
   2. 追加が必要な場所で A をタイプしましょう。
 
@@ -137,18 +137,17 @@ NOTE:
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		     レッスン 1.6: ファイルの編集
 
-
-	   ** ファイルを保存して終了するには :wq とタイプします **
+	   ** ファイルを保存して終了するには :wq とタイプします。 **
 
   !! NOTE: 以下のステップを実行する前に、まず全体を読んでください!!
 
-  1. レッスン 1.2 でやったように :q! をタイプして、このチュートリアルを終了
-     します。あるいは、別の端末がある場合はそこで以下の内容を行ってもかまい
-     ません。
+  1. 別の端末がある場合はそこで以下の内容を行ってください。そうでなければ、
+     レッスン 1.2 でやったように :q! をタイプして、このチュートリアルを終了
+     します。
 
-  2. シェルプロンプトでこのコマンドをタイプします:  vim tutor <ENTER>
-     'vim' が Vim エディタを起動するコマンド、'tutor' は編集したいファイルの
-     名前です。変更してもよいファイルを使いましょう。
+  2. シェルプロンプトでこのコマンドをタイプします:  vim file.txt <ENTER>
+     'vim' が Vim エディタを起動するコマンド、'file.txt' は編集したいファイル
+     の名前です。変更できるファイルの名前を使いましょう。
 
   3. 前のレッスンで学んだように、テキストを挿入、削除します。
 
@@ -186,9 +185,9 @@ NOTE: <ESC>
 			   レッスン 2.1: 削除コマンド
 
 
-	    ** 単語の末尾までを削除するには dw とタイプしましょう **
+	    ** 単語の末尾までを削除するには dw とタイプしましょう。 **
 
-  1. ノーマルモードであることを確認するために <ESC> を押しましょう。
+  1. 確実にノーマルモードにするため <ESC> を押しましょう。
 
   2. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -196,22 +195,22 @@ NOTE: <ESC>
 
   4. 単語を削除するために dw とタイプしましょう。
 
-  NOTE: タイプすると、dw という文字がスクリーンの最下行に現われます。
-        タイプを間違ってしまった時には <ESC> を押してやり直しましょう。
+  NOTE: d をタイプすると、その文字がスクリーンの最下行に現われます。Vim は
+	あなたが w をタイプするのを待っています。もし d 以外の文字が表示された
+	時は何か間違っています。 <ESC> を押してやり直しましょう。
 
 ---> この 文 紙 には いくつかの たのしい 必要のない 単語 が 含まれて います。
 
   5. 3 から 4 までを文が正しくなるまで繰り返し、レッスン 2.2 へ進みましょう。
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 2.2: その他の削除コマンド
 
 
-	     ** 行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプしましょう **
+	   ** 行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプしましょう。 **
 
-  1. ノーマルモードであることを確認するのに <ESC> を押しましょう。
+  1. 確実にノーマルモードにするため <ESC> を押しましょう。
 
   2. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -232,7 +231,7 @@ NOTE: <ESC>
 		     レッスン 2.3: オペレータとモーション
 
 
-  多くのコマンドはオペレータとモーションからテキストに変更を加えます。
+  テキストに変更を加える多くのコマンドはオペレータとモーションからなります。
   削除コマンド d のオペレータは次の様になっています:
 
   	d   モーション
@@ -248,7 +247,7 @@ NOTE: <ESC>
 
   つまり de とタイプすると、カーソル位置から単語の終わりまでを削除します。
 
-NOTE: 冒険したい人は、ノーマルモードにてコマンドなしにモーションを押して
+NOTE: 冒険したい人は、ノーマルモードにてオペレータなしにモーションを押して
       みましょう。カーソルが目的語一覧で示される位置に移動するはずです。
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -259,7 +258,7 @@ NOTE:
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行の先頭にカーソルを移動します。
 
-  2. 2w をタイプして単語2つ分前に移動します。
+  2. 2w をタイプして単語2つ分先に移動します。
 
   3. 3e をタイプして3つ目の単語の終端に移動します。
 
@@ -284,24 +283,24 @@ NOTE:
   より多くの削除が行えます:
 	 d   数値   モーション
 
-  1. ---> と示された行の行頭部分にカーソルを移動しましょう。
+  1. ---> と示された行の最初の大文字の単語にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
-  2. UPPER CASE の単語2つを d2w とタイプして削除します。
+  2. 大文字の単語2つを d2w とタイプして削除します。
 
-  3. UPPER CASE という連続した単語を、1つのコマンドと異なるカウントを指定し、
+  3. 連続した大文字の単語を、異なるカウントを指定した1つのコマンドで削除し、
      ステップ 1 と 2 を繰り返します。
 
 ---> このABC DE行のFGHI JK LMN OP単語はQ RS TUV綺麗になった。
 
-NOTE:  オペレータ d とモーションの間にカウントを使った場合、オペレータのない
-       場合のモーションのように動作します。
-       例: 3dw と d3w は同等で、3w を削除します。
+
+
+
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			 レッスン 2.6: 行の操作
 
 
-		 ** 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします **
+		 ** 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします。 **
 
   行全体を削除する頻度が多いので、Viのデザイナーは行の削除を d の2回タイプと
   いう簡単なものに決めました。
@@ -319,24 +318,25 @@ NOTE:
 --->  6)  砂糖は甘い
 --->  7)  オマエモナー
 
+2回タイプで1行に対して作用させる方法は以下で述べるオペレータでも動作します。
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			 レッスン 2.7: やり直しコマンド
 
 
-  ** 最後のコマンドを取り消すには u を押します。U は行全体の取消です。 **
+ ** 最後のコマンドを取り消すには u を押します。U は行全体の取り消しです。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動し、最初の間違いにカーソル
      を移動しましょう。
-  2. x をタイプしていらない先頭の文字を削除しましょう。
+  2. x をタイプして最初のいらない文字を削除しましょう。
   3. さぁ、u をタイプして最後に実行したコマンドを取り消しましょう。
-  4. 今度は、x を使用して誤りを全て修正しましょう。
+  4. 今度は、x を使用して行内の誤りを全て修正しましょう。
   5. 大文字の U をタイプして、行を元の状態に戻しましょう。
-  6. u をタイプして直前の U コマンドを取消しましょう。
+  6. u をタイプして直前の U コマンドを取り消しましょう。
   7. ではコマンドを再実行するのに CTRL-R (CTRL を押したまま R を打つ)を数回
-     タイプしてみましょう(取消の取消)。
+     タイプしてみましょう(取り消しの取り消し)。
 
----> このの行のの間違いを修正々し、後でそれらの修正をを取消しまますす。
+---> このの行のの間違いを修正々し、後でそれらの修正をを取り消しまますす。
 
   8. これはとても便利なコマンドです。さぁレッスン 2 要約へ進みましょう。
 
@@ -347,45 +347,47 @@ NOTE:
 				レッスン 2 要約
 
 
-  1. カーソル位置から単語の末尾までを削除するには dw とタイプします。
-  2. カーソル位置から行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプします。
-  3. 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします。
+  1. カーソル位置から次の単語までを削除するには dw とタイプします。
+  2. カーソル位置から単語の末尾までを削除するには de とタイプします。
+  3. カーソル位置から行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプします。
+  4. 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします。
 
-  4. モーションを繰り返すには数値を付与します:   2w
-  5. 変更に用いるコマンドの形式は
+  5. モーションを繰り返すには数値を付与します:   2w
+  6. 変更に用いるコマンドの形式は
                オペレータ   [数値]   モーション
-
      それぞれ:
        オペレータ - 削除 d の類で何をするか。
-       数値       - そのコマンドを何回繰り返すか。
-       モーション - w (単語)や $ (行末)などの類で、テキストの何に対して働きか
-                    けるか。
+       [数値]     - そのコマンドを何回繰り返すか。
+       モーション - w (単語)や e (単語末尾)、$ (行末)などの類で、テキストの
+		    何に対して働きかけるか。
 
-  6. 行の先頭に移動するにはゼロを使用します:  0
+  7. 行の先頭に移動するにはゼロを使用します:  0
+
+  8. 前回の動作を取り消す:	u   (小文字 u)
+     行全体の変更を取り消す:	U   (大文字 U)
+     取り消しの取り消し:	CTRL-R
 
-  7. 前回の動作を取消す:	u   (小文字 u)
-     行全体の変更を取消す:	U   (大文字 U)
-     取消しの取消し:		CTRL-R
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			   レッスン 3.1: 貼り付けコマンド
 
 
-    ** 最後に削除された行をカーソルの後に貼り付けるには p をタイプします **
+    ** 最後に削除された行をカーソルの後に貼り付けるには p をタイプします。 **
 
-  1. 以下の段落の最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
+  1. ---> と示された以下の最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
-  2. dd  とタイプして行を削除し、Vim のバッファに格納しましょう。
+  2. dd  とタイプして行を削除し、Vim のレジスタに格納しましょう。
 
-  3. 削除した行が本来あるべき位置の上の行まで、カーソルを移動させましょう。
+  3. 削除した行が本来あるべき位置の上の行である c) 行まで、カーソルを移動させ
+     ましょう。
 
-  4. ノーマルモードで p をタイプして格納した行を画面に戻します。
+  4. ノーマルモードで p をタイプして格納した行をカーソルの下に戻します。
 
   5. 順番が正しくなる様にステップ 2 から 4 を繰り返しましょう。
 
-     d) 貴方も学ぶことができる?
-     b) スミレは青い、
-     c) 知恵とは学ぶもの、
-     a) バラは赤い、
+---> d) 貴方も学ぶことができる?
+---> b) スミレは青い、
+---> c) 知恵とは学ぶもの、
+---> a) バラは赤い、
 
 
 
@@ -393,7 +395,7 @@ NOTE:
 			 レッスン 3.2: 置き換えコマンド
 
 
-	   ** カーソルの下の文字を置き換えるには r をタイプします **
+       ** カーソルの下の文字を x に置き換えるには rx をタイプします。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -416,38 +418,38 @@ NOTE:
 			レッスン 3.3: 変更コマンド
 
 
-	 ** 単語の一部、もしくは全体を変更するには cw とタイプします **
+	 ** 単語の末尾までを変更するには ce とタイプします。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
   2. lubw の u の位置にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
-  3. cw とタイプし、正しい単語をタイプしましょう(この場合 'ine' とタイプ)。
+  3. ce とタイプし、正しい単語をタイプしましょう(この場合 'ine' とタイプ)。
 
-  4. 次の間違い(変更すべき文字の先頭)に移動するために <ESC> をタイプします。
+  4. <ESC> をタイプしてから次の間違い(変更すべき文字の先頭)に移動します。
 
   5. 最初の行が次の行の様になるまでステップ 3 と 4 を繰り返します。
 
 ---> This lubw has a few wptfd that mrrf changing usf the change operator.
 ---> This line has a few words that need changing using the change operator.
 
-cw は単語を変更するだけでなく、挿入も行えることに注意しましょう。
-
+ce は単語を削除した後、挿入モードに入ることに注意しましょう。
+cc は同じことを行全体に対して行います。
 
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		     レッスン 3.4: c を使用したその他の変更
 
 
-     ** 変更コマンドは、削除コマンドと同じ様にオブジェクトを使用します **
+     ** 変更オペレータは、削除と同じ様にモーションを使用します。 **
 
-  1. 変更コマンドは、削除コマンドと同じような動作をします。その形式は
+  1. 変更オペレータは、削除と同じような動作をします。その形式は
 
          c    [数値]   モーション
 
-  2. オブジェクトも同じで、w は単語、 $ は行末などといったものです。
+  2. モーションも同じで、w は単語、 $ は行末などといったものです。
 
-  3. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
+  3. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
   4. 最初の間違いへカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -470,7 +472,7 @@ NOTE:
      文字をタイプします。
 
   3. 変更コマンドではカーソル位置から特定のモーションで指定される終端までを変
-     更することが可能です。例えば cw ならばカーソル位置から単語の終わりまで、
+     更することが可能です。例えば ce ならばカーソル位置から単語の終わりまで、
      c$ ならば行の終わりまでを変更します。
 
   4. 変更コマンドの形式は
@@ -485,7 +487,7 @@ NOTE:
 		     レッスン 4.1: 位置とファイルの情報
 
   ** ファイル内での位置とファイルの状態を表示するには CTRL-G をタイプします。
-     ファイル内のある行に移動するには G をタイプします **
+     ファイル内のある行に移動するには G をタイプします。 **
 
      NOTE: ステップを実行する前に、このレッスン全てに目を通しましょう!!
 
@@ -496,7 +498,7 @@ NOTE:
 NOTE:  画面の右下隅にカーソルの位置が表示されているかもしれません。これは
        'ruler' オプション(:help 'ruler' を参照)を設定することで表示されます。
 
-  2. 最下行に移動するために G をタイプしましょう。
+  2. ファイルの最下行に移動するために G をタイプしましょう。
      ファイルの先頭に移動するには gg とタイプしましょう。
 
   3. 先ほどの行の番号をタイプし G をタイプしましょう。最初に CTRL-G を押した行
@@ -508,19 +510,19 @@ NOTE:
 			   レッスン 4.2: 検索コマンド
 
 
-	 ** 語句を検索するには / と、前方検索する語句をタイプします。**
+	 ** 語句を検索するには / と、前方検索する語句をタイプします。 **
 
   1. ノーマルモードで / という文字をタイプします。画面一番下に : コマンドと
      同じ様に / が現れることに気づくでしょう。
 
   2. では、'errroor' <ENTER> とタイプしましょう。これが検索したい単語です。
 
-  3. 同じ語をもう一度検索するときは 単に n をタイプします。
+  3. 同じ語句をもう一度検索するときは 単に n をタイプします。
      逆方向に語句を検索するときは N をタイプします。
 
   4. 逆方向に語句を検索する場合は、/ の代わりに ? コマンドを使用します。
 
-  5. 元の場所に戻るには CTRL-O (Ctrl を押し続けながら o 文字タイプ)をタイプし
+  5. 元の場所に戻るには CTRL-O (Ctrl を押し続けながら文字 o をタイプ)をタイプし
      ます。さらに戻るにはこれを繰り返します。CTRL-I は前方向です。
 
 --->  "errroor" は error とスペルが違います;  errroor はいわゆる error です。
@@ -531,7 +533,7 @@ NOTE:
 		      レッスン 4.3: 対応する括弧を検索
 
 
-	    ** 対応する ),] や } を検索するには % をタイプします **
+	    ** 対応する ),] や } を検索するには % をタイプします。 **
 
   1. 下の ---> で示された行で (,[ か { のどれかにカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -554,7 +556,7 @@ NOTE:
 		       レッスン 4.4: 間違いを変更する方法
 
 
-	** 'old' を 'new' に置換するには :s/old/new/g とタイプします **
+	** 'old' を 'new' に置換するには :s/old/new/g とタイプします。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -567,9 +569,8 @@ NOTE:
 
 ---> thee best time to see thee flowers is in thee spring.
 
-  4. 複数行から見つかる文字を変更するには
-     :#,#s/old/new/g    #,# には置き換える範囲の開始と終了の行番号を指定しま
-                        す。
+  4. 複数行から見つかる文字の全ての箇所を変更するには
+     :#,#s/old/new/g    #,# には置き換える範囲の開始と終了の行番号を指定する。
      :%s/old/new/g      ファイル全体で見つかるものに対して変更する。
      :%s/old/new/gc     ファイル全体で見つかるものに対して、1つ1つ確認をとりな
                         がら変更する。
@@ -593,7 +594,7 @@ NOTE:
 
   4. 現在行の最初の old を new に置換する。	:s/old/new
      現在行の全ての old を new に置換する。	:s/old/new/g
-     2つの # 間で語句を置換する。		:#,#s/old/new/g
+     2つの # 行の間で語句を置換する。		:#,#s/old/new/g
      ファイルの中の全ての検索語句を置換する。	:%s/old/new/g
      'c' を加えると置換の度に確認を求める。	:%s/old/new/gc
 
@@ -601,10 +602,10 @@ NOTE:
 		    レッスン 5.1: 外部コマンドを実行する方法
 
 
-	     ** :! の後に実行する外部コマンドをタイプします **
+	     ** :! の後に実行する外部コマンドをタイプします。 **
 
   1. 画面の最下部にカーソルが移動するよう、慣れ親しんだ : をタイプしましょう。
-     これでコマンドがタイプできる様になります。
+     これでコマンドライン命令がタイプできる様になります。
 
   2. ここで ! という文字(感嘆符)をタイプしましょう。
      これで外部シェルコマンドが実行できる様になります。
@@ -624,7 +625,7 @@ NOTE:
 		    レッスン 5.2: その他のファイルへ書き込み
 
 
-	** ファイルへ変更を保存するには :w ファイル名 とタイプします **
+	** ファイルへ変更を保存するには :w ファイル名 とタイプします。 **
 
   1. ディレクトリの一覧を得るために :!dir もしくは :!ls とタイプしましょう。
      このあと <ENTER> を押すのは既にご存知ですね。
@@ -634,7 +635,7 @@ NOTE:
   3. では :w TEST とタイプしましょう (TEST は、選んだファイル名です)。
 
   4. これによりファイル全体が TEST という名前で保存されます。
-     もう一度 :!dir もしくは :!ls とタイプして確認してみましょう。
+     もう一度 :!dir もしくは :!ls とタイプしてディレクトリを確認してみましょう。
 
 NOTE: ここで Vim を終了し、ファイル名 TEST と共に起動すると、保存した時の
      チュートリアルの複製ができ上がるはずです。
@@ -647,7 +648,7 @@ NOTE:
 			 レッスン 5.3: 選択した書き込み
 
 
-** ファイルの位置を保存するには、v モーションと :w FILENAME をタイプします。 **
+** ファイルの一部を保存するには、v モーションと :w FILENAME をタイプします。 **
 
   1. この行にカーソルを移動します。
 
@@ -660,20 +661,20 @@ NOTE:
      <ENTER> を押す前に :'<,'>w TEST となっていることを確認して下さい。
 
   5. Vim は TEST というファイルに選択された行を書き込むでしょう。
-     !dir もしくは !ls でそれを確認します。
+     :!dir もしくは :!ls でそれを確認します。
      それは削除しないでおいて下さい。次のレッスンで使用します。
 
 NOTE:  v を押すと、Visual 選択が始まります。カーソルを動かすことで、選択範囲を
        大きくも小さくもできます。さらに、その選択範囲に対してオペレータを適用
-       きます。例えば d はテキストを削除します。
+       できます。例えば d はテキストを削除します。
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 5.4: ファイルの取込と合併
 
 
-	** ファイルの中身を挿入するには :r ファイル名 とタイプします **
+	** ファイルの中身を挿入するには :r ファイル名 とタイプします。 **
 
-  1. カーソルを以下の行に合わせます。
+  1. カーソルをこの行のすぐ上に合わせます。
 
 NOTE:  ステップ 2 の実行後、レッスン 5.3 のテキストが現れます。下に下がってこ
        のレッスンに移動しましょう。
@@ -682,19 +683,18 @@ NOTE:
      ここでいう TEST は使うファイルの名前のことです。
      読み込まれたファイルは、カーソル行の下にあります。
 
-  3. 取込んだファイルを確認してみましょう。カーソルを戻すと、レッスン5.3 の
+  3. 取り込んだファイルを確認してみましょう。カーソルを戻すと、レッスン5.3 の
      オリジナルとファイルによるものの2つがあることがわかります。
 
-NOTE: 外部コマンドの出力を読み込むことも出来ます。例えば、
+NOTE: 外部コマンドの出力を読み込むこともできます。例えば、
       :r !ls は ls コマンドの出力をカーソル以下に読み込みます。
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			       レッスン 5 要約
 
 
-  1.  :!command  によって 外部コマンドを実行します。
+  1.  :!command  によって 外部コマンドを実行する。
 
      よく使う例:
 	 (Windows)	  (Unix)
@@ -717,13 +717,14 @@ NOTE:
 			 レッスン 6.1: オープンコマンド
 
 
-    ** o をタイプすると、カーソルの下の行が開き、挿入モードに入ります **
+    ** o をタイプすると、カーソルの下の行が開き、挿入モードに入ります。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
   2. o (小文字) をタイプして、カーソルの下の行を開き、挿入モードに入ります。
 
-  3. さらに挿入モードを終了する為に <ESC> をタイプします。
+  3. いくつか文字をタイプしてから、挿入モードを終了する為に <ESC> を
+     タイプします。
 
 ---> o  をタイプするとカーソルは開いた行へ移動し挿入モードに入ります。
 
@@ -735,12 +736,11 @@ NOTE:
 
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			レッスン 6.2: 追加コマンド
 
 
-      ** カーソルの次の位置からテキストを追加するには a とタイプします **
+      ** カーソルの次の位置からテキストを追加するには a とタイプします。 **
 
   1. カーソルを ---> で示された最初の行へ移動しましょう。
 
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ NOTE: a, i
 			レッスン 6.3: その他の置換方法
 
 
-	  ** 1文字以上を置き換えるには大文字の R とタイプしましょう **
+	  ** 1文字以上を置き換えるには大文字の R とタイプしましょう。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動します。最初の xxx の先頭に移動し
      ます。
@@ -781,12 +781,11 @@ NOTE: a, i
 NOTE: 置換モードは挿入モードに似ていますが、全てのタイプされた文字は既存の文字
       を削除します。
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		   レッスン 6.4: テキストのコピーとペースト
 
 
-     ** テキストのコピーにはオペレータ y を、ペーストには p を使います **
+     ** テキストのコピーにはオペレータ y を、ペーストには p を使います。 **
 
   1. ---> と示された行へ移動し、カーソルを "a)" の後に置いておきます。
 
@@ -804,12 +803,13 @@ NOTE:
 --->  a) this is the first item.
       b)
 
-  NOTE: 単語を1つ yank するのに y をオペレータとして yw とすることも出来ます。
+  NOTE: y をオペレータとして使うこともできます。yw は単語を1つ yank します。
+        yy は行を1つ yank し、p でその行を put します。
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 6.5: オプションの設定
 
 
-  ** 検索や置換の際に大文字/小文字を無視するには、オプションを設定します **
+  ** 検索や置換の際に大文字/小文字を無視するには、オプションを設定します。 **
 
   1. 次の様に入力して 'ignore' を検索しましょう:  /ignore <ENTER>
      n を押して何度か検索を繰り返します。
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ NOTE:
   6. 大文字小文字の区別を無効にするには次の様に入力します:  :set noic
 
 NOTE: マッチの強調表示をやめるには次の様に入力します:  :nohlsearch
-NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたいならば、フレーズに \c
+NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたいならば、語句内で \c
       を使用します:  /ignore\c <ENTER>
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 				レッスン 6 要約
@@ -835,13 +835,13 @@ NOTE: 1
      O (大文字) をタイプするとカーソルの上の行で挿入モードになる。
 
   2. カーソル上の文字の次からテキストを追加するには a とタイプする。
-     行末に自動でテキストを挿入するには大文字 A をタイプする。
+     行末にテキストを挿入するには大文字 A をタイプする。
 
-  3. e コマンドは単語の終端部カーソルを移動する。
+  3. e コマンドは単語の終端にカーソルを移動する。
 
   4. y オペレータはテキストを yank (コピー)し、p はそれを put (ペースト)する。
 
-  5. 大文字の R をタイプすると置換モードに入り、<ESC>を押すと抜ける。
+  5. 大文字の R をタイプすると置換モードに入り、<ESC> を押すと抜ける。
 
   6. ":set xxx" とタイプするとオプション "xxx" が設定される。
 	'ic' 'ignorecase'	検索時に大文字小文字の区別しない
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ NOTE: 1
 	'hls' 'hlsearch'	マッチするすべてを強調表示する
      長い方、短い方、どちらのオプション名でも使用できます。
 
-  7. オプションを無効にするには "no" を付与します:  :set noic
+  7. オプションを無効にするには "no" を付与する:  :set noic
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		    レッスン 7.1: オンラインヘルプコマンド
@@ -883,15 +883,15 @@ NOTE: 1
   使用不可となっています。より多くの特徴を使いはじめるには "vimrc" ファイル
   を作成します。
 
-  1. "vimrc" ファイルの編集を開始する。これはシステムに依存します。
-	:edit ~/.vimrc		    UNIX 向け
-	:edit ~/_vimrc		    Windows 向け
+  1. "vimrc" ファイルの編集を開始します。これはシステムに依存します。
+	:e ~/.vimrc		UNIX 向け
+	:e ~/_vimrc		Windows 向け
 
   2. ここでサンプルの "vimrc" を読み込みます。
-	:read $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
+	:r $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
 
   3. 以下のようにファイルへ書き込みます。
-	:write
+	:w
 
   次回 Vim を起動すると、色づけ構文が使えるようになるでしょう。
   この "vimrc" ファイルへ、お好みの設定を追加することができます。
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ NOTE: 1
 
   2. 現在のディレクトリに在るファイルを :!ls か :!dir で確認します。
 
-  3. コマンドの開始をタイプします:  :e
+  3. コマンドの先頭をタイプします:  :e
 
   4. CTRL-D を押すと Vim は "e" から始まるコマンドの一覧を表示します。
 

runtime/tutor/tutor.ja.utf-8

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
      になっています。
 
      チュートリアルを完了するのに必要な時間は、覚えたコマンドを試すのにどれだ
-     け時間を使うのかにもよりますが、およそ25から30分です。
+     け時間を使うのかにもよりますが、およそ30分です。
 
      ATTENTION:
      以下の練習用コマンドにはこの文章を変更するものもあります。練習を始める前
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 			 レッスン 1.1:  カーソルの移動
 
 
-       ** カーソルを移動するには、示される様に h,j,k,l を押します **
+       ** カーソルを移動するには、示される様に h,j,k,l を押します。 **
 	     ^
 	     k		    ヒント:  h キーは左方向に移動します。
        < h	 l >		     l キーは右方向に移動します。
@@ -65,11 +65,12 @@ NOTE:  :q! <ENTER> は全ての変更を破棄します。レッスンにて変
 
   5. 1.3までカーソルを移動させましょう。
 
+
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 1.3: テキスト編集 - 削除
 
 
-    ** ノーマルモードにてカーソルの下の文字を削除するには x を押します **
+    ** ノーマルモードにてカーソルの下の文字を削除するには x を押します。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -87,12 +88,11 @@ NOTE: 全てのレッスンを通じて、覚えようとするのではなく
 
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 1.4: テキスト編集 - 挿入
 
 
-	 ** ノーマルモードにてテキストを挿入するには i を押します **
+	 ** ノーマルモードにてテキストを挿入するには i を押します。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ NOTE: 全てのレッスンを通じて、覚えようとするのではなく
 		     レッスン 1.5: テキスト編集 - 追加
 
 
-		 ** テキストを追加するには A を押しましょう **
+		 ** テキストを追加するには A を押しましょう。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
-     カーソルがその文字上にあってもかまいません。
+     カーソルがその行のどの文字上にあってもかまいません。
 
   2. 追加が必要な場所で A をタイプしましょう。
 
@@ -137,18 +137,17 @@ NOTE: 全てのレッスンを通じて、覚えようとするのではなく
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		     レッスン 1.6: ファイルの編集
 
-
-	   ** ファイルを保存して終了するには :wq とタイプします **
+	   ** ファイルを保存して終了するには :wq とタイプします。 **
 
   !! NOTE: 以下のステップを実行する前に、まず全体を読んでください!!
 
-  1. レッスン 1.2 でやったように :q! をタイプして、このチュートリアルを終了
-     します。あるいは、別の端末がある場合はそこで以下の内容を行ってもかまい
-     ません。
+  1. 別の端末がある場合はそこで以下の内容を行ってください。そうでなければ、
+     レッスン 1.2 でやったように :q! をタイプして、このチュートリアルを終了
+     します。
 
-  2. シェルプロンプトでこのコマンドをタイプします:  vim tutor <ENTER>
-     'vim' が Vim エディタを起動するコマンド、'tutor' は編集したいファイルの
-     名前です。変更してもよいファイルを使いましょう。
+  2. シェルプロンプトでこのコマンドをタイプします:  vim file.txt <ENTER>
+     'vim' が Vim エディタを起動するコマンド、'file.txt' は編集したいファイル
+     の名前です。変更できるファイルの名前を使いましょう。
 
   3. 前のレッスンで学んだように、テキストを挿入、削除します。
 
@@ -186,9 +185,9 @@ NOTE: <ESC> キーを押すとノーマルモードに移行します。その
 			   レッスン 2.1: 削除コマンド
 
 
-	    ** 単語の末尾までを削除するには dw とタイプしましょう **
+	    ** 単語の末尾までを削除するには dw とタイプしましょう。 **
 
-  1. ノーマルモードであることを確認するために <ESC> を押しましょう。
+  1. 確実にノーマルモードにするため <ESC> を押しましょう。
 
   2. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -196,22 +195,22 @@ NOTE: <ESC> キーを押すとノーマルモードに移行します。その
 
   4. 単語を削除するために dw とタイプしましょう。
 
-  NOTE: タイプすると、dw という文字がスクリーンの最下行に現われます。
-        タイプを間違ってしまった時には <ESC> を押してやり直しましょう。
+  NOTE: d をタイプすると、その文字がスクリーンの最下行に現われます。Vim は
+	あなたが w をタイプするのを待っています。もし d 以外の文字が表示された
+	時は何か間違っています。 <ESC> を押してやり直しましょう。
 
 ---> この 文 紙 には いくつかの たのしい 必要のない 単語 が 含まれて います。
 
   5. 3 から 4 までを文が正しくなるまで繰り返し、レッスン 2.2 へ進みましょう。
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 2.2: その他の削除コマンド
 
 
-	     ** 行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプしましょう **
+	   ** 行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプしましょう。 **
 
-  1. ノーマルモードであることを確認するのに <ESC> を押しましょう。
+  1. 確実にノーマルモードにするため <ESC> を押しましょう。
 
   2. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -232,7 +231,7 @@ NOTE: <ESC> キーを押すとノーマルモードに移行します。その
 		     レッスン 2.3: オペレータとモーション
 
 
-  多くのコマンドはオペレータとモーションからテキストに変更を加えます。
+  テキストに変更を加える多くのコマンドはオペレータとモーションからなります。
   削除コマンド d のオペレータは次の様になっています:
 
   	d   モーション
@@ -248,7 +247,7 @@ NOTE: <ESC> キーを押すとノーマルモードに移行します。その
 
   つまり de とタイプすると、カーソル位置から単語の終わりまでを削除します。
 
-NOTE: 冒険したい人は、ノーマルモードにてコマンドなしにモーションを押して
+NOTE: 冒険したい人は、ノーマルモードにてオペレータなしにモーションを押して
       みましょう。カーソルが目的語一覧で示される位置に移動するはずです。
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -259,7 +258,7 @@ NOTE: 冒険したい人は、ノーマルモードにてコマンドなしに
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行の先頭にカーソルを移動します。
 
-  2. 2w をタイプして単語2つ分前に移動します。
+  2. 2w をタイプして単語2つ分先に移動します。
 
   3. 3e をタイプして3つ目の単語の終端に移動します。
 
@@ -284,24 +283,24 @@ NOTE: 冒険したい人は、ノーマルモードにてコマンドなしに
   より多くの削除が行えます:
 	 d   数値   モーション
 
-  1. ---> と示された行の行頭部分にカーソルを移動しましょう。
+  1. ---> と示された行の最初の大文字の単語にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
-  2. UPPER CASE の単語2つを d2w とタイプして削除します。
+  2. 大文字の単語2つを d2w とタイプして削除します。
 
-  3. UPPER CASE という連続した単語を、1つのコマンドと異なるカウントを指定し、
+  3. 連続した大文字の単語を、異なるカウントを指定した1つのコマンドで削除し、
      ステップ 1 と 2 を繰り返します。
 
 ---> このABC DE行のFGHI JK LMN OP単語はQ RS TUV綺麗になった。
 
-NOTE:  オペレータ d とモーションの間にカウントを使った場合、オペレータのない
-       場合のモーションのように動作します。
-       例: 3dw と d3w は同等で、3w を削除します。
+
+
+
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			 レッスン 2.6: 行の操作
 
 
-		 ** 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします **
+		 ** 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします。 **
 
   行全体を削除する頻度が多いので、Viのデザイナーは行の削除を d の2回タイプと
   いう簡単なものに決めました。
@@ -319,24 +318,25 @@ NOTE:  オペレータ d とモーションの間にカウントを使った場
 --->  6)  砂糖は甘い
 --->  7)  オマエモナー
 
+2回タイプで1行に対して作用させる方法は以下で述べるオペレータでも動作します。
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			 レッスン 2.7: やり直しコマンド
 
 
-  ** 最後のコマンドを取り消すには u を押します。U は行全体の取消です。 **
+ ** 最後のコマンドを取り消すには u を押します。U は行全体の取り消しです。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動し、最初の間違いにカーソル
      を移動しましょう。
-  2. x をタイプしていらない先頭の文字を削除しましょう。
+  2. x をタイプして最初のいらない文字を削除しましょう。
   3. さぁ、u をタイプして最後に実行したコマンドを取り消しましょう。
-  4. 今度は、x を使用して誤りを全て修正しましょう。
+  4. 今度は、x を使用して行内の誤りを全て修正しましょう。
   5. 大文字の U をタイプして、行を元の状態に戻しましょう。
-  6. u をタイプして直前の U コマンドを取消しましょう。
+  6. u をタイプして直前の U コマンドを取り消しましょう。
   7. ではコマンドを再実行するのに CTRL-R (CTRL を押したまま R を打つ)を数回
-     タイプしてみましょう(取消の取消)。
+     タイプしてみましょう(取り消しの取り消し)。
 
----> このの行のの間違いを修正々し、後でそれらの修正をを取消しまますす。
+---> このの行のの間違いを修正々し、後でそれらの修正をを取り消しまますす。
 
   8. これはとても便利なコマンドです。さぁレッスン 2 要約へ進みましょう。
 
@@ -347,45 +347,47 @@ NOTE:  オペレータ d とモーションの間にカウントを使った場
 				レッスン 2 要約
 
 
-  1. カーソル位置から単語の末尾までを削除するには dw とタイプします。
-  2. カーソル位置から行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプします。
-  3. 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします。
+  1. カーソル位置から次の単語までを削除するには dw とタイプします。
+  2. カーソル位置から単語の末尾までを削除するには de とタイプします。
+  3. カーソル位置から行の末尾までを削除するには d$ とタイプします。
+  4. 行全体を削除するには dd とタイプします。
 
-  4. モーションを繰り返すには数値を付与します:   2w
-  5. 変更に用いるコマンドの形式は
+  5. モーションを繰り返すには数値を付与します:   2w
+  6. 変更に用いるコマンドの形式は
                オペレータ   [数値]   モーション
-
      それぞれ:
        オペレータ - 削除 d の類で何をするか。
-       数値       - そのコマンドを何回繰り返すか。
-       モーション - w (単語)や $ (行末)などの類で、テキストの何に対して働きか
-                    けるか。
+       [数値]     - そのコマンドを何回繰り返すか。
+       モーション - w (単語)や e (単語末尾)、$ (行末)などの類で、テキストの
+		    何に対して働きかけるか。
 
-  6. 行の先頭に移動するにはゼロを使用します:  0
+  7. 行の先頭に移動するにはゼロを使用します:  0
+
+  8. 前回の動作を取り消す:	u   (小文字 u)
+     行全体の変更を取り消す:	U   (大文字 U)
+     取り消しの取り消し:	CTRL-R
 
-  7. 前回の動作を取消す:	u   (小文字 u)
-     行全体の変更を取消す:	U   (大文字 U)
-     取消しの取消し:		CTRL-R
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			   レッスン 3.1: 貼り付けコマンド
 
 
-    ** 最後に削除された行をカーソルの後に貼り付けるには p をタイプします **
+    ** 最後に削除された行をカーソルの後に貼り付けるには p をタイプします。 **
 
-  1. 以下の段落の最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
+  1. ---> と示された以下の最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
-  2. dd  とタイプして行を削除し、Vim のバッファに格納しましょう。
+  2. dd  とタイプして行を削除し、Vim のレジスタに格納しましょう。
 
-  3. 削除した行が本来あるべき位置の上の行まで、カーソルを移動させましょう。
+  3. 削除した行が本来あるべき位置の上の行である c) 行まで、カーソルを移動させ
+     ましょう。
 
-  4. ノーマルモードで p をタイプして格納した行を画面に戻します。
+  4. ノーマルモードで p をタイプして格納した行をカーソルの下に戻します。
 
   5. 順番が正しくなる様にステップ 2 から 4 を繰り返しましょう。
 
-     d) 貴方も学ぶことができる?
-     b) スミレは青い、
-     c) 知恵とは学ぶもの、
-     a) バラは赤い、
+---> d) 貴方も学ぶことができる?
+---> b) スミレは青い、
+---> c) 知恵とは学ぶもの、
+---> a) バラは赤い、
 
 
 
@@ -393,7 +395,7 @@ NOTE:  オペレータ d とモーションの間にカウントを使った場
 			 レッスン 3.2: 置き換えコマンド
 
 
-	   ** カーソルの下の文字を置き換えるには r をタイプします **
+       ** カーソルの下の文字を x に置き換えるには rx をタイプします。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -416,38 +418,38 @@ NOTE: 実際に試しましょう。決して覚えるだけにはしないこ
 			レッスン 3.3: 変更コマンド
 
 
-	 ** 単語の一部、もしくは全体を変更するには cw とタイプします **
+	 ** 単語の末尾までを変更するには ce とタイプします。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
   2. lubw の u の位置にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
-  3. cw とタイプし、正しい単語をタイプしましょう(この場合 'ine' とタイプ)。
+  3. ce とタイプし、正しい単語をタイプしましょう(この場合 'ine' とタイプ)。
 
-  4. 次の間違い(変更すべき文字の先頭)に移動するために <ESC> をタイプします。
+  4. <ESC> をタイプしてから次の間違い(変更すべき文字の先頭)に移動します。
 
   5. 最初の行が次の行の様になるまでステップ 3 と 4 を繰り返します。
 
 ---> This lubw has a few wptfd that mrrf changing usf the change operator.
 ---> This line has a few words that need changing using the change operator.
 
-cw は単語を変更するだけでなく、挿入も行えることに注意しましょう。
-
+ce は単語を削除した後、挿入モードに入ることに注意しましょう。
+cc は同じことを行全体に対して行います。
 
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		     レッスン 3.4: c を使用したその他の変更
 
 
-     ** 変更コマンドは、削除コマンドと同じ様にオブジェクトを使用します **
+     ** 変更オペレータは、削除と同じ様にモーションを使用します。 **
 
-  1. 変更コマンドは、削除コマンドと同じような動作をします。その形式は
+  1. 変更オペレータは、削除と同じような動作をします。その形式は
 
          c    [数値]   モーション
 
-  2. オブジェクトも同じで、w は単語、 $ は行末などといったものです。
+  2. モーションも同じで、w は単語、 $ は行末などといったものです。
 
-  3. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
+  3. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
   4. 最初の間違いへカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -470,7 +472,7 @@ NOTE:  タイプ中の間違いはバックスペースキーを使って直す
      文字をタイプします。
 
   3. 変更コマンドではカーソル位置から特定のモーションで指定される終端までを変
-     更することが可能です。例えば cw ならばカーソル位置から単語の終わりまで、
+     更することが可能です。例えば ce ならばカーソル位置から単語の終わりまで、
      c$ ならば行の終わりまでを変更します。
 
   4. 変更コマンドの形式は
@@ -485,7 +487,7 @@ NOTE:  タイプ中の間違いはバックスペースキーを使って直す
 		     レッスン 4.1: 位置とファイルの情報
 
   ** ファイル内での位置とファイルの状態を表示するには CTRL-G をタイプします。
-     ファイル内のある行に移動するには G をタイプします **
+     ファイル内のある行に移動するには G をタイプします。 **
 
      NOTE: ステップを実行する前に、このレッスン全てに目を通しましょう!!
 
@@ -496,7 +498,7 @@ NOTE:  タイプ中の間違いはバックスペースキーを使って直す
 NOTE:  画面の右下隅にカーソルの位置が表示されているかもしれません。これは
        'ruler' オプション(:help 'ruler' を参照)を設定することで表示されます。
 
-  2. 最下行に移動するために G をタイプしましょう。
+  2. ファイルの最下行に移動するために G をタイプしましょう。
      ファイルの先頭に移動するには gg とタイプしましょう。
 
   3. 先ほどの行の番号をタイプし G をタイプしましょう。最初に CTRL-G を押した行
@@ -508,19 +510,19 @@ NOTE:  画面の右下隅にカーソルの位置が表示されているかも
 			   レッスン 4.2: 検索コマンド
 
 
-	 ** 語句を検索するには / と、前方検索する語句をタイプします。**
+	 ** 語句を検索するには / と、前方検索する語句をタイプします。 **
 
   1. ノーマルモードで / という文字をタイプします。画面一番下に : コマンドと
      同じ様に / が現れることに気づくでしょう。
 
   2. では、'errroor' <ENTER> とタイプしましょう。これが検索したい単語です。
 
-  3. 同じ語をもう一度検索するときは 単に n をタイプします。
+  3. 同じ語句をもう一度検索するときは 単に n をタイプします。
      逆方向に語句を検索するときは N をタイプします。
 
   4. 逆方向に語句を検索する場合は、/ の代わりに ? コマンドを使用します。
 
-  5. 元の場所に戻るには CTRL-O (Ctrl を押し続けながら o 文字タイプ)をタイプし
+  5. 元の場所に戻るには CTRL-O (Ctrl を押し続けながら文字 o をタイプ)をタイプし
      ます。さらに戻るにはこれを繰り返します。CTRL-I は前方向です。
 
 --->  "errroor" は error とスペルが違います;  errroor はいわゆる error です。
@@ -531,7 +533,7 @@ NOTE: 検索がファイルの終わりに達すると、オプション 'wrapsc
 		      レッスン 4.3: 対応する括弧を検索
 
 
-	    ** 対応する ),] や } を検索するには % をタイプします **
+	    ** 対応する ),] や } を検索するには % をタイプします。 **
 
   1. 下の ---> で示された行で (,[ か { のどれかにカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -554,7 +556,7 @@ NOTE: この機能は括弧が一致していないプログラムをデバッ
 		       レッスン 4.4: 間違いを変更する方法
 
 
-	** 'old' を 'new' に置換するには :s/old/new/g とタイプします **
+	** 'old' を 'new' に置換するには :s/old/new/g とタイプします。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
@@ -567,9 +569,8 @@ NOTE: この機能は括弧が一致していないプログラムをデバッ
 
 ---> thee best time to see thee flowers is in thee spring.
 
-  4. 複数行から見つかる文字を変更するには
-     :#,#s/old/new/g    #,# には置き換える範囲の開始と終了の行番号を指定しま
-                        す。
+  4. 複数行から見つかる文字の全ての箇所を変更するには
+     :#,#s/old/new/g    #,# には置き換える範囲の開始と終了の行番号を指定する。
      :%s/old/new/g      ファイル全体で見つかるものに対して変更する。
      :%s/old/new/gc     ファイル全体で見つかるものに対して、1つ1つ確認をとりな
                         がら変更する。
@@ -593,7 +594,7 @@ NOTE: この機能は括弧が一致していないプログラムをデバッ
 
   4. 現在行の最初の old を new に置換する。	:s/old/new
      現在行の全ての old を new に置換する。	:s/old/new/g
-     2つの # 間で語句を置換する。		:#,#s/old/new/g
+     2つの # 行の間で語句を置換する。		:#,#s/old/new/g
      ファイルの中の全ての検索語句を置換する。	:%s/old/new/g
      'c' を加えると置換の度に確認を求める。	:%s/old/new/gc
 
@@ -601,10 +602,10 @@ NOTE: この機能は括弧が一致していないプログラムをデバッ
 		    レッスン 5.1: 外部コマンドを実行する方法
 
 
-	     ** :! の後に実行する外部コマンドをタイプします **
+	     ** :! の後に実行する外部コマンドをタイプします。 **
 
   1. 画面の最下部にカーソルが移動するよう、慣れ親しんだ : をタイプしましょう。
-     これでコマンドがタイプできる様になります。
+     これでコマンドライン命令がタイプできる様になります。
 
   2. ここで ! という文字(感嘆符)をタイプしましょう。
      これで外部シェルコマンドが実行できる様になります。
@@ -624,7 +625,7 @@ NOTE:  全ての : コマンドは <ENTER> を押して終了しなければな
 		    レッスン 5.2: その他のファイルへ書き込み
 
 
-	** ファイルへ変更を保存するには :w ファイル名 とタイプします **
+	** ファイルへ変更を保存するには :w ファイル名 とタイプします。 **
 
   1. ディレクトリの一覧を得るために :!dir もしくは :!ls とタイプしましょう。
      このあと <ENTER> を押すのは既にご存知ですね。
@@ -634,7 +635,7 @@ NOTE:  全ての : コマンドは <ENTER> を押して終了しなければな
   3. では :w TEST とタイプしましょう (TEST は、選んだファイル名です)。
 
   4. これによりファイル全体が TEST という名前で保存されます。
-     もう一度 :!dir もしくは :!ls とタイプして確認してみましょう。
+     もう一度 :!dir もしくは :!ls とタイプしてディレクトリを確認してみましょう。
 
 NOTE: ここで Vim を終了し、ファイル名 TEST と共に起動すると、保存した時の
      チュートリアルの複製ができ上がるはずです。
@@ -647,7 +648,7 @@ NOTE: ここで Vim を終了し、ファイル名 TEST と共に起動すると
 			 レッスン 5.3: 選択した書き込み
 
 
-** ファイルの位置を保存するには、v モーションと :w FILENAME をタイプします。 **
+** ファイルの一部を保存するには、v モーションと :w FILENAME をタイプします。 **
 
   1. この行にカーソルを移動します。
 
@@ -660,20 +661,20 @@ NOTE: ここで Vim を終了し、ファイル名 TEST と共に起動すると
      <ENTER> を押す前に :'<,'>w TEST となっていることを確認して下さい。
 
   5. Vim は TEST というファイルに選択された行を書き込むでしょう。
-     !dir もしくは !ls でそれを確認します。
+     :!dir もしくは :!ls でそれを確認します。
      それは削除しないでおいて下さい。次のレッスンで使用します。
 
 NOTE:  v を押すと、Visual 選択が始まります。カーソルを動かすことで、選択範囲を
        大きくも小さくもできます。さらに、その選択範囲に対してオペレータを適用
-       きます。例えば d はテキストを削除します。
+       できます。例えば d はテキストを削除します。
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 5.4: ファイルの取込と合併
 
 
-	** ファイルの中身を挿入するには :r ファイル名 とタイプします **
+	** ファイルの中身を挿入するには :r ファイル名 とタイプします。 **
 
-  1. カーソルを以下の行に合わせます。
+  1. カーソルをこの行のすぐ上に合わせます。
 
 NOTE:  ステップ 2 の実行後、レッスン 5.3 のテキストが現れます。下に下がってこ
        のレッスンに移動しましょう。
@@ -682,19 +683,18 @@ NOTE:  ステップ 2 の実行後、レッスン 5.3 のテキストが現れ
      ここでいう TEST は使うファイルの名前のことです。
      読み込まれたファイルは、カーソル行の下にあります。
 
-  3. 取込んだファイルを確認してみましょう。カーソルを戻すと、レッスン5.3 の
+  3. 取り込んだファイルを確認してみましょう。カーソルを戻すと、レッスン5.3 の
      オリジナルとファイルによるものの2つがあることがわかります。
 
-NOTE: 外部コマンドの出力を読み込むことも出来ます。例えば、
+NOTE: 外部コマンドの出力を読み込むこともできます。例えば、
       :r !ls は ls コマンドの出力をカーソル以下に読み込みます。
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			       レッスン 5 要約
 
 
-  1.  :!command  によって 外部コマンドを実行します。
+  1.  :!command  によって 外部コマンドを実行する。
 
      よく使う例:
 	 (Windows)	  (Unix)
@@ -717,13 +717,14 @@ NOTE: 外部コマンドの出力を読み込むことも出来ます。例え
 			 レッスン 6.1: オープンコマンド
 
 
-    ** o をタイプすると、カーソルの下の行が開き、挿入モードに入ります **
+    ** o をタイプすると、カーソルの下の行が開き、挿入モードに入ります。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された最初の行にカーソルを移動しましょう。
 
   2. o (小文字) をタイプして、カーソルの下の行を開き、挿入モードに入ります。
 
-  3. さらに挿入モードを終了する為に <ESC> をタイプします。
+  3. いくつか文字をタイプしてから、挿入モードを終了する為に <ESC> を
+     タイプします。
 
 ---> o  をタイプするとカーソルは開いた行へ移動し挿入モードに入ります。
 
@@ -735,12 +736,11 @@ NOTE: 外部コマンドの出力を読み込むことも出来ます。例え
 
 
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 			レッスン 6.2: 追加コマンド
 
 
-      ** カーソルの次の位置からテキストを追加するには a とタイプします **
+      ** カーソルの次の位置からテキストを追加するには a とタイプします。 **
 
   1. カーソルを ---> で示された最初の行へ移動しましょう。
 
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ NOTE: a, i と A は同じ挿入モードへ移りますが、文字が挿入さ
 			レッスン 6.3: その他の置換方法
 
 
-	  ** 1文字以上を置き換えるには大文字の R とタイプしましょう **
+	  ** 1文字以上を置き換えるには大文字の R とタイプしましょう。 **
 
   1. 以下の ---> と示された行にカーソルを移動します。最初の xxx の先頭に移動し
      ます。
@@ -781,12 +781,11 @@ NOTE: a, i と A は同じ挿入モードへ移りますが、文字が挿入さ
 NOTE: 置換モードは挿入モードに似ていますが、全てのタイプされた文字は既存の文字
       を削除します。
 
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		   レッスン 6.4: テキストのコピーとペースト
 
 
-     ** テキストのコピーにはオペレータ y を、ペーストには p を使います **
+     ** テキストのコピーにはオペレータ y を、ペーストには p を使います。 **
 
   1. ---> と示された行へ移動し、カーソルを "a)" の後に置いておきます。
 
@@ -804,12 +803,13 @@ NOTE: 置換モードは挿入モードに似ていますが、全てのタイ
 --->  a) this is the first item.
       b)
 
-  NOTE: 単語を1つ yank するのに y をオペレータとして yw とすることも出来ます。
+  NOTE: y をオペレータとして使うこともできます。yw は単語を1つ yank します。
+        yy は行を1つ yank し、p でその行を put します。
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		       レッスン 6.5: オプションの設定
 
 
-  ** 検索や置換の際に大文字/小文字を無視するには、オプションを設定します **
+  ** 検索や置換の際に大文字/小文字を無視するには、オプションを設定します。 **
 
   1. 次の様に入力して 'ignore' を検索しましょう:  /ignore <ENTER>
      n を押して何度か検索を繰り返します。
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ NOTE: 置換モードは挿入モードに似ていますが、全てのタイ
   6. 大文字小文字の区別を無効にするには次の様に入力します:  :set noic
 
 NOTE: マッチの強調表示をやめるには次の様に入力します:  :nohlsearch
-NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたいならば、フレーズに \c
+NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたいならば、語句内で \c
       を使用します:  /ignore\c <ENTER>
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 				レッスン 6 要約
@@ -835,13 +835,13 @@ NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたい
      O (大文字) をタイプするとカーソルの上の行で挿入モードになる。
 
   2. カーソル上の文字の次からテキストを追加するには a とタイプする。
-     行末に自動でテキストを挿入するには大文字 A をタイプする。
+     行末にテキストを挿入するには大文字 A をタイプする。
 
-  3. e コマンドは単語の終端部カーソルを移動する。
+  3. e コマンドは単語の終端にカーソルを移動する。
 
   4. y オペレータはテキストを yank (コピー)し、p はそれを put (ペースト)する。
 
-  5. 大文字の R をタイプすると置換モードに入り、<ESC>を押すと抜ける。
+  5. 大文字の R をタイプすると置換モードに入り、<ESC> を押すと抜ける。
 
   6. ":set xxx" とタイプするとオプション "xxx" が設定される。
 	'ic' 'ignorecase'	検索時に大文字小文字の区別しない
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたい
 	'hls' 'hlsearch'	マッチするすべてを強調表示する
      長い方、短い方、どちらのオプション名でも使用できます。
 
-  7. オプションを無効にするには "no" を付与します:  :set noic
+  7. オプションを無効にするには "no" を付与する:  :set noic
 
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 		    レッスン 7.1: オンラインヘルプコマンド
@@ -883,15 +883,15 @@ NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたい
   使用不可となっています。より多くの特徴を使いはじめるには "vimrc" ファイル
   を作成します。
 
-  1. "vimrc" ファイルの編集を開始する。これはシステムに依存します。
-	:edit ~/.vimrc		    UNIX 向け
-	:edit ~/_vimrc		    Windows 向け
+  1. "vimrc" ファイルの編集を開始します。これはシステムに依存します。
+	:e ~/.vimrc		UNIX 向け
+	:e ~/_vimrc		Windows 向け
 
   2. ここでサンプルの "vimrc" を読み込みます。
-	:read $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
+	:r $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
 
   3. 以下のようにファイルへ書き込みます。
-	:write
+	:w
 
   次回 Vim を起動すると、色づけ構文が使えるようになるでしょう。
   この "vimrc" ファイルへ、お好みの設定を追加することができます。
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ NOTE: 1つの検索コマンドだけ大文字小文字の区別をやめたい
 
   2. 現在のディレクトリに在るファイルを :!ls か :!dir で確認します。
 
-  3. コマンドの開始をタイプします:  :e
+  3. コマンドの先頭をタイプします:  :e
 
   4. CTRL-D を押すと Vim は "e" から始まるコマンドの一覧を表示します。
 

runtime/vim.desktop

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 # Translators: This is the Application Name used in the Vim desktop file
 Name[de]=Vim
 Name[eo]=Vim
+Name[fi]=Vim
 Name[fr]=Vim
 Name[it]=Vim
 Name[ru]=Vim
@@ -13,6 +14,7 @@ Name=Vim
 # Translators: This is the Generic Application Name used in the Vim desktop file
 GenericName[de]=Texteditor
 GenericName[eo]=Tekstoredaktilo
+GenericName[fi]=Tekstinmuokkain
 GenericName[fr]=Éditeur de texte
 GenericName[it]=Editor di testi
 GenericName[ja]=テキストエディタ
@@ -23,6 +25,7 @@ GenericName=Text Editor
 # Translators: This is the comment used in the Vim desktop file
 Comment[de]=Textdateien bearbeiten
 Comment[eo]=Redakti tekstajn dosierojn
+Comment[fi]=Muokkaa tekstitiedostoja
 Comment[fr]=Éditer des fichiers texte
 Comment[it]=Edita file di testo
 Comment[ja]=テキストファイルを編集します
@@ -54,7 +57,6 @@ Comment[es]=Edita archivos de texto
 Comment[et]=Redigeeri tekstifaile
 Comment[eu]=Editatu testu-fitxategiak
 Comment[fa]=ویرایش پرونده‌های متنی
-Comment[fi]=Muokkaa tekstitiedostoja
 Comment[ga]=Eagar comhad Téacs
 Comment[gu]=લખાણ ફાઇલોમાં ફેરફાર કરો
 Comment[he]=ערוך קבצי טקסט
@@ -103,6 +105,7 @@ Type=Application
 # Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT change the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
 Keywords[de]=Text;Editor;
 Keywords[eo]=Teksto;redaktilo;
+Keywords[fi]=Teksti;muokkain;editori;
 Keywords[fr]=Texte;éditeur;
 Keywords[it]=Testo;editor;
 Keywords[ja]=テキスト;エディタ;

src/GvimExt/gvimext.h

@@ -44,12 +44,6 @@
 #include <shlobj.h>
 #include <wchar.h>
 
-/* Accommodate old versions of VC that don't have a modern Platform SDK */
-#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1300) || !defined(MAXULONG_PTR)
-# undef  UINT_PTR
-# define UINT_PTR UINT
-#endif
-
 #define ResultFromShort(i)  ResultFromScode(MAKE_SCODE(SEVERITY_SUCCESS, 0, (USHORT)(i)))
 
 // Initialize GUIDs (should be done only and at-least once per DLL/EXE)

src/INSTALLpc.txt

@@ -155,83 +155,8 @@ OLDER VERSIONS
 The minimal supported version is Windows XP. Building with older compilers
 might still work, but these instructions might be outdated.
 
-If you need the executable to run on Windows 98 or ME, use the 2003 one
-|msvc-2003-toolkit| or |msvc-2005-express|, and use the source code before
-8.0.0029.
-
-Visual C++ Toolkit 2003				*msvc-2003-toolkit*
------------------------
-
-NOTE: this most likely does not work
-
-You could download the Microsoft Visual C++ Toolkit 2003 from
-    http://msdn.microsoft.com/visualc/vctoolkit2003/
-Unfortunately this URL is no longer valid.  Unofficial downloads appear to be
-available from links mentioned on these pages (use at your own risk):
-   http://www.filewatcher.com/m/VCToolkitSetup.exe.32952488.0.0.html
-   http://feargame.net/wiki/index.php?title=Building_Source_with_the_VC2003_Toolkit
-
-This contains the command-line tools (compiler, linker, CRT headers,
-and libraries) for Visual Studio .NET 2003, but not the Visual Studio IDE.
-To compile and debug Vim with the VC2003 Toolkit, you will also need
-|ms-platform-sdk|, |dotnet-1.1-redist|, |dotnet-1.1-sdk|,
-and |windbg-download|.
-
-It's easier to download Visual C++ 2008 Express Edition, |msvc-2008-express|,
-which is freely available in perpetuity.
-
-The free Code::Blocks IDE works with the VC2003 Toolkit, as described at
-    http://wiki.codeblocks.org/index.php?title=Integrating_Microsoft_Visual_Toolkit_2003_with_Code::Blocks_IDE
-(This site also takes you through configuring a number of other
-free C compilers for Win32.)
-
-To compile Vim using the VC2003 Toolkit and Make_mvc.mak, you must first
-execute the following commands in a cmd.exe window (the msvcsetup.bat batch
-file can be used):
-
-    set PATH=%SystemRoot%\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v1.1.4322;%PATH%
-    call "%VCToolkitInstallDir%vcvars32.bat"
-    set MSVCVer=7.1
-    call "%ProgramFiles%\Microsoft Platform SDK\SetEnv.Cmd"
-    set LIB=%ProgramFiles%\Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2003\Vc7\lib;%LIB%
-
-Now you can build Vim with Make_mvc.mak.
-
-
-Getting the Windows Platform SDK	    *ms-platform-sdk*
-
-You will also need a copy of the Windows Platform SDK.  Specifically, you need
-the Windows Core SDK subset of the Platform SDK, which contains the Windows
-headers and libraries.  You need to search for it, Microsoft keeps changing
-the URL.
-
-
-Getting the .NET Framework 1.1 Runtime      *dotnet-1.1-redist*
-
-You need the .NET Framework 1.1 Redistributable Package from
-    http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=262d25e3-f589-4842-8157-034d1e7cf3a3
-or from Windows Update:
-    http://windowsupdate.microsoft.com/
-This is needed to install |dotnet-1.1-sdk|. It also contains cvtres.exe,
-which is needed to link Vim.
-
-
-Getting the .NET Framework 1.1 SDK	    *dotnet-1.1-sdk*
-
-You need the .NET Framework 1.1 SDK from
-    http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=9b3a2ca6-3647-4070-9f41-a333c6b9181d
-This contains some additional libraries needed to compile Vim,
-such as msvcrt.lib. You must install |dotnet-1.1-redist| before
-installing the .NET 1.1 SDK.
-
-
-Getting the WinDbg debugger		    *windbg-download*
-
-The Debugging Tools for Windows can be downloaded from
-    http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/devtools/debugging/default.mspx
-This includes the WinDbg debugger, which you will want if you ever need
-to debug Vim itself. An earlier version of the Debugging Tools
-is also available through the Platform SDK, |ms-platform-sdk|.
+If you need the executable to run on Windows 98 or ME, use the 2005 one
+|msvc-2005-express|, and use the source code before 8.0.0029.
 
 
 Visual C++ 2005 Express Edition       *msvc-2005-express*

src/Make_cyg_ming.mak

@@ -466,6 +466,8 @@ RUBY_PLATFORM = i586-mswin32
 RUBY_PLATFORM = i386-mingw32
   else ifneq ($(wildcard $(RUBY)/lib/ruby/$(RUBY_API_VER_LONG)/x64-mingw32),)
 RUBY_PLATFORM = x64-mingw32
+  else ifneq ($(wildcard $(RUBY)/lib/ruby/$(RUBY_API_VER_LONG)/x64-mingw-ucrt),)
+RUBY_PLATFORM = x64-mingw-ucrt
   else
 RUBY_PLATFORM = i386-mswin32
   endif
@@ -479,7 +481,9 @@ RUBY_INSTALL_NAME = mswin32-ruby$(RUBY_API_VER)
 # Base name of msvcrXX.dll which is used by ruby's dll.
 RUBY_MSVCRT_NAME = msvcrt
    endif
-   ifeq ($(ARCH),x86-64)
+   ifeq ($(RUBY_PLATFORM),x64-mingw-ucrt)
+RUBY_INSTALL_NAME = x64-ucrt-ruby$(RUBY_API_VER)
+   else ifeq ($(ARCH),x86-64)
 RUBY_INSTALL_NAME = x64-$(RUBY_MSVCRT_NAME)-ruby$(RUBY_API_VER)
    else
 RUBY_INSTALL_NAME = $(RUBY_MSVCRT_NAME)-ruby$(RUBY_API_VER)
@@ -668,7 +672,14 @@ DEFINES += -DFEAT_DIRECTX_COLOR_EMOJI
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(SODIUM),yes)
+ ifndef DYNAMIC_SODIUM
+DYNAMIC_SODIUM=yes
+ endif
+ ifeq ($(DYNAMIC_SODIUM),yes)
+DEFINES += -DDYNAMIC_SODIUM
+ else
 SODIUMLIB = -lsodium
+ endif
 endif
 
 # Only allow XPM for a GUI build.
@@ -1138,7 +1149,17 @@ endif
 # If this fails because you don't have Vim yet, first build and install Vim
 # without changes.
 cmdidxs: ex_cmds.h
-	vim --clean -X --not-a-term -u create_cmdidxs.vim
+	vim --clean -N -X --not-a-term -u create_cmdidxs.vim -c quit
+
+# Run vim script to generate the normal/visual mode command lookup table.
+# This only needs to be run when a new normal/visual mode command has been
+# added.  If this fails because you don't have Vim yet:
+#   - change nv_cmds[] in nv_cmds.h to add the new normal/visual mode command.
+#   - run "make nvcmdidxs" to generate nv_cmdidxs.h
+nvcmdidxs: nv_cmds.h
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o create_nvcmdidxs.exe create_nvcmdidxs.c $(LIB)
+	vim --clean -N -X --not-a-term -u create_nvcmdidxs.vim -c quit
+	-$(DEL) create_nvcmdidxs.exe
 
 ###########################################################################
 INCL =	vim.h alloc.h ascii.h ex_cmds.h feature.h errors.h globals.h \
@@ -1202,6 +1223,8 @@ $(OUTDIR)/hardcopy.o: hardcopy.c $(INCL) version.h
 
 $(OUTDIR)/misc1.o: misc1.c $(INCL) version.h
 
+$(OUTDIR)/normal.o: normal.c $(INCL) nv_cmdidxs.h nv_cmds.h
+
 $(OUTDIR)/netbeans.o: netbeans.c $(INCL) version.h
 
 $(OUTDIR)/version.o: version.c $(INCL) version.h
@@ -1237,7 +1260,7 @@ $(OUTDIR)/gui_beval.o:	gui_beval.c $(INCL) $(GUI_INCL)
 $(OUTDIR)/gui_w32.o:	gui_w32.c $(INCL) $(GUI_INCL) version.h
 	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) gui_w32.c -o $@
 
-$(OUTDIR)/if_cscope.o:	if_cscope.c $(INCL) if_cscope.h
+$(OUTDIR)/if_cscope.o:	if_cscope.c $(INCL)
 	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) if_cscope.c -o $@
 
 $(OUTDIR)/if_mzsch.o:	if_mzsch.c $(INCL) $(MZSCHEME_INCL) $(MZ_EXTRA_DEP)

src/Make_mvc.mak

@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@
 #	IME support: IME=yes	(default is yes)
 #	  DYNAMIC_IME=[yes or no]  (to load the imm32.dll dynamically, default
 #	  is yes)
-#	Global IME support: GIME=yes (requires GUI=yes)
 #
 #	Terminal support: TERMINAL=yes (default is yes if FEATURES is HUGE)
 #	  Will also enable CHANNEL
@@ -42,10 +41,10 @@
 #	Sound support: SOUND=yes (default is yes)
 #
 #	Sodium support: SODIUM=[Path to Sodium directory]
-#	 Dynamic built with libsodium
-#	 You need to install the msvc package from
-#	 https://download.libsodium.org/libsodium/releases/
-#	 and package the libsodium.dll with Vim
+#	  DYNAMIC_SODIUM=yes (to load the Sodium DLL dynamically)
+#	  You need to install the msvc package from
+#	  https://download.libsodium.org/libsodium/releases/
+#	  and package the libsodium.dll with Vim
 #
 #
 #	DLL support (EXPERIMENTAL): VIMDLL=yes (default is no)
@@ -253,7 +252,7 @@ NODEBUG = 1
 MAKEFLAGS_GVIMEXT = DEBUG=yes
 !endif
 
-link = link
+LINK = link
 
 # Check VC version.
 !if [echo MSVCVER=_MSC_VER> msvcver.c && $(CC) /EP msvcver.c > msvcver.~ 2> nul]
@@ -275,17 +274,15 @@ MSVC_MAJOR = ($(MSVCVER) / 100 - 5)
 MSVCRT_VER = ($(MSVCVER) / 100 * 10 - 50)
 !endif
 
-# Calculate MSVC_FULL for Visual C++ 8 and up.
-!if $(MSVC_MAJOR) >= 8
-! if [echo MSVC_FULL=_MSC_FULL_VER> msvcfullver.c && $(CC) /EP msvcfullver.c > msvcfullver.~ 2> nul]
-!  message *** ERROR
-!  message Cannot run Visual C to determine its version. Make sure cl.exe is in your PATH.
-!  message This can usually be done by running "vcvarsall.bat", located in the bin directory where Visual Studio was installed.
-!  error Make aborted.
-! else
-!  include msvcfullver.~
-!  if [del msvcfullver.c msvcfullver.~]
-!  endif
+# Calculate MSVC_FULL.
+!if [echo MSVC_FULL=_MSC_FULL_VER> msvcfullver.c && $(CC) /EP msvcfullver.c > msvcfullver.~ 2> nul]
+! message *** ERROR
+! message Cannot run Visual C to determine its version. Make sure cl.exe is in your PATH.
+! message This can usually be done by running "vcvarsall.bat", located in the bin directory where Visual Studio was installed.
+! error Make aborted.
+!else
+! include msvcfullver.~
+! if [del msvcfullver.c msvcfullver.~]
 ! endif
 !endif
 
@@ -306,18 +303,11 @@ MSVCRT_NAME = msvcr$(MSVCRT_VER)
 MSVCRT_NAME = vcruntime$(MSVCRT_VER)
 !endif
 
-!if $(MSVC_MAJOR) == 6
-CPU = ix86
-!endif
-
 ### Set the default $(WINVER) to make it work with VC++7.0 (VS.NET)
 !ifndef WINVER
 WINVER = 0x0501
 !endif
 
-# Flag to turn on Win64 compatibility warnings for VC7.x and VC8.
-WP64CHECK = /Wp64
-
 # Use multiprocess build
 USE_MP = yes
 
@@ -384,6 +374,9 @@ SOUND = no
 !ifndef SODIUM
 SODIUM = no
 !endif
+!ifndef DYNAMIC_SODIUM
+DYNAMIC_SODIUM = yes
+!endif
 
 !if "$(SODIUM)" != "no"
 ! if "$(CPU)" == "AMD64"
@@ -397,8 +390,13 @@ SODIUM = no
 
 !if "$(SODIUM)" != "no"
 SOD_INC		= /I "$(SODIUM)\include"
+! if "$(DYNAMIC_SODIUM)" == "yes"
+SOD_DEFS	= -DHAVE_SODIUM -DDYNAMIC_SODIUM
+SOD_LIB		=
+! else
 SOD_DEFS	= -DHAVE_SODIUM
 SOD_LIB		= $(SOD_LIB)\libsodium.lib
+! endif
 !endif
 
 !ifndef NETBEANS
@@ -492,23 +490,14 @@ CHANNEL_DEFS	= $(CHANNEL_DEFS) -DHAVE_INET_NTOP
 NETBEANS_LIB	= WSock32.lib Ws2_32.lib
 !endif
 
-# Set which version of the CRT to use
-!if defined(USE_MSVCRT)
-# CVARS = $(cvarsdll)
-# !elseif defined(MULTITHREADED)
-# CVARS = $(cvarsmt)
-!else
-# CVARS = $(cvars)
-# CVARS = $(cvarsmt)
-!endif
-
 # need advapi32.lib for GetUserName()
 # need shell32.lib for ExtractIcon()
 # need netapi32.lib for NetUserEnum()
 # gdi32.lib and comdlg32.lib for printing support
 # ole32.lib and uuid.lib are needed for FEAT_SHORTCUT
 CON_LIB = oldnames.lib kernel32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib gdi32.lib \
-          comdlg32.lib ole32.lib netapi32.lib uuid.lib /machine:$(CPU)
+	  comdlg32.lib ole32.lib netapi32.lib uuid.lib user32.lib \
+	  /machine:$(CPU)
 !if "$(DELAYLOAD)" == "yes"
 CON_LIB = $(CON_LIB) /DELAYLOAD:comdlg32.dll /DELAYLOAD:ole32.dll DelayImp.lib
 !endif
@@ -518,7 +507,7 @@ CON_LIB = $(CON_LIB) /DELAYLOAD:comdlg32.dll /DELAYLOAD:ole32.dll DelayImp.lib
 #VIMRCLOC = somewhere
 #VIMRUNTIMEDIR = somewhere
 
-CFLAGS = -c /W3 /GF /nologo $(CVARS) -I. -Iproto -DHAVE_PATHDEF -DWIN32 \
+CFLAGS = -c /W3 /GF /nologo -I. -Iproto -DHAVE_PATHDEF -DWIN32 \
 		$(CSCOPE_DEFS) $(TERM_DEFS) $(SOUND_DEFS) $(NETBEANS_DEFS) $(CHANNEL_DEFS) \
 		$(NBDEBUG_DEFS) $(XPM_DEFS) $(SOD_DEFS) $(SOD_INC) \
 		$(DEFINES) -DWINVER=$(WINVER) -D_WIN32_WINNT=$(WINVER)
@@ -552,68 +541,50 @@ CPUNR = sse2
 !endif
 
 # Convert processor ID to MVC-compatible number
-!if $(MSVC_MAJOR) < 8
-! if "$(CPUNR)" == "i586"
-CPUARG = /G5
-! elseif "$(CPUNR)" == "i686"
-CPUARG = /G6
-! elseif "$(CPUNR)" == "sse"
-CPUARG = /G6 /arch:SSE
-! elseif "$(CPUNR)" == "sse2"
-CPUARG = /G7 /arch:SSE2
-! elseif "$(CPUNR)" == "avx" || "$(CPUNR)" == "avx2"
-!  message AVX/AVX2 Instruction Sets are not supported by Visual C++ v$(MSVC_MAJOR)
-!  message Falling back to SSE2
-CPUARG = /G7 /arch:SSE2
-! elseif "$(CPUNR)" == "any"
-CPUARG =
-! endif
-!else
 # IA32/SSE/SSE2 are only supported on x86
-! if "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386" && ("$(CPUNR)" == "i586" || "$(CPUNR)" == "i686" || "$(CPUNR)" == "any")
+!if "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386" && ("$(CPUNR)" == "i586" || "$(CPUNR)" == "i686" || "$(CPUNR)" == "any")
 # VC<11 generates fp87 code by default
-!  if $(MSVC_MAJOR) < 11
+! if $(MSVC_MAJOR) < 11
 CPUARG =
 # VC>=11 needs explicit instructions to generate fp87 code
-!  else
+! else
 CPUARG = /arch:IA32
-!  endif
-! elseif "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386" && "$(CPUNR)" == "sse"
+! endif
+!elseif "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386" && "$(CPUNR)" == "sse"
 CPUARG = /arch:SSE
-! elseif "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386" && "$(CPUNR)" == "sse2"
+!elseif "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386" && "$(CPUNR)" == "sse2"
 CPUARG = /arch:SSE2
-! elseif "$(CPUNR)" == "avx"
+!elseif "$(CPUNR)" == "avx"
 # AVX is only supported by VC 10 and up
-!  if $(MSVC_MAJOR) < 10
-!   message AVX Instruction Set is not supported by Visual C++ v$(MSVC_MAJOR)
-!   if "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386"
-!    message Falling back to SSE2
+! if $(MSVC_MAJOR) < 10
+!  message AVX Instruction Set is not supported by Visual C++ v$(MSVC_MAJOR)
+!  if "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386"
+!   message Falling back to SSE2
 CPUARG = /arch:SSE2
-!   else
-CPUARG =
-!   endif
 !  else
-CPUARG = /arch:AVX
-!  endif
-! elseif "$(CPUNR)" == "avx2"
-# AVX is only supported by VC 10 and up
-!  if $(MSVC_MAJOR) < 10
-!   message AVX2 Instruction Set is not supported by Visual C++ v$(MSVC_MAJOR)
-!   if "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386"
-!    message Falling back to SSE2
-CPUARG = /arch:SSE2
-!   else
 CPUARG =
-!   endif
+!  endif
+! else
+CPUARG = /arch:AVX
+! endif
+!elseif "$(CPUNR)" == "avx2"
+# AVX is only supported by VC 10 and up
+! if $(MSVC_MAJOR) < 10
+!  message AVX2 Instruction Set is not supported by Visual C++ v$(MSVC_MAJOR)
+!  if "$(ASSEMBLY_ARCHITECTURE)" == "i386"
+!   message Falling back to SSE2
+CPUARG = /arch:SSE2
+!  else
+CPUARG =
+!  endif
 # AVX2 is only supported by VC 12U2 and up
 # 180030501 is the full version number for Visual Studio 2013/VC 12 Update 2
-!  elseif $(MSVC_FULL) < 180030501
-!   message AVX2 Instruction Set is not supported by Visual C++ v$(MSVC_MAJOR)-$(MSVC_FULL)
-!   message Falling back to AVX
+! elseif $(MSVC_FULL) < 180030501
+!  message AVX2 Instruction Set is not supported by Visual C++ v$(MSVC_MAJOR)-$(MSVC_FULL)
+!  message Falling back to AVX
 CPUARG = /arch:AVX
-!  else
+! else
 CPUARG = /arch:AVX2
-!  endif
 ! endif
 !endif
 
@@ -671,6 +642,7 @@ CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) /fsanitize=address
 !endif
 
 !ifdef NODEBUG
+
 VIM = vim
 ! if "$(OPTIMIZE)" == "SPACE"
 OPTFLAG = /O1
@@ -680,58 +652,48 @@ OPTFLAG = /O2
 OPTFLAG = /Ox
 ! endif
 
-! if $(MSVC_MAJOR) >= 8
 # Use link time code generation if not worried about size
-!  if "$(OPTIMIZE)" != "SPACE"
+! if "$(OPTIMIZE)" != "SPACE"
 OPTFLAG = $(OPTFLAG) /GL
-!  endif
-! endif
-
-# (/Wp64 is deprecated in VC9 and generates an obnoxious warning.)
-! if ($(MSVC_MAJOR) == 7) || ($(MSVC_MAJOR) == 8)
-CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(WP64CHECK)
 ! endif
 
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(OPTFLAG) -DNDEBUG $(CPUARG)
-RCFLAGS = $(rcflags) $(rcvars) -DNDEBUG
+RCFLAGS = -DNDEBUG
 ! ifdef USE_MSVCRT
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) /MD
 LIBC = msvcrt.lib
 ! else
-LIBC = libcmt.lib
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) /Zl /MT
+LIBC = libcmt.lib
 ! endif
+
 !else  # DEBUG
+
 VIM = vimd
 ! if ("$(CPU)" == "i386") || ("$(CPU)" == "ix86")
 DEBUGINFO = /ZI
 ! endif
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -D_DEBUG -DDEBUG /Od
-RCFLAGS = $(rcflags) $(rcvars) -D_DEBUG -DDEBUG
-# The /fixed:no is needed for Quantify. Assume not 4.? as unsupported in VC4.0.
-! if $(MSVC_MAJOR) == 4
-LIBC =
-! else
+RCFLAGS = -D_DEBUG -DDEBUG
+# The /fixed:no is needed for Quantify.
 LIBC = /fixed:no
-! endif
 ! ifdef USE_MSVCRT
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) /MDd
 LIBC = $(LIBC) msvcrtd.lib
 ! else
-LIBC = $(LIBC) libcmtd.lib
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) /Zl /MTd
+LIBC = $(LIBC) libcmtd.lib
 ! endif
+
 !endif # DEBUG
 
 !if "$(CL)" == "/D_USING_V110_SDK71_"
 RCFLAGS = $(RCFLAGS) /D_USING_V110_SDK71_
 !endif
 
-!if $(MSVC_MAJOR) >= 8
 # Visual Studio 2005 has 'deprecated' many of the standard CRT functions
 CFLAGS_DEPR = /D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE /D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_DEPR)
-!endif
 
 !include Make_all.mak
 !include testdir\Make_all.mak
@@ -787,7 +749,7 @@ OBJ = \
 	$(OUTDIR)\hashtab.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\help.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\highlight.obj \
-	$(OBJDIR)\if_cscope.obj \
+	$(OUTDIR)\if_cscope.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\indent.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\insexpand.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\json.obj \
@@ -885,11 +847,6 @@ IME_LIB = imm32.lib
 ! endif
 !endif
 
-!if "$(GIME)" == "yes"
-CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -DGLOBAL_IME
-OBJ = $(OBJ) $(OUTDIR)\dimm_i.obj $(OUTDIR)\glbl_ime.obj
-!endif
-
 !if "$(GUI)" == "yes"
 SUBSYSTEM = windows
 CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -DFEAT_GUI_MSWIN
@@ -910,9 +867,7 @@ GUI_OBJ = \
 	$(OUTDIR)\gui_beval.obj \
 	$(OUTDIR)\gui_w32.obj
 GUI_LIB = \
-	gdi32.lib version.lib $(IME_LIB) \
-	winspool.lib comctl32.lib advapi32.lib shell32.lib netapi32.lib \
-	/machine:$(CPU)
+	version.lib $(IME_LIB) winspool.lib comctl32.lib
 !else
 SUBSYSTEM = console
 CUI_INCL = iscygpty.h
@@ -1231,7 +1186,11 @@ RUBY_MSVCRT_NAME = $(MSVCRT_NAME)
 !   if "$(CPU)" == "i386"
 RUBY_INSTALL_NAME = $(RUBY_MSVCRT_NAME)-ruby$(RUBY_API_VER)
 !   else # CPU
+!    if EXIST($(RUBY)/lib/ruby/$(RUBY_API_VER_LONG)/x64-mingw-ucrt)
+RUBY_INSTALL_NAME = x64-ucrt-ruby$(RUBY_API_VER)
+!    else
 RUBY_INSTALL_NAME = x64-$(RUBY_MSVCRT_NAME)-ruby$(RUBY_API_VER)
+!    endif
 !   endif # CPU
 !  endif # RUBY_INSTALL_NAME
 
@@ -1305,29 +1264,37 @@ LINK_PDB = /PDB:$(VIM).pdb -debug
 # CFLAGS with /Fo$(OUTDIR)/
 CFLAGS_OUTDIR=$(CFLAGS) /Fo$(OUTDIR)/
 
-# Add /opt:ref to remove unreferenced functions and data even when /DEBUG is
-# added.
-conflags = /nologo /opt:ref
-
 PATHDEF_SRC = $(OUTDIR)\pathdef.c
 
-!IF "$(MAP)" == "yes"
-# "/map" is for debugging
-conflags = $(conflags) /map
-!ELSEIF "$(MAP)" == "lines"
-# "/mapinfo:lines" is for debugging, only works for VC6 and later
-conflags = $(conflags) /map /mapinfo:lines
-!ENDIF
-
-LINKARGS1 = $(linkdebug) $(conflags)
-LINKARGS2 = $(CON_LIB) $(GUI_LIB) $(NODEFAULTLIB) $(LIBC) $(OLE_LIB) user32.lib \
+LINKARGS1 = /nologo
+LINKARGS2 = $(CON_LIB) $(GUI_LIB) $(NODEFAULTLIB) $(LIBC) $(OLE_LIB) \
 		$(LUA_LIB) $(MZSCHEME_LIB) $(PERL_LIB) $(PYTHON_LIB) $(PYTHON3_LIB) $(RUBY_LIB) \
 		$(TCL_LIB) $(SOUND_LIB) $(NETBEANS_LIB) $(XPM_LIB) $(SOD_LIB) $(LINK_PDB)
 
-# Report link time code generation progress if used. 
 !ifdef NODEBUG
-! if $(MSVC_MAJOR) >= 8
-!  if "$(OPTIMIZE)" != "SPACE"
+# Add /opt:ref to remove unreferenced functions and data even when /DEBUG is
+# added.
+LINKARGS1 = $(LINKARGS1) /opt:ref
+!else
+LINKARGS1 = $(LINKARGS1) /opt:noref /opt:noicf
+!endif
+
+!if "$(MAP)" == "yes"
+# "/map" is for debugging
+LINKARGS1 = $(LINKARGS1) /map
+!elseif "$(MAP)" == "lines"
+# "/mapinfo:lines" is for debugging, only works for VC6 and later
+LINKARGS1 = $(LINKARGS1) /map /mapinfo:lines
+!endif
+
+# Enable link time code generation if needed.
+!ifdef NODEBUG
+! if "$(OPTIMIZE)" != "SPACE"
+!  if "$(CI)" == "true" || "$(CI)" == "True"
+# Enable link time code generation, but do not show the progress.
+LINKARGS1 = $(LINKARGS1) /LTCG
+!  else
+# Report link time code generation progress.
 LINKARGS1 = $(LINKARGS1) /LTCG:STATUS
 !  endif
 ! endif
@@ -1358,7 +1325,7 @@ all:	$(MAIN_TARGET) \
 	GvimExt/gvimext.dll
 
 # To get around the command line limit: Make use of nmake's response files to
-# capture the arguments for $(link) in a file  using the @<<ARGS<< syntax.
+# capture the arguments for $(LINK) in a file  using the @<<ARGS<< syntax.
 
 !if "$(VIMDLL)" == "yes"
 
@@ -1367,7 +1334,7 @@ $(VIMDLLBASE).dll: $(OUTDIR) $(OBJ) $(XDIFF_OBJ) $(GUI_OBJ) $(CUI_OBJ) $(OLE_OBJ
 		$(TERM_OBJ) $(SOUND_OBJ) $(NETBEANS_OBJ) $(CHANNEL_OBJ) $(XPM_OBJ) \
 		version.c version.h
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS_OUTDIR) version.c
-	$(link) @<<
+	$(LINK) @<<
 $(LINKARGS1) /dll -out:$(VIMDLLBASE).dll $(OBJ) $(XDIFF_OBJ) $(GUI_OBJ) $(CUI_OBJ) $(OLE_OBJ)
 $(LUA_OBJ) $(MZSCHEME_OBJ) $(PERL_OBJ) $(PYTHON_OBJ) $(PYTHON3_OBJ) $(RUBY_OBJ)
 $(TCL_OBJ) $(TERM_OBJ) $(SOUND_OBJ) $(NETBEANS_OBJ) $(CHANNEL_OBJ)
@@ -1375,11 +1342,11 @@ $(XPM_OBJ) $(OUTDIR)\version.obj $(LINKARGS2)
 <<
 
 $(GVIM).exe: $(OUTDIR) $(EXEOBJG) $(VIMDLLBASE).dll
-	$(link) $(LINKARGS1) /subsystem:$(SUBSYSTEM) -out:$(GVIM).exe $(EXEOBJG) $(VIMDLLBASE).lib $(LIBC)
+	$(LINK) $(LINKARGS1) /subsystem:$(SUBSYSTEM) -out:$(GVIM).exe $(EXEOBJG) $(VIMDLLBASE).lib $(LIBC)
 	if exist $(GVIM).exe.manifest mt.exe -nologo -manifest $(GVIM).exe.manifest -updateresource:$(GVIM).exe;1
 
 $(VIM).exe: $(OUTDIR) $(EXEOBJC) $(VIMDLLBASE).dll
-	$(link) $(LINKARGS1) /subsystem:$(SUBSYSTEM_CON) -out:$(VIM).exe $(EXEOBJC) $(VIMDLLBASE).lib $(LIBC)
+	$(LINK) $(LINKARGS1) /subsystem:$(SUBSYSTEM_CON) -out:$(VIM).exe $(EXEOBJC) $(VIMDLLBASE).lib $(LIBC)
 	if exist $(VIM).exe.manifest mt.exe -nologo -manifest $(VIM).exe.manifest -updateresource:$(VIM).exe;1
 
 !else
@@ -1389,7 +1356,7 @@ $(VIM).exe: $(OUTDIR) $(OBJ) $(XDIFF_OBJ) $(GUI_OBJ) $(CUI_OBJ) $(OLE_OBJ) $(OLE
 		$(TERM_OBJ) $(SOUND_OBJ) $(NETBEANS_OBJ) $(CHANNEL_OBJ) $(XPM_OBJ) \
 		version.c version.h
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS_OUTDIR) version.c
-	$(link) @<<
+	$(LINK) @<<
 $(LINKARGS1) /subsystem:$(SUBSYSTEM) -out:$(VIM).exe $(OBJ) $(XDIFF_OBJ) $(GUI_OBJ) $(CUI_OBJ) $(OLE_OBJ)
 $(LUA_OBJ) $(MZSCHEME_OBJ) $(PERL_OBJ) $(PYTHON_OBJ) $(PYTHON3_OBJ) $(RUBY_OBJ)
 $(TCL_OBJ) $(TERM_OBJ) $(SOUND_OBJ) $(NETBEANS_OBJ) $(CHANNEL_OBJ)
@@ -1454,6 +1421,7 @@ clean: testclean
 	- if exist $(GVIM).exe del $(GVIM).exe
 	- if exist $(GVIM).map del $(GVIM).map
 	- if exist $(VIMDLLBASE).dll del $(VIMDLLBASE).dll
+	- if exist $(VIMDLLBASE).ilk del $(VIMDLLBASE).ilk
 	- if exist $(VIMDLLBASE).lib del $(VIMDLLBASE).lib
 	- if exist $(VIMDLLBASE).exp del $(VIMDLLBASE).exp
 	- if exist $(VIMDLLBASE).pdb del $(VIMDLLBASE).pdb
@@ -1464,9 +1432,6 @@ clean: testclean
 	- if exist uninstall.exe del uninstall.exe
 	- if exist if_perl.c del if_perl.c
 	- if exist auto\if_perl.c del auto\if_perl.c
-	- if exist dimm.h del dimm.h
-	- if exist dimm_i.c del dimm_i.c
-	- if exist dimm.tlb del dimm.tlb
 	- if exist dosinst.exe del dosinst.exe
 	cd xxd
 	$(MAKE) /NOLOGO -f Make_mvc.mak clean
@@ -1483,7 +1448,17 @@ clean: testclean
 # If this fails because you don't have Vim yet, first build and install Vim
 # without changes.
 cmdidxs: ex_cmds.h
-	vim --clean -X --not-a-term -u create_cmdidxs.vim
+	vim --clean -N -X --not-a-term -u create_cmdidxs.vim -c quit
+
+# Run vim script to generate the normal/visual mode command lookup table.
+# This only needs to be run when a new normal/visual mode command has been
+# added.  If this fails because you don't have Vim yet:
+#   - change nv_cmds[] in nv_cmds.h to add the new normal/visual mode command.
+#   - run "make nvcmdidxs" to generate nv_cmdidxs.h
+nvcmdidxs: nv_cmds.h
+	$(CC) /nologo -I. -Iproto -DNDEBUG create_nvcmdidxs.c -link -subsystem:$(SUBSYSTEM_TOOLS)
+	vim --clean -N -X --not-a-term -u create_nvcmdidxs.vim -c quit
+	-del create_nvcmdidxs.exe
 
 test:
 	cd testdir
@@ -1670,7 +1645,7 @@ $(OUTDIR)/gui_w32.obj:	$(OUTDIR) gui_w32.c $(INCL) $(GUI_INCL) version.h
 
 $(OUTDIR)/gui_dwrite.obj:	$(OUTDIR) gui_dwrite.cpp gui_dwrite.h
 
-$(OUTDIR)/if_cscope.obj: $(OUTDIR) if_cscope.c  $(INCL) if_cscope.h
+$(OUTDIR)/if_cscope.obj: $(OUTDIR) if_cscope.c  $(INCL)
 
 $(OUTDIR)/if_lua.obj: $(OUTDIR) if_lua.c  $(INCL)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS_OUTDIR) $(LUA_INC) if_lua.c
@@ -1748,7 +1723,7 @@ $(OUTDIR)/netbeans.obj:	$(OUTDIR) netbeans.c $(NBDEBUG_SRC) $(INCL) version.h
 
 $(OUTDIR)/channel.obj:	$(OUTDIR) channel.c $(INCL)
 
-$(OUTDIR)/normal.obj:	$(OUTDIR) normal.c  $(INCL)
+$(OUTDIR)/normal.obj:	$(OUTDIR) normal.c  $(INCL) nv_cmdidxs.h nv_cmds.h
 
 $(OUTDIR)/option.obj:	$(OUTDIR) option.c  $(INCL) optiondefs.h
 
@@ -1882,13 +1857,6 @@ iid_ole.c if_ole.h vim.tlb: if_ole.idl
 	midl /nologo /error none /proxy nul /iid iid_ole.c /tlb vim.tlb \
 		/header if_ole.h if_ole.idl
 
-dimm.h dimm_i.c: dimm.idl
-	midl /nologo /error none /proxy nul dimm.idl
-
-$(OUTDIR)/dimm_i.obj: $(OUTDIR) dimm_i.c $(INCL)
-
-$(OUTDIR)/glbl_ime.obj:	$(OUTDIR) glbl_ime.cpp  dimm.h $(INCL)
-
 
 CCCTERM = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -Ilibvterm/include -DINLINE="" \
 	-DVSNPRINTF=vim_vsnprintf \
@@ -1946,7 +1914,7 @@ $(PATHDEF_SRC): Make_mvc.mak
 	@echo char_u *default_vim_dir = (char_u *)"$(VIMRCLOC:\=\\)"; >> $(PATHDEF_SRC)
 	@echo char_u *default_vimruntime_dir = (char_u *)"$(VIMRUNTIMEDIR:\=\\)"; >> $(PATHDEF_SRC)
 	@echo char_u *all_cflags = (char_u *)"$(CC:\=\\) $(E_CFLAGS)"; >> $(PATHDEF_SRC)
-	@echo char_u *all_lflags = (char_u *)"$(link:\=\\) $(LINKARGS1:\=\\) $(E_LINKARGS2)"; >> $(PATHDEF_SRC)
+	@echo char_u *all_lflags = (char_u *)"$(LINK:\=\\) $(LINKARGS1:\=\\) $(E_LINKARGS2)"; >> $(PATHDEF_SRC)
 	@echo char_u *compiled_user = (char_u *)"$(USERNAME)"; >> $(PATHDEF_SRC)
 	@echo char_u *compiled_sys = (char_u *)"$(USERDOMAIN)"; >> $(PATHDEF_SRC)
 

src/Make_vms.mms

@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ highlight.obj : highlight.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
 if_cscope.obj : if_cscope.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  ascii.h keymap.h termdefs.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h \
  gui.h beval.h [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h \
- errors.h globals.h if_cscope.h
+ errors.h globals.h
 if_xcmdsrv.obj : if_xcmdsrv.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  ascii.h keymap.h termdefs.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h \
  gui.h beval.h [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h \
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ mbyte.obj : mbyte.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
 normal.obj : normal.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  ascii.h keymap.h termdefs.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h \
  gui.h beval.h [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h \
- errors.h globals.h
+ errors.h globals.h nv_cmdidxs.h nv_cmds.h
 ops.obj : ops.c vim.h [.auto]config.h feature.h os_unix.h   \
  ascii.h keymap.h termdefs.h macros.h structs.h regexp.h gui.h beval.h \
  [.proto]gui_beval.pro option.h ex_cmds.h proto.h errors.h globals.h

src/Makefile

@@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ OBJ_COMMON = \
 	$(OS_EXTRA_OBJ) \
 	$(NETBEANS_OBJ) \
 	$(CHANNEL_OBJ) \
-	$(XDIFF_OBJS)
+	$(XDIFF_OBJS_USED)
 
 # The files included by tests are not in OBJ_COMMON.
 OBJ_MAIN = \
@@ -2053,9 +2053,6 @@ PRO_AUTO = \
 	$(ALL_GUI_PRO) \
 	$(TCL_PRO)
 
-# Resources used for the Mac are in one directory.
-RSRC_DIR = os_mac_rsrc
-
 PRO_MANUAL = os_amiga.pro os_win32.pro \
 	os_mswin.pro winclip.pro os_vms.pro $(PERL_PRO)
 
@@ -2141,9 +2138,21 @@ autoconf:
 # This only needs to be run when a command name has been added or changed.
 # If this fails because you don't have Vim yet, first build and install Vim
 # without changes.
+# This requires a "vim" executable with the +eval feature.
 cmdidxs: ex_cmds.h
-	vim --clean -X --not-a-term -u create_cmdidxs.vim
+	vim --clean -N -X --not-a-term -u create_cmdidxs.vim -c quit
 
+# Run vim script to generate the normal/visual mode command lookup table.
+# This only needs to be run when a new normal/visual mode command has been
+# added.
+# This requires a "vim" executable with the +eval feature.
+# If this fails because you don't have Vim yet:
+#   - change nv_cmds[] in nv_cmds.h to add the new normal/visual mode command.
+#   - run "make nvcmdidxs" to generate nv_cmdidxs.h
+nvcmdidxs: auto/config.mk nv_cmds.h
+	$(CC) -I$(srcdir) $(ALL_CFLAGS) create_nvcmdidxs.c -o create_nvcmdidxs
+	vim --clean -N -X --not-a-term -u create_nvcmdidxs.vim -c quit
+	-rm -f create_nvcmdidxs
 
 # The normal command to compile a .c file to its .o file.
 # Without or with ALL_CFLAGS.
@@ -2987,11 +2996,6 @@ shadow:	runtime pixmaps
 	cd $(SHADOWDIR)/xxd; ln -s ../../xxd/*.[ch] ../../xxd/Make* .
 	$(MKDIR_P) $(SHADOWDIR)/xdiff
 	cd $(SHADOWDIR)/xdiff; ln -s ../../xdiff/*.[ch] .
-	if test -d $(RSRC_DIR); then \
-		cd $(SHADOWDIR); \
-		ln -s ../infplist.xml .; \
-		ln -s ../$(RSRC_DIR) ../os_mac.rsr.hqx ../dehqx.py .; \
-	fi
 	$(MKDIR_P) $(SHADOWDIR)/testdir
 	cd $(SHADOWDIR)/testdir; ln -s ../../testdir/Makefile \
 				 ../../testdir/Make_all.mak \
@@ -3922,7 +3926,7 @@ objects/highlight.o: highlight.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h \
 objects/if_cscope.o: if_cscope.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h \
  os_unix.h auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h termdefs.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
- proto.h globals.h errors.h if_cscope.h
+ proto.h globals.h errors.h
 objects/if_xcmdsrv.o: if_xcmdsrv.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h \
  os_unix.h auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h termdefs.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
@@ -4002,7 +4006,7 @@ objects/move.o: move.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
 objects/normal.o: normal.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h termdefs.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \
- proto.h globals.h errors.h
+ proto.h globals.h errors.h nv_cmdidxs.h nv_cmds.h
 objects/ops.o: ops.c vim.h protodef.h auto/config.h feature.h os_unix.h \
  auto/osdef.h ascii.h keymap.h termdefs.h macros.h option.h beval.h \
  proto/gui_beval.pro structs.h regexp.h gui.h alloc.h ex_cmds.h spell.h \

src/alloc.c

@@ -151,6 +151,7 @@ alloc(size_t size)
     return lalloc(size, TRUE);
 }
 
+#if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
  * alloc() with an ID for alloc_fail().
  */
@@ -163,6 +164,7 @@ alloc_id(size_t size, alloc_id_T id UNUSED)
 #endif
     return lalloc(size, TRUE);
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
  * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero.
@@ -178,6 +180,7 @@ alloc_clear(size_t size)
     return p;
 }
 
+#if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
  * Same as alloc_clear() but with allocation id for testing
  */
@@ -190,6 +193,7 @@ alloc_clear_id(size_t size, alloc_id_T id UNUSED)
 #endif
     return alloc_clear(size);
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
  * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero.
@@ -648,6 +652,7 @@ ga_clear_strings(garray_T *gap)
     ga_clear(gap);
 }
 
+#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
  * Copy a growing array that contains a list of strings.
  */
@@ -682,6 +687,7 @@ ga_copy_strings(garray_T *from, garray_T *to)
     to->ga_len = from->ga_len;
     return OK;
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
  * Initialize a growing array.	Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and
@@ -696,10 +702,10 @@ ga_init(garray_T *gap)
 }
 
     void
-ga_init2(garray_T *gap, int itemsize, int growsize)
+ga_init2(garray_T *gap, size_t itemsize, int growsize)
 {
     ga_init(gap);
-    gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize;
+    gap->ga_itemsize = (int)itemsize;
     gap->ga_growsize = growsize;
 }
 
@@ -731,11 +737,11 @@ ga_grow_inner(garray_T *gap, int n)
     if (n < gap->ga_len / 2)
 	n = gap->ga_len / 2;
 
-    new_len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n);
+    new_len = (size_t)gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n);
     pp = vim_realloc(gap->ga_data, new_len);
     if (pp == NULL)
 	return FAIL;
-    old_len = gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_maxlen;
+    old_len = (size_t)gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_maxlen;
     vim_memset(pp + old_len, 0, new_len - old_len);
     gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n;
     gap->ga_data = pp;
@@ -783,7 +789,7 @@ ga_concat_strings(garray_T *gap, char *sep)
  * When out of memory nothing changes and FAIL is returned.
  */
     int
-ga_add_string(garray_T *gap, char_u *p)
+ga_copy_string(garray_T *gap, char_u *p)
 {
     char_u *cp = vim_strsave(p);
 
@@ -799,6 +805,19 @@ ga_add_string(garray_T *gap, char_u *p)
     return OK;
 }
 
+/*
+ * Add string "p" to "gap".
+ * When out of memory "p" is freed and FAIL is returned.
+ */
+    int
+ga_add_string(garray_T *gap, char_u *p)
+{
+    if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
+	return FAIL;
+    ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[gap->ga_len++] = p;
+    return OK;
+}
+
 /*
  * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains bytes.
  * When "s" is NULL does not do anything.

src/arglist.c

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ alist_clear(alist_T *al)
     void
 alist_init(alist_T *al)
 {
-    ga_init2(&al->al_ga, (int)sizeof(aentry_T), 5);
+    ga_init2(&al->al_ga, sizeof(aentry_T), 5);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ do_one_arg(char_u *str)
     static int
 get_arglist(garray_T *gap, char_u *str, int escaped)
 {
-    ga_init2(gap, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 20);
+    ga_init2(gap, sizeof(char_u *), 20);
     while (*str != NUL)
     {
 	if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
@@ -969,9 +969,9 @@ do_arg_all(
     old_curwin = curwin;
     old_curtab = curtab;
 
-# ifdef FEAT_GUI
+#ifdef FEAT_GUI
     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
-# endif
+#endif
 
     // Try closing all windows that are not in the argument list.
     // Also close windows that are not full width;

src/ascii.h

@@ -8,14 +8,8 @@
 
 /*
  * Definitions of various common control characters.
- * For EBCDIC we have to use different values.
  */
 
-#ifndef EBCDIC
-
-// IF_EB(ASCII_constant, EBCDIC_constant)
-#define IF_EB(a, b)	a
-
 #define CharOrd(x)	((x) < 'a' ? (x) - 'A' : (x) - 'a')
 #define CharOrdLow(x)	((x) - 'a')
 #define CharOrdUp(x)	((x) - 'A')
@@ -77,94 +71,6 @@
 #define Ctrl_HAT	30  // ^
 #define Ctrl__		31
 
-#else
-
-// EBCDIC
-
-// IF_EB(ASCII_constant, EBCDIC_constant)
-#define IF_EB(a, b)	b
-
-/*
- * Finding the position in the alphabet is not straightforward in EBCDIC.
- * There are gaps in the code table.
- * 'a' + 1 == 'b', but: 'i' + 7 == 'j' and 'r' + 8 == 's'
- */
-#define CharOrd__(c) ((c) < ('j' - 'a') ? (c) : ((c) < ('s' - 'a') ? (c) - 7 : (c) - 7 - 8))
-#define CharOrdLow(x) (CharOrd__((x) - 'a'))
-#define CharOrdUp(x) (CharOrd__((x) - 'A'))
-#define CharOrd(x) (isupper(x) ? CharOrdUp(x) : CharOrdLow(x))
-
-#define EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD_(x) ((x) < 0?'a':(x)>25?'z':"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"[x])
-#define EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(c,s) (isupper(c) ? toupper(EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD_(CharOrdUp(c)+(s))) : EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD_(CharOrdLow(c)+(s)))
-
-#define R13_(c) ("abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"[((c) + 13) % 26])
-#define ROT13(c, a)  (isupper(c) ? toupper(R13_(CharOrdUp(c))) : R13_(CharOrdLow(c)))
-
-#define NUL		'\000'
-#define BELL		'\x2f'
-#define BS		'\x16'
-#define TAB		'\x05'
-#define NL		'\x15'
-#define NL_STR		(char_u *)"\x15"
-#define FF		'\x0C'
-#define CAR		'\x0D'
-#define ESC		'\x27'
-#define ESC_STR		(char_u *)"\x27"
-#define ESC_STR_nc	"\x27"
-#define DEL		0x07
-#define DEL_STR		(char_u *)"\007"
-
-#define POUND		0xB1
-
-#define CTRL_F_STR	"\056"
-#define CTRL_H_STR	"\026"
-#define CTRL_V_STR	"\062"
-
-#define Ctrl_AT		0x00   // @
-#define Ctrl_A		0x01
-#define Ctrl_B		0x02
-#define Ctrl_C		0x03
-#define Ctrl_D		0x37
-#define Ctrl_E		0x2D
-#define Ctrl_F		0x2E
-#define Ctrl_G		0x2F
-#define Ctrl_H		0x16
-#define Ctrl_I		0x05
-#define Ctrl_J		0x15
-#define Ctrl_K		0x0B
-#define Ctrl_L		0x0C
-#define Ctrl_M		0x0D
-#define Ctrl_N		0x0E
-#define Ctrl_O		0x0F
-#define Ctrl_P		0x10
-#define Ctrl_Q		0x11
-#define Ctrl_R		0x12
-#define Ctrl_S		0x13
-#define Ctrl_T		0x3C
-#define Ctrl_U		0x3D
-#define Ctrl_V		0x32
-#define Ctrl_W		0x26
-#define Ctrl_X		0x18
-#define Ctrl_Y		0x19
-#define Ctrl_Z		0x3F
-			    // CTRL- [ Left Square Bracket == ESC
-#define Ctrl_RSB	0x1D  // ] Right Square Bracket
-#define Ctrl_BSL	0x1C  // \ BackSLash
-#define Ctrl_HAT	0x1E  // ^
-#define Ctrl__		0x1F
-
-#define Ctrl_chr(x)	(CtrlTable[(x)])
-extern char CtrlTable[];
-
-#define CtrlChar(x)	((x < ' ') ? CtrlCharTable[(x)] : 0)
-extern char CtrlCharTable[];
-
-#define MetaChar(x)	((x < ' ') ? MetaCharTable[(x)] : 0)
-extern char MetaCharTable[];
-
-#endif // defined EBCDIC
-
-// TODO: EBCDIC Code page dependent (here 1047)
 #define CSI		0x9b	// Control Sequence Introducer
 #define CSI_STR		"\233"
 #define DCS		0x90	// Device Control String

src/auto/configure

@@ -714,6 +714,7 @@ LUA_SRC
 vi_cv_path_plain_lua
 vi_cv_path_luajit
 vi_cv_path_lua
+XDIFF_OBJS_USED
 compiledby
 dogvimdiff
 dovimdiff
@@ -5255,6 +5256,12 @@ esac
 
 
 
+if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  has_eval=no
+else
+  has_eval=yes
+fi
+
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking --with-compiledby argument" >&5
 $as_echo_n "checking --with-compiledby argument... " >&6; }
 
@@ -5305,6 +5312,20 @@ else
 $as_echo "yes" >&6; }
 fi
 
+{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking diff feature" >&5
+$as_echo_n "checking diff feature... " >&6; }
+if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: disabled in $features version" >&5
+$as_echo "disabled in $features version" >&6; }
+else
+  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled" >&5
+$as_echo "enabled" >&6; }
+  $as_echo "#define FEAT_DIFF 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+  XDIFF_OBJS_USED="\$(XDIFF_OBJS)"
+
+fi
+
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking --enable-luainterp argument" >&5
 $as_echo_n "checking --enable-luainterp argument... " >&6; }
 # Check whether --enable-luainterp was given.
@@ -5318,7 +5339,7 @@ fi
 $as_echo "$enable_luainterp" >&6; }
 
 if test "$enable_luainterp" = "yes" -o "$enable_luainterp" = "dynamic"; then
-  if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  if test "$has_eval" = "no"; then
     as_fn_error $? "cannot use Lua with tiny or small features" "$LINENO" 5
   fi
 
@@ -6088,7 +6109,7 @@ fi
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_perlinterp" >&5
 $as_echo "$enable_perlinterp" >&6; }
 if test "$enable_perlinterp" = "yes" -o "$enable_perlinterp" = "dynamic"; then
-  if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  if test "$has_eval" = "no"; then
     as_fn_error $? "cannot use Perl with tiny or small features" "$LINENO" 5
   fi
 
@@ -6293,7 +6314,7 @@ fi
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_pythoninterp" >&5
 $as_echo "$enable_pythoninterp" >&6; }
 if test "$enable_pythoninterp" = "yes" -o "$enable_pythoninterp" = "dynamic"; then
-  if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  if test "$has_eval" = "no"; then
     as_fn_error $? "cannot use Python with tiny or small features" "$LINENO" 5
   fi
 
@@ -6644,7 +6665,7 @@ fi
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_python3interp" >&5
 $as_echo "$enable_python3interp" >&6; }
 if test "$enable_python3interp" = "yes" -o "$enable_python3interp" = "dynamic"; then
-  if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  if test "$has_eval" = "no"; then
     as_fn_error $? "cannot use Python with tiny or small features" "$LINENO" 5
   fi
 
@@ -7572,7 +7593,7 @@ fi
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_rubyinterp" >&5
 $as_echo "$enable_rubyinterp" >&6; }
 if test "$enable_rubyinterp" = "yes" -o "$enable_rubyinterp" = "dynamic"; then
-  if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  if test "$has_eval" = "no"; then
     as_fn_error $? "cannot use Ruby with tiny or small features" "$LINENO" 5
   fi
 
@@ -7750,7 +7771,7 @@ else
 fi
 
 if test "$enable_netbeans" = "yes"; then
-  if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  if test "$has_eval" = "no"; then
     { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cannot use NetBeans with tiny or small features" >&5
 $as_echo "cannot use NetBeans with tiny or small features" >&6; }
     enable_netbeans="no"
@@ -7773,7 +7794,7 @@ else
 fi
 
 if test "$enable_channel" = "yes"; then
-  if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  if test "$has_eval" = "no"; then
     { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cannot use channels with tiny or small features" >&5
 $as_echo "cannot use channels with tiny or small features" >&6; }
     enable_channel="no"
@@ -8077,7 +8098,7 @@ else
 fi
 
 if test "$enable_terminal" = "yes" || test "$enable_terminal" = "auto" -a "x$features" = "xhuge" ; then
-  if test "x$features" = "xtiny" -o "x$features" = "xsmall"; then
+  if test "$has_eval" = "no"; then
     { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cannot use terminal emulator with tiny or small features" >&5
 $as_echo "cannot use terminal emulator with tiny or small features" >&6; }
     enable_terminal="no"
@@ -13036,8 +13057,14 @@ $as_echo "Defaulting to no" >&6; }
     enable_canberra="no"
   fi
 else
-  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_canberra" >&5
+  if test "$enable_canberra" = "yes" -a "$has_eval" = "no"; then
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: cannot use sound with tiny or small features" >&5
+$as_echo "cannot use sound with tiny or small features" >&6; }
+    enable_canberra="no"
+  else
+    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $enable_canberra" >&5
 $as_echo "$enable_canberra" >&6; }
+  fi
 fi
 if test "$enable_canberra" = "yes"; then
   if test "x$PKG_CONFIG" != "xno"; then
@@ -13052,7 +13079,7 @@ if test "$enable_canberra" = "yes"; then
 $as_echo_n "checking for libcanberra... " >&6; }
   ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
   ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-  if `echo "$CFLAGS" | grep -v "$canberra_cflags" >/dev/null`; then
+  if `echo "$CFLAGS" | grep -v "$canberra_cflags" 2>/dev/null`; then
     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $canberra_cflags"
   fi
   LIBS="$LIBS $canberra_lib"

src/autocmd.c

@@ -1424,8 +1424,6 @@ ex_doautoall(exarg_T *eap)
 	if (call_do_modelines && did_aucmd)
 	    do_modelines(0);
     }
-
-    check_cursor();	    // just in case lines got deleted
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1520,7 +1518,10 @@ aucmd_prepbuf(
 	p_acd = FALSE;
 #endif
 
+	// no redrawing and don't set the window title
+	++RedrawingDisabled;
 	(void)win_split_ins(0, WSP_TOP, aucmd_win, 0);
+	--RedrawingDisabled;
 	(void)win_comp_pos();   // recompute window positions
 	p_ea = save_ea;
 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR
@@ -1532,6 +1533,10 @@ aucmd_prepbuf(
     curbuf = buf;
     aco->new_curwin_id = curwin->w_id;
     set_bufref(&aco->new_curbuf, curbuf);
+
+    // disable the Visual area, the position may be invalid in another buffer
+    aco->save_VIsual_active = VIsual_active;
+    VIsual_active = FALSE;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1656,6 +1661,11 @@ win_found:
 	    check_cursor();
 	}
     }
+
+    check_cursor();	    // just in case lines got deleted
+    VIsual_active = aco->save_VIsual_active;
+    if (VIsual_active)
+	check_pos(curbuf, &VIsual);
 }
 
 static int	autocmd_nested = FALSE;

src/beval.c

@@ -259,6 +259,8 @@ general_beval_cb(BalloonEval *beval, int state UNUSED)
 						    : wp->w_buffer->b_p_bexpr;
 	if (*bexpr != NUL)
 	{
+	    sctx_T	save_sctx = current_sctx;
+
 	    // Convert window pointer to number.
 	    for (cw = firstwin; cw != wp; cw = cw->w_next)
 		++winnr;
@@ -284,6 +286,16 @@ general_beval_cb(BalloonEval *beval, int state UNUSED)
 		++sandbox;
 	    ++textwinlock;
 
+	    if (bexpr == p_bexpr)
+	    {
+		sctx_T *sp = get_option_sctx("balloonexpr");
+
+		if (sp != NULL)
+		    current_sctx = *sp;
+	    }
+	    else
+		current_sctx = curbuf->b_p_script_ctx[BV_BEXPR];
+
 	    vim_free(result);
 	    result = eval_to_string(bexpr, TRUE);
 
@@ -300,6 +312,7 @@ general_beval_cb(BalloonEval *beval, int state UNUSED)
 	    if (use_sandbox)
 		--sandbox;
 	    --textwinlock;
+	    current_sctx = save_sctx;
 
 	    set_vim_var_string(VV_BEVAL_TEXT, NULL, -1);
 	    if (result != NULL && result[0] != NUL)

src/blob.c

@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ blob2string(blob_T *blob, char_u **tofree, char_u *numbuf)
     {
 	if (i > 0 && (i & 3) == 0)
 	    ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)".");
-	vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%02X", (int)blob_get(blob, i));
+	vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%02X", blob_get(blob, i));
 	ga_concat(&ga, numbuf);
     }
     ga_append(&ga, NUL);		// append a NUL at the end

src/buffer.c

@@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ read_buffer(
     return retval;
 }
 
+#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
  * Ensure buffer "buf" is loaded.  Does not trigger the swap-exists action.
  */
@@ -154,6 +155,7 @@ buffer_ensure_loaded(buf_T *buf)
 	aucmd_restbuf(&aco);
     }
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
  * Open current buffer, that is: open the memfile and read the file into
@@ -1622,7 +1624,7 @@ do_bufdel(
 	    // also be deleted, etc.
 	    if (bnr == curbuf->b_fnum)
 		do_current = bnr;
-	    else if (do_buffer_ext(command, DOBUF_FIRST, FORWARD, (int)bnr,
+	    else if (do_buffer_ext(command, DOBUF_FIRST, FORWARD, bnr,
 			  DOBUF_NOPOPUP | (forceit ? DOBUF_FORCEIT : 0)) == OK)
 		++deleted;
 
@@ -1704,6 +1706,7 @@ set_curbuf(buf_T *buf, int action)
 #endif
     bufref_T	newbufref;
     bufref_T	prevbufref;
+    int		valid;
 
     setpcmark();
     if ((cmdmod.cmod_flags & CMOD_KEEPALT) == 0)
@@ -1742,7 +1745,11 @@ set_curbuf(buf_T *buf, int action)
 	{
 	    win_T  *previouswin = curwin;
 
-	    if (prevbuf == curbuf)
+	    // Do not sync when in Insert mode and the buffer is open in
+	    // another window, might be a timer doing something in another
+	    // window.
+	    if (prevbuf == curbuf
+			 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || curbuf->b_nwindows <= 1))
 		u_sync(FALSE);
 	    close_buffer(prevbuf == curwin->w_buffer ? curwin : NULL, prevbuf,
 		    unload ? action : (action == DOBUF_GOTO
@@ -1757,13 +1764,19 @@ set_curbuf(buf_T *buf, int action)
     // An autocommand may have deleted "buf", already entered it (e.g., when
     // it did ":bunload") or aborted the script processing.
     // If curwin->w_buffer is null, enter_buffer() will make it valid again
-    if ((buf_valid(buf) && buf != curbuf
+    valid = buf_valid(buf);
+    if ((valid && buf != curbuf
 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
 		&& !aborting()
 #endif
 	) || curwin->w_buffer == NULL)
     {
-	enter_buffer(buf);
+	// If the buffer is not valid but curwin->w_buffer is NULL we must
+	// enter some buffer.  Using the last one is hopefully OK.
+	if (!valid)
+	    enter_buffer(lastbuf);
+	else
+	    enter_buffer(buf);
 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
 	if (old_tw != curbuf->b_p_tw)
 	    check_colorcolumn(curwin);
@@ -2267,8 +2280,9 @@ free_buf_options(
 #endif
 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
 # ifdef FEAT_SODIUM
-    if (buf->b_p_key != NULL && (crypt_get_method_nr(buf) == CRYPT_M_SOD))
-	sodium_munlock(buf->b_p_key, STRLEN(buf->b_p_key));
+    if ((buf->b_p_key != NULL) && (*buf->b_p_key != NUL) &&
+				(crypt_get_method_nr(buf) == CRYPT_M_SOD))
+	crypt_sodium_munlock(buf->b_p_key, STRLEN(buf->b_p_key));
 # endif
     clear_string_option(&buf->b_p_key);
 #endif
@@ -2281,8 +2295,7 @@ free_buf_options(
     clear_string_option(&buf->b_p_vsts);
     vim_free(buf->b_p_vsts_nopaste);
     buf->b_p_vsts_nopaste = NULL;
-    vim_free(buf->b_p_vsts_array);
-    buf->b_p_vsts_array = NULL;
+    VIM_CLEAR(buf->b_p_vsts_array);
     clear_string_option(&buf->b_p_vts);
     VIM_CLEAR(buf->b_p_vts_array);
 #endif
@@ -3747,7 +3760,7 @@ fileinfo(
     }
     else
     {
-	p = (char *)msg_trunc_attr(buffer, FALSE, 0);
+	p = msg_trunc_attr(buffer, FALSE, 0);
 	if (restart_edit != 0 || (msg_scrolled && !need_wait_return))
 	    // Need to repeat the message after redrawing when:
 	    // - When restart_edit is set (otherwise there will be a delay
@@ -4155,7 +4168,7 @@ build_stl_str_hl(
 	tv.vval.v_number = wp->w_id;
 	set_var((char_u *)"g:statusline_winid", &tv, FALSE);
 
-	usefmt = eval_to_string_safe(fmt + 2, use_sandbox);
+	usefmt = eval_to_string_safe(fmt + 2, use_sandbox, FALSE);
 	if (usefmt == NULL)
 	    usefmt = fmt;
 
@@ -4539,7 +4552,7 @@ build_stl_str_hl(
 	    if (curwin != save_curwin)
 		VIsual_active = FALSE;
 
-	    str = eval_to_string_safe(p, use_sandbox);
+	    str = eval_to_string_safe(p, use_sandbox, FALSE);
 
 	    curwin = save_curwin;
 	    curbuf = save_curbuf;
@@ -4608,15 +4621,7 @@ build_stl_str_hl(
 
 	case STL_VIRTCOL:
 	case STL_VIRTCOL_ALT:
-	    // In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed
-	    virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
-	    if (wp->w_p_list && wp->w_lcs_chars.tab1 == NUL)
-	    {
-		wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
-		getvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
-		wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
-	    }
-	    ++virtcol;
+	    virtcol = wp->w_virtcol + 1;
 	    // Don't display %V if it's the same as %c.
 	    if (opt == STL_VIRTCOL_ALT
 		    && (virtcol == (colnr_T)(!(State & INSERT) && empty_line
@@ -5609,6 +5614,7 @@ bt_prompt(buf_T *buf)
     return buf != NULL && buf->b_p_bt[0] == 'p' && buf->b_p_bt[1] == 'r';
 }
 
+#if defined(FEAT_PROP_POPUP) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
  * Return TRUE if "buf" is a buffer for a popup window.
  */
@@ -5618,6 +5624,7 @@ bt_popup(buf_T *buf)
     return buf != NULL && buf->b_p_bt != NULL
 	&& buf->b_p_bt[0] == 'p' && buf->b_p_bt[1] == 'o';
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
  * Return TRUE if "buf" is a "nofile", "acwrite", "terminal" or "prompt"
@@ -5632,6 +5639,7 @@ bt_nofilename(buf_T *buf)
 	    || buf->b_p_bt[0] == 'p');
 }
 
+#if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(PROTO)
 /*
  * Return TRUE if "buf" has 'buftype' set to "nofile".
  */
@@ -5640,6 +5648,7 @@ bt_nofile(buf_T *buf)
 {
     return buf != NULL && buf->b_p_bt[0] == 'n' && buf->b_p_bt[2] == 'f';
 }
+#endif
 
 /*
  * Return TRUE if "buf" is a "nowrite", "nofile", "terminal" or "prompt"

src/change.c

@@ -1638,9 +1638,9 @@ open_line(
 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
     // May do indenting after opening a new line.
     do_cindent = !p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
-#  ifdef FEAT_EVAL
+# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
 		    || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
-#  endif
+# endif
 		)
 	    && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
 		? KEY_OPEN_FORW

src/channel.c

@@ -707,8 +707,6 @@ channel_gui_unregister(channel_T *channel)
 
 #endif  // FEAT_GUI
 
-static char *e_cannot_connect = N_("E902: Cannot connect to port");
-
 /*
  * For Unix we need to call connect() again after connect() failed.
  * On Win32 one time is sufficient.
@@ -737,7 +735,7 @@ channel_connect(
 	if (sd == -1)
 	{
 	    ch_error(channel, "in socket() in channel_connect().");
-	    PERROR(_("E898: socket() in channel_connect()"));
+	    PERROR(_(e_socket_in_channel_connect));
 	    return -1;
 	}
 
@@ -778,7 +776,7 @@ channel_connect(
 	{
 	    ch_error(channel,
 		      "channel_connect: Connect failed with errno %d", errno);
-	    PERROR(_(e_cannot_connect));
+	    PERROR(_(e_cannot_connect_to_port));
 	    sock_close(sd);
 	    return -1;
 	}
@@ -818,13 +816,13 @@ channel_connect(
 	    ch_log(channel,
 		      "Waiting for connection (waiting %d msec)...", waitnow);
 
-	    ret = select((int)sd + 1, &rfds, &wfds, NULL, &tv);
+	    ret = select(sd + 1, &rfds, &wfds, NULL, &tv);
 	    if (ret < 0)
 	    {
 		SOCK_ERRNO;
 		ch_error(channel,
 		      "channel_connect: Connect failed with errno %d", errno);
-		PERROR(_(e_cannot_connect));
+		PERROR(_(e_cannot_connect_to_port));
 		sock_close(sd);
 		return -1;
 	    }
@@ -863,7 +861,7 @@ channel_connect(
 		    ch_error(channel,
 			    "channel_connect: Connect failed with errno %d",
 			    so_error);
-		    PERROR(_(e_cannot_connect));
+		    PERROR(_(e_cannot_connect_to_port));
 		    sock_close(sd);
 		    return -1;
 		}
@@ -982,8 +980,7 @@ channel_open(
     if ((err = getaddrinfo(hostname, NULL, &hints, &res)) != 0)
     {
 	ch_error(channel, "in getaddrinfo() in channel_open()");
-	semsg(_("E901: getaddrinfo() in channel_open(): %s"),
-							   gai_strerror(err));
+	semsg(_(e_getaddrinfo_in_channel_open_str), gai_strerror(err));
 	channel_free(channel);
 	return NULL;
     }
@@ -1047,7 +1044,7 @@ channel_open(
     if ((host = gethostbyname(hostname)) == NULL)
     {
 	ch_error(channel, "in gethostbyname() in channel_open()");
-	PERROR(_("E901: gethostbyname() in channel_open()"));
+	PERROR(_(e_gethostbyname_in_channel_open));
 	channel_free(channel);
 	return NULL;
     }
@@ -2309,7 +2306,7 @@ channel_add_block_id(chanpart_T *chanpart, int id)
     garray_T *gap = &chanpart->ch_block_ids;
 
     if (gap->ga_growsize == 0)
-	ga_init2(gap, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
+	ga_init2(gap, sizeof(int), 10);
     if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
     {
 	((int *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len] = id;
@@ -2480,7 +2477,7 @@ channel_exe_cmd(channel_T *channel, ch_part_T part, typval_T *argv)
     {
 	ch_error(channel, "received command with non-string argument");
 	if (p_verbose > 2)
-	    emsg(_("E903: received command with non-string argument"));
+	    emsg(_(e_received_command_with_non_string_argument));
 	return;
     }
     arg = argv[1].vval.v_string;
@@ -2537,13 +2534,13 @@ channel_exe_cmd(channel_T *channel, ch_part_T part, typval_T *argv)
 	{
 	    ch_error(channel, "last argument for expr/call must be a number");
 	    if (p_verbose > 2)
-		emsg(_("E904: last argument for expr/call must be a number"));
+		emsg(_(e_last_argument_for_expr_call_must_be_number));
 	}
 	else if (is_call && argv[2].v_type != VAR_LIST)
 	{
 	    ch_error(channel, "third argument for call must be a list");
 	    if (p_verbose > 2)
-		emsg(_("E904: third argument for call must be a list"));
+		emsg(_(e_third_argument_for_call_must_be_list));
 	}
 	else
 	{
@@ -2600,7 +2597,7 @@ channel_exe_cmd(channel_T *channel, ch_part_T part, typval_T *argv)
     else if (p_verbose > 2)
     {
 	ch_error(channel, "Received unknown command: %s", (char *)cmd);
-	semsg(_("E905: received unknown command: %s"), cmd);
+	semsg(_(e_received_unknown_command_str), cmd);
     }
 }
 
@@ -3843,7 +3840,7 @@ get_channel_arg(typval_T *tv, int check_open, int reading, ch_part_T part)
     if (check_open && (channel == NULL || (!channel_is_open(channel)
 					     && !(reading && has_readahead))))
     {
-	emsg(_("E906: not an open channel"));
+	emsg(_(e_not_an_open_channel));
 	return NULL;
     }
     return channel;
@@ -4245,7 +4242,7 @@ send_common(
     {
 	if (eval)
 	{
-	    semsg(_("E917: Cannot use a callback with %s()"), fun);
+	    semsg(_(e_cannot_use_callback_with_str), fun);
 	    return NULL;
 	}
 	channel_set_req_callback(channel, *part_read, &opt->jo_callback, id);
@@ -4290,7 +4287,7 @@ ch_expr_common(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int eval)
     ch_mode = channel_get_mode(channel, part_send);
     if (ch_mode == MODE_RAW || ch_mode == MODE_NL)
     {
-	emsg(_("E912: cannot use ch_evalexpr()/ch_sendexpr() with a raw or nl channel"));
+	emsg(_(e_cannot_use_evalexpr_sendexpr_with_raw_or_nl_channel));
 	return;
     }